Skip to main content

Full text of "A guide to the management of recent mammal collections"

See other formats


S3IHVyan  LIBKAKItS_^bMllHSONiAN  INSTITUTION  NOIiniliSNI  NVINOSHIIWS  SHiaVHa 


W ± LT>  ± (A  ± ^ y,  . _ 

SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIiniliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  SBIHVaan  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  “iNSTITUTi 

^ 2 ....  CO  2:  CO  Z ....  CO  I11011IUII 


X 
CO 

O 

— \ Q «1,.J  X 

> ;g 

^ C/^  Z , ^ CO  Z CO  * z ^ ».< 

NviNosHiiws  S3  lava  a II  libraries  Smithsonian  institution  NoiiniiiSNi  NviNosnims  saiavaa 

~C0II  cozrco  — rri 


Q DS>>^  _ N;t£UliS^  Q 

SMITHS0NIAN"^1NST1TUTI0N  NOIiniliSNl“‘NVINOSHimS  S3  1 ava  a n~"LI  B rar  I ES^SM1THS0N1AN“'|NSTITUTI( 
^ ^ 2;  r-  1 

o __  O _ vv  o /rCisTn7>v  O ~~ 


CO  ± CO  ' z CO  — ± CO  i 

NviNOSHiiiAis  S3iavaan  libraries  smithsonian  institution  NoiiniiiSNi  nvinoshiiws  saiavaa 

^ Z V CO  2:  CO  I 

-.  ^ E S 


i W !•• 


_ > 

SMITHSONIAN '^INSTITUTION  NOIiniliSNI  “ NVINOSHilWs"^  S 3 1 a V a a H^L  I B R A R I Es’^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTK 

^ CO  _\co  — tn 


■'nVINOSHIIWS  S3iavaan  “'libraries  SMITHSONIAN~'lNSTITUTION^NOIiniliSNl“'NVINOSHilWS  ^S3  I a va  ai 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIiniliSNI  NVINOSHill^S  S3iavaai1  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  ~INSTITUTI 


X 
o 
D 
Z 

^ CO  ^ " Xi  tf\  •*'. 

NVINOSHilWS  S3  I ava  a n_  LI  B RAR  1 ES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIiniliSNI  NVINOSHIIWS  S3iavaa 

'X.'  *2  CO 

CU  CO  . CO  CO  XtlilTvrx  ^ UJ 


5 I 2 i m 

Z _ _i  Z _j  xi.  _j  2;  _l 

SMIiHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIiniliSNI  NVINOSHIIIMS  S3iavaan  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTH 

-^5  H ■'  ^ r-  2 r- 

O ^<TcTnTr>v  O .x^TctitT^s.  — r-\  .^>. 


I 

m Xovo^  ^ X„>wggz  ni  > W ^ ro  w ^ 

Z CO  ± CO  ' ± CO  ? CO 

NviNOSHims  S3 1 ava  an  libraries  smithsonian  institution  NoiiniiisNi  nvinoshiiims  saiavaa 

5 ^ ^ ^ 5 ^ ^ Z , CO  2:  CO 

< S S S 

t / 


^RIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIiniliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  S3iyvyan  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INS' 

^ ^ y'V'  ” I i / " 


m m '<®-  c/)  m ^ m 

<s>  ~ — c/)  — tn  — w 

liliSNi  NviNosHims  SHiyvaan  libraries  smithsonian  institution  NoiiniiisNi  nvinoshhws  sb 

z ^ ^ w z;  ....  to  z V ^ ^ ^ 

< S ,.  < vvs.  ..  S . 2 < 


* 00  Z CO  * . Z V Z 00  z 

ARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIiniliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  SBIHVaan  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INS' 

CO  i;  CO  — (/)  — CO 


_ O 

iliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  SBiaVMan  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN"*INSTITUTlON  NOIiniIiSNI~'NVINOSHilWS  S3 
r-  , Z r- 


m x^os\c^  ^ m x^os'^ 

CO  ■ — CO  _ to 

^RIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIiniliSNI  NVINOSHimS  SBIHVaan  LI 

to  z c/’  z 


BRARIES  SMITHSONIAN 
. ^ ; 

O Ife..  J|)  ^ 


CO 


iliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  S3  lava  an  libraries  smithsonian  institution  MOliniliSNI  NVINOSHimS  S3 


_ Z _J  ^ -J 

\RIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIiniliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  SBiavaail  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INS 

^ tr  :33  ^ ^ •/  >/  »> 

m w rn  co  X^cdli^  m 'X^vdcz  ^ rn 

CO  ± \ Z to  ± CO 

iliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  S3  lava  an  libraries  smithsonian  institution  NOliniliSNI  NVINOSHIU^S  S3  I 

5 ^ ^ ^ ? .■:.•••■  E2  Z V ^ ^ 

S ,.  < ..^  S <:  . 2 < Ziviso*^ 


X 
CO 

o 

Z 

■g  2 x^oiii^riX  g 

. ^ ^ *.  Z ^ Z CO  z 

ARIES  SMITHS0NIAN_INSTITUTI0N  NOIiniliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  S3iavaai1  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INS 

— - ^ 2 ^ ^ :r  , CO  “ CO  — 

od/X  tu  *-*-*  ‘ ■ ' - • ■ ■ 

-4l  X A y^T“  ■“ 


o o '■X  Z XVp;i7j.^5X  O x»c<  nc>^  — 'K0'f'  O 

2 -I  z _J  — z _J  z 

iliSNI  NVINOSHillNS  SBiavaaiT  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIiniliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  S3  I 

■"  r-  Z r-  2:  I-  , Z 


CD 
■73 
> 

:d 

m ''\5^  pr  x^jc^sv^iz  (Ti  xc^osvciz  ii  m xii^osicix  zi  x'VAsv'iz  m 

^ — to^co  5 to  

ARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIiniliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  S3iavaan  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INS' 

^ CO  z CO  . z > CO  ^ ^ 2: 

^ 2 /"oaT^x  2 S >v  s XClvcirg^  < 

. v%.„.  H i «.  i "W  I I ' 


I ' i’ 


' '!•;  ■ ■ ■■ ' ■ 


..  V’ 


i^l:s4}. 


a guide 
to  the 


of 

recent 

mammal 

collections 


Stephen  L.  Williams, 
Rene'  Laubach,  and 
Hugh  H.  Genoways 


Carnegie  Museum  of  Natural  History 


Special  Publication  No.  4 


1 


i 


A GUIDE  TO  THE  MANAGEMENT 
OF  RECENT  MAMMAL  COLLECTIONS 


STEPHEN  L.  WILLIAMS 

Collection  Manager,  Section  of  Mammals, 
Carnegie  Museum  of  Natural  History 

RENE  LAUBACH 
Director  of  Education, 

Des  Moines  Center  of  Science  and  Industry 

HUGH  H.  GENOWAYS 
Curator,  Section  of  Mammals, 
Carnegie  Museum  of  Natural  History 


CARNEGIE  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 
SPECIAL  PUBLICATION  NO.  4 PITTSBURGH,  1977 


CARNEGIE  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY  SPECIAL  PUBLICATION  NO.  4 
Pages  I-I05,  figures  1-43,  appendixes  A,  B,  C,  D,  E. 

Issued  June  17,  1977 
Price,  $8.50  a copy 


Cover  design  by  Kemon  N.  Lardas 


©1977  by  the  Trustees  of  Carnegie  Institute,  all  rights  reserved. 


Carnegie  Museum  of  Natural  History 
4400  Forbes  Avenue 
Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania  15213 


CONTENTS 


Introduction 5 

Acquisitions 6 

Laws  and  Ethics 6 

Considerations  Prior  to  Acquisition 7 

Sources  of  Acquisition 8 

Institutional  Staff  and  Associates 8 

Students 9 

Exchanges 9 

Purchases 9 

Gifts 10 

Deposition  of  Voucher  Specimens 10 

Permanent  and  Long  Term  Loans 10 

Processing 10 

Accessioning 10 

Cataloging 11 

Identification II 

Organization  and  Arrangement 12 

Recording 18 

Numbering 18 

Processing  Data 18 

Labels 18 

. Files 18 

Computerization 20 

Processing  Specimens 27 

Fluid-preserved  Material 27 

Skins 28 

Skeletal  Material 28 

Cleaning  by  Maceration 28 

Cleaning  with  Chemicals 29 

Cleaning  with  Living  Organisms 29 

Final  Preparation 31 

Special  Items 31 

Installation 31 

Storage 32 

Skin  and  Skeletal  Material 34 

Fluid-preserved  Material 41 

Special  Items 43 

Type  Specimens 43 

Teaching  Collections 43 

Domestic  Mammals 45 


Whole  Mounts  and  Trophy  Heads 45 

Special  Osteological  Collections 46 

Microscope  Slides 46 

Frozen  Materials 46 

Casts  and  Replicas 48 

Miscellaneous 48 

Documents 48 

Written  Records 48 

Maps 49 

Photographic  Items 49 

Tapes 49 

Maintenance 49 

Insurance 51 

Skin  and  Skeletal  Material 54 

Fumigation 54 

Carbon  disulphide 54 

Ethylene  dichloride 55 

Paradichlorobenzene 55 

Naphthalene 56 

DDVP 56 

Tanned  Hides 56 

Degreasing 56 

Specimen  Refurbishing  and  Repair 57 

Fluid-preserved  Material 58 

Fluids 58 

Refurbishing  and  Repair  of  Alcoholic  Material 58 

Miscellaneous  Maintenance 58 

Updating  Records 58 

Utilization 60 

Internal  Usage 60 

Staff  and  Visitor  Usage 60 

Intra-institutional  Loans 60 

External  Usage 62 

Conclusion 68 

Acknowledgments 68 

Literature  Cited 69 

Appendix  A 72 

Appendix  B 95 

Appendix  C 103 

Appendix  D 104 

Appendix  E 105 


INTRODUCTION 


In  North  America  there  are  almost  400  Recent 
mammal  collections  that  collectively  store  and  main- 
tain over  two  and  one-half  million  specimens 
(American  Society  of  Mammalogists,  1974;  Choate 
and  Genoways,  1975).  These  collections  are  con- 
tinuously growing  in  size  and  in  number,  and  are  a 
valuable  resource  for  many  disciplines,  particularly 
those  fields  affiliated  with  education,  systematics, 
environmental  studies,  wildlife  biology, 
parasitology,  and  biomedicine  (Genoways  et  al., 
1976).  As  a result,  considerable  time,  money,  and 
space  are  often  devoted  to  provision  of  proper 
storage,  maintenance,  and  utilization  of  these  collec- 
tions (Irwin  et  al.,  1973;  Conference  of  Directors  of 
Systematic  Collections,  1971). 

With  the  growth  and  development  of  Recent 
mammal  collections,  numerous  ideas  concerning 
collection  management  have  been  conceived.  Some 
aspects,  such  as  collecting  and  preparing  specimens, 
have  received  considerable  attention,  and  thus  have 
become  improved  and  more  or  less  standardized. 
Other  areas,  such  as  cataloging  procedures,  collec- 
tion arrangement,  and  fumigation,  have  received  no 
attention,  or  at  best,  have  been  discussed  on  occasion 
in  some  obscure  publication.  As  a result,  very  little 
change  has  occurred  in  these  areas  and  the  techniques 
utilized  may  be  quite  diverse  between  collections. 

This  paper  represents  an  effort  to  compile  relevant 
literature,  techniques,  and  ideas  that  concern  various 
aspects  of  North  American  Recent  mammal  collec- 
tions. To  prevent  a biased  presentation,  detailed 
questionnaires  dealing  with  most  phases  of  collection 
management  were  sent  to  several  curators  of  Recent 
mammal  collections.  The  collections  of  those  that 
responded  to  the  questionnaire  represent  a diversity 
of  size,  geographic  region,  place  of  professional  staff 
training,  and  institutional  affiliations,  and  include 
the  following:  Royal  Ontario  Museum  (ROM),  100 
Queens  Park,  Toronto;  National  Bird  and  Mammal 
Laboratories  (USNM),  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  Washington,  D.C.;  Museum  of  Vertebrate 
Zoology  (MVZ),  University  of  California,  Berkeley; 
Museum  of  Wildlife  and  Fisheries  Biology  (WFBM), 
University  of  California,  Davis;  Museum  of  Natural 
History  (UCONN),  University  of  Connecticut, 
Storrs;  Florida  State  Museum  (FSM),  University  of 
Florida,  Gainesville;  Wildlife  Laboratory  Collection 
(PUWL),  Purdue  University,  Lafayette,  Indiana; 
Museum  of  the  High  Plains  (MHP),  Fort  Hays  Kan- 
sas State  College,  Hays;  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
University  of  Kansas  (KU),  Lawrence;  Museum  of 


Zoology,  University  of  Michigan  (UMMZ),  Ann  Ar- 
bor; James  Ford  Bell  Museum  of  Natural  History 
(MMNH),  University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis; 
Vertebrate  Museum  (VMKSC),  Kearney  State 
College,  Kearney,  Nebraska;  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History  (AMNH),  Central  Park  West  at  79th 
Street,  New  York;  Museum  of  Natural  History 
(OSMNH),  Oregon  State  University,  Corvallis;  Car- 
negie Museum  of  Natural  History  (CM),  4400  Forbes 
Avenue,  Pittsburgh;  Texas  Cooperative  Wildlife 
Collection  (TCWC),  Texas  A & M University, 
College  Station;  The  Museum  (TTU),  Texas  Tech 
University,  Lubbock;  Puget  Sound  Museum  of 
Natural  History  (UPS),  University  of  Puget  Sound, 
Tacoma,  Washington;  Zoological  Museum 
(UWZM),  Noland  Zoology  Building,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  Madison.  From  this  diversity,  it  is  hoped 
that  most  ideas,  techniques,  and  procedures  used  in  a 
majority  of  the  Recent  mammal  collections  are 
represented.  It  is  further  hoped  that  this  publication 
will  serve  as  a guide  to  the  management  of  Recent 
mammal  collections. 

The  format  of  this  guide  generally  follows  the 
sequence  of  the  procedures  of  incorporating 
specimens  into  the  collection.  This  sequence  basically 
involves  acquisition,  processing,  storage,  maintenan- 
ce, and  utilization  (Fig.  1). 


Fig.  1.  Generalized  flow  chart  of  collection  man- 
agement procedures  used  in  collections  of  Recent 
mammals.  For  additional  details  see  Figs.  2,  8,  35, 
36,  and  39. 


5 


6 


ACQUISITIONS 


LAWS  AND  ETHICS 

Prior  to  the  acquisition  of  any  material  for  a 
Recent  mammal  collection,  it  is  absolutely  necessary 
to  be  aware  of  all  laws  and  regulations  relevant  to 
collecting,  possessing,  transporting,  and  conducting 
transactions  involving  biological  specimens 
(Genoways  and  Choate,  1976).  The  most  important 
law  in  the  United  States  concerning  acquisition  of 
such  material  is  the  Lacey  Act  of  1903,  which  states: 

“(a)  Any  person  who — 

(1)  delivers,  carries,  transports,  or  ships,  by  any 
means  whatever,  or  causes  to  be  delivered,  carried, 
transported,  or  shipped  for  commercial  or  non- 
commercial purposes  or  sells  or  causes  to  be  sold 
any  wildlife  taken,  transported  or  sold  in  any  man- 
ner in  violation  of  any  Act  of  Congress  or  regula- 
tion issued  thereunder,  or 

(2)  delivers,  carries,  transports,  or  ships,  by  any 
means  whatever,  or  causes  to  be  delivered,  carried, 
transported,  or  shipped  for  commercial  or  non- 
commercial purposes  or  sells  or  causes  to  be  sold  in 
interstate  or  foreign  commerce  any  wildlife  taken, 
transported,  or  sold  in  any  manner  in  violation  of 
any  law  or  regulation  of  any  State  or  foreign  coun- 
try; or 

(b)  Any  person  who — 

(1)  sells  or  causes  to  be  sold  any  products  manu- 
factured, made,  or  processed  from  any  wildlife 
taken,  transported,  or  sold  in  any  manner  in  viola- 
tion of  any  Act  of  Congress  or  regulation  issued 
thereunder,  or 

(2)  sells  or  causes  to  be  sold  in  interstate  or  for- 
eign commerce  any  products  manufactured,  made, 
or  processed  from  any  wildlife  taken,  transported, 
or  sold  in  any  manner  in  violation  of  any  law  or 
regulation  of  a State  or  a foreign  country,  or 

(3)  having  purchased  or  received  wildlife  import- 
ed from  any  foreign  country  or  shipped,  transport- 
ed, or  carried  in  interstate  commerce,  makes  or 
causes  to  be  made  any  false  record,  account,  label, 
or  identification  thereof,  or 

(4)  receives,  acquires,  or  purchases  for  commer- 
cial or  noncommercial  purposes  any  wildlife  — 
(a)  taken,  transported,  or  sold  in  violation  of  any 
law  or  regulation  of  any  State  or  foreign  country 
and  delivered,  carried,  transported,  or  shipped  by 
any  means  or  method  in  interstate  or  foreign  com- 
merce or  (b)  taken,  transported,  or  sold  in  viola- 


tion of  any  Act  of  Congress  or  regulation  issued 
thereunder,  or 

(5)  imports  from  Mexico  to  any  State,  or  exports 
from  any  State  to  Mexico,  any  game  mammal, 
dead  or  alive,  or  part  or  product  thereof,  except 
under  permit  or  other  authorization  of  the  Secre- 
tary or,  in  accordance  with  any  regulations  pre- 
scribed by  him,  having  due  regard  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  Migratory  Birds  and  Game  Mammals 
Treaty  with  Mexico  and  the  laws  of  the  United 
States  forbidding  importation  of  certain  live  mam- 
mals injurious  to  agriculture  and  horticulture;” 
[shall  be  in  violation  of  the  Lacey  Act  and  shall 
be  subject  to  the  penalties  prescribed. . .(18 
U.S.C.  43.)] 

Although  this  law  is  relatively  rigid,  it  is  possible  to 
work  within  its  limitations,  providing  that  proper 
procedures  are  followed  and  appropriate  permits  are 
secured.  To  insure  that  all  requirments  are  fulfilled 
for  collecting,  possessing,  and  transporting 
biological  specimens,  or  conducting  transactions  in- 
volving them,  it  is  recommended  that  the  appropriate 
federal  agencies  (for  example.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Department  of  Commerce,  Department 
of  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare,  Department  of 
Interior)  and  state  or  foreign  country  governments  be 
contacted  for  information,  laws,  and  permits 
(Genoways  and  Choate,  1976;  McGaugh  and 
Genoways,  1976).  Because  of  legal  responsibilities  as 
defined  by  the  Lacey  Act  in  acquiring  material  for 
the  collection,  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  re- 
cords be  maintained  to  document  the  legality  of  all 
acquisitions.  In  fact,  for  situations  involving  federal 
permits,  maintenance  of  records  is  required  by  the 
law,  which  states: 

‘‘From  the  date  of  issuance  of  the  permit,  the  per- 
mittee shall  maintain  complete  and  accurate  rec- 
ords of  any  taking,  possession,  transportation, 
sale,  purchase,  barter,  exportation,  or  importation 
of  wildlife  pursuant  to  such  permit.  Such  records 
shall  be  kept  current  and  shall  include  names  and 
addresses  of  persons  with  whom  any  wildlife  has 
been  purchased,  sold,  bartered,  or  otherwise  trans- 
ferred, and  the  date  of  such  transaction,  and  such 
other  information  as  may  be  required  or  appropri- 
ate. Such  records,  unless  otherwise  specified,  shall 
be  entered  in  books,  legibly  written  in  the  English 
language.  Such  records  shall  be  retained  for  5 years 


7 


from  the  date  of  issuance  of  the  permit.”  (CFR 
13.46) 

In  addition  to  stringent  laws,  Recent  mammal 
collections  are  also  governed  by  a code  of  ethics  that 
emphasizes  the  maintenance  of  professional  stand- 
ards. The  ethics  of  an  institutional  collection  depend 
upon  the  individual.  The  standards  followed  by  the 
individual  are  the  foundation  of  standards  for  the  in- 
stitution. It  is  necessary,  therefore,  for  the  individual 
to  adhere  to  a strict  code  of  ethics  by  making  a con- 
scientious effort  to  do  accurate  and  thorough  work, 
acting  in  a responsible  and  dependable  manner,  and 
encouraging  others,  particularly  subordinates,  to 
establish  a similar  set  of  standards.  Although 
adherence  to  ethics  begins  with  the  individual,  efforts 
have  been  made  to  set  guidelines  for  maintaining 
professional  standards  in  acquiring  and  managing 
Recent  mammal  collections  (American  Society  of 
Mammalogists,  1974;  Grinnell,  1922;  Hairston, 
1970).  Basically,  these  guidelines  include: 

1)  Respect  for  all  laws  and  regulations 

2)  Having  a purpose  for  collecting  specimens 

3)  Limiting  collecting  efforts  to  avoid  adverse  ef- 
fects on  populations  or  species 

4)  Avoiding  excessive  collecting  (beyond  the 
needs  of  the  collecting  purpose) 

5)  Obtaining  maximum  use  and  information 
from  all  specimens  collected 

6)  Insuring  proper  care  and  availability  of  all 
specimens  collected 

7)  Promoting  accuracy  and  order  in  systematics 
collections 

8)  Maintaining  and  improving  relations  with 
people  associated  and  concerned  with  the  col- 
lecting of  biological  specimens. 

Finally,  curators  of  Recent  mammal  collections 
have  responsibilities  to  fulfill  before  an  acquisition  is 
completed.  Not  only  must  they  maintain  legal  and 
ethical  standards  in  dealing  with  incoming  material 
they  must  also  evaluate  the  use  or  scientific  value  of 
such  material.  Material  without  any  practical 
utilization  or  scientific  value,  or  that  has 
questionable  authenticity,  should  not  be  accepted  for 
any  reason.  The  responsibility  for  accepting  in- 
coming material  is  further  influenced  by  physical 
limitations.  There  must  be  an  unbiased  awareness  of 
the  cost,  time,  and  space  required  to  process  and 
maintain  the  incoming  material  (Anderson,  1973). 
For  most  collections  and  acquisitions,  this  is  a minor 
problem.  But  when  proper  care  for  any  particular 
acquisition  cannot  be  provided,  the  material  should 


be  deposited  at  a collection  where  the  requirments 
can  be  met. 

CONSIDERATIONS  PRIOR  TO 
ACQUISITION 

Before  specimens  are  obtained  by  the  institution,  a 
basic  knowledge  and  planning  of  the  functions  of 
Recent  mammal  collections  are  necessary  to  promote 
better  management  of  the  collection.  For  this  reason, 
written  procedures  for  all  aspects  of  the  collection 
should  be  prepared  and  made  available  to  everyone 
associated  with  the  collection.  Many  procedures  have 
received  considerable  attention  through  publication 
and  have  become  standardized  among  most  Recent 
mammal  collections.  For  instance,  descriptive 
procedures  for  scientific  preparation  of  speciments 
for  the  collection  are  common  in  the  literature  (An- 
derson, 1965;  De  Blase  and  Martin,  1974;  Hall,  1962; 
Knudsen,  1966;  Kung  et  al.,  1970;  Setzer,  1963). 
Although  many  collection  procedures  have  been 
published,  there  are  many  phases  of  collection 
operations  that  have  not  been  described.  Further- 
more, individual  collections  may  have  unique 
situations  not  discussed  in  the  literature  (for  exam- 
ple, procedures  for  writing  collecting  localities).  For 
these  reasons,  a collection  should  develop  and 
distribute  its  own  set  of  information,  instructions, 
and  policies,  particularly  for  processes  that  may  be 
variable  or  questionable  among  different  collections. 
Such  information  will  prove  useful  in  standardizing 
and  organizing  procedures  and  training  personnel. 
An  example  of  specific  information  and  instructions 
that  are  regularly  distributed  to  those  associated  with 
the  mammal  collection  at  Texas  Tech  University  in- 
cludes the  following  guidelines  for  documentation. 

The  data  for  each  specimen  should  include  sex, 
reproductive  condition,  collecting  locality,  exter- 
nal measurements,  date  of  death,  name  of  prepara- 
tor,  and  preparation  number.  If  the  collector  of 
the  specimen  is  not  the  preparator,  then  the  name 
of  the  collector  should  also  be  included.  The  for- 
mat for  recording  data  (with  the  exception  of  local- 
ity) will  follow  the  style  used  for  mammals  by  Hall, 
1962  (Collecting  and  Preparing  Study  Specimens 
of  Vertebrates,  Misc.  Publ.,  Univ.  Kansas  Mus. 
Nat.  Hist.,  30:1^). 

All  localities  in  field  notes  and  on  specimen  tags 
will  be  written  in  a form  with  the  more  general  lo- 
cality descriptions  preceding  the  more  specific  lo- 
cality descriptions  (for  example,  Texas:  Lubbqck 
Co.;  Lubbock  or  Nebraska:  Dundy  Co.;  4 mi  N,  2 
mi  W Parks).  The  reasons  for  using  this  format  are 


8 


that  the  style  has  already  been  established  at  Texas 
Tech  University,  and  that  this  form  expedites  data- 
capture  efforts  for  computerized  information  re- 
trieval. 

For  Canada,  Mexico,  and  the  United  States,  the 
first  locality  description  will  be  the  name  of  the 
state  or  province.  For  all  other  countries  the  first 
locality  description  will  be  the  name  of  the  country 
(for  example,  Texas:  Lubbock  Co.;  Lubbock  or 
Chihuahua:  10.5  km  W Cuauhtemoc  or  British 
Columbia:  12  mi  N,  3 mi  E Prince  George  or  Hon- 
duras: 7 km  S San  Pedro  Sula).  It  is  felt  that  the 
states  of  Canada,  Mexico,  and  the  United  States 
are  familiar  enough  to  justify  the  omission  of  the 
name  of  the  country. 

There  will  be  no  documentation  of  localities 
based  on  road  junctions  (with  other  roads,  rivers, 
railroads,  etc.).  Such  localities  are  difficult  to 
find,  particularly  for  workers  not  familiar  with  the 
area.  In  addition,  such  designations  are  subject  to 
change,  in  name  or  geographical  location  of  roads. 
Further  complications  may  also  occur  when  a road 
forms  more  than  one  junction  with  a given  feature 
within  a restricted  area. 

Localities  should  be  taken  from  specific  refer- 
ence points — towns,  cities,  or  possibly  natural  fea- 
tures (for  example,  Guadalupe  Peak) — that  occur 
within  the  same  political  boundaries  used  to  de- 
scribe the  collecting  locality.  Specific  reference 
points  should  be  reasonably  permanent  and  should 
be  indicated  on  most  general  road  maps.  If  it 
proves  much  more  desirable  to  use  a specific  refer- 
ence point  that  occurs  within  a different  political 
boundary  than  that  of  the  collecting  locality,  the 
following  style  should  be  used  (for  example,  Tex- 
as: in  Jeff  Davis  Co.;  5 mi  S Kent).  The  county 
listed  should  be  the  county  where  the  collecting  lo- 
cality occurs,  although  the  specific  reference 
point  (Kent)  actually  occurs  in  a different  county 
(Culberson  County). 

Localities  should  also  be  taken  with  reference  to 
the  major  compass  points  (north,  south,  west, 
east),  with  the  longitudinal  directions  (north  and 
south)  preceding  the  latitudinal  directions  (west 
and  east).  It  is  preferred  that  no  localities  be  taken 
with  reference  to  other  compass  point  subdivisions 
(for  example,  northwest,  southeast,  east-north- 
east,  south-southeast)  because  of  the  difficulty  in 
pinpointing  such  localities. 

It  is  urged  that  all  possible  methods  of  pinpoint- 
ing collecting  localities  be  used.  However,  if  such 


methods  require  a more  detailed  description  than 
established  by  the  instructions  above,  it  is  suggest- 
ed that  such  locality  descriptions  be  explained  in 
the  field  notes.  For  any  locality  referred  to  in  the 
field  notes,  an  explanation  of  its  position  should  be 
detailed  and  clear  enough  so  that  anyone  could  re- 
turn to  the  exact  area. 

Such  requirements  have  improved  and  standardized 
field  data,  expedited  cataloging  procedures,  and  con- 
tributed greatly  to  the  organization  of  processing  and 
utilizing  specimens.  Because  of  these  advantages  and 
others,  some  collections  (for  example,  USNM,  AM- 
NH,  and  UPS)  in  addition  to  that  of  Texas  Tech 
University  provide  users  with  detailed  instructions 
and  information  concerning  various  aspects  of  the 
respective  collections. 

Another  consideration  is  the  importance  of  ac- 
curate and  thorough  field  notes  and  personal 
catalogs.  Good  notes  can  be  as  valuable  as  the 
specimens.  For  this  reason,  it  is  advisable  to  en- 
courage proper  documentation  and  to  maintain  all 
notes  permanently  with  the  collection.  Because  of 
assured  continuous  care,  maintenance,  and  greater 
utilization,  the  original  notes  should  be  kept  with  the 
collection.  Under  certain  circumstances,  the  author 
may  wish  to  keep  the  notes  for  later  personal  use.  If 
so,  the  author  should  be  provided  with  a duplicate 
copy. 

SOURCES  OF  ACQUISITION 
The  first  phase  of  any  Recent  mammal  collection 
is  the  acquisition  of  material  for  the  collection. 
Although  acquisitions  may  occur  in  several  ways,  or 
combination  of  ways,  most  acquisitions  of  Recent 
mammal  collections  are  received  from  internal  sour- 
ces through  efforts  of  institutional  staff  or  students, 
or  from  external  sources  through  exchanges,  pur- 
chases, gifts,  deposition  of  voucher  specimens,  or 
permanent  and  long  term  loans  (Table  1).  The 
amount  of  material  provided  by  any  source  is  largely 
dependent  on  the  size,  affiliations,  resources,  goals, 
and  activeness  of  the  collection. 

INSTITUTIONAL  STAFF  AND  ASSOCIATES 
For  many  Recent  mammal  collections,  a major 
source  of  material  is  actual  collecting  efforts  of  the 
collection  staff  and  associates.  Obtaining  specimens 
in  this  manner  can  be  expensive  because  of  travel, 
equipment,  wages,  and  other  expenditures.  However, 
the  material  resulting  from  these  efforts  is  a valuable 
contribution  to  the  collection,  and  would  therefore 
justify  any  necessary  expenses.  Often,  material 


9 


TABLE  1.  sources'  OF  SPECIMEN  ACQUISITION  FOR  18  COLLECTIONS  OF  RECENT  MAMMALS. 


Internal 

Sources  External  Sources 


Disposition  of 

Institution  Institutional  Students  Exchanges  Purchases  Gifts  Voucher  Specimens  Other 


ROM 

USNM 

WFBM 

UCONN 

FSM 

PUWL 

MHP 

KU 

UMMZ 

MMNH 

VMKSC 

AMNH 

OSMNH 

CM 

TCWC 

TTU 

UPS 

UWZM 


2 

1 

1 

I 

3 

1 
1 

2 
1 

2 

1 

i 

3 


1 

1 


I 

5 

6 

5 

6 
5 
5 
5 
5 


3 
5 

4 

5 
7 


5 

3 

4 

4 
1 
2 

5 
3 

3 

4 

4 
3 
2 
2 
3 

6 
3 

5 


4 

2 

3 

3 
2 

4 
2 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

4 

2 

5 
2 
4 


7 


7 


7 

7 

3 


Sources  are  ranked  from  I to  7 for  each  institution,  1 being  the  most  important.  A blank  indicates  no  specimens  received  from  this  source. 
Museum  acronyms  are  given  in  Introduction. 


collected  by  the  staff  and  associates  is  accompanied 
by  a considerable  amount  of  data  resulting  from  in- 
dependent and  cooperative  research.  Such  data  are 
significant  additions  to  the  scientific  value  of  the 
specimen  as  well  as  the  collection. 

STUDENTS 

Another  form  of  acquisition,  which  is  primarily 
restricted  to  collections  affiliated  with  educational 
institutions,  results  from  collecting  performed  as  a 
part  of  course  requirements,  or  research  performed 
by  advanced  students.  Although  such  material  would 
ideally  be  permissible  in  any  collection,  it  must  be 
realized  that  some  specimens,  particularly  those  ob- 
tained from  beginning  students,  may  not  meet  the 
standards  of  the  research  collection  because  of  the 
lack  of  experience  in  preparation  and  in  taking  and 
recording  data.  If  such  material  is  deposited  in  the 
research  collection,  supervision  of  collecting  and 
preparation  by  a responsible  and  experienced  person 
is  needed.  Specimens  obtained  from  advanced 
students,  particularly  those  associated  with  research, 
can  prove  to  be  a valuable  and  often  a significant 
source  of  material  for  the  collection. 

EXCHANGES 

Another  common  means  of  acquiring  material, 
particularly  among  smaller  collections,  is  the  practice 


of  exchanging  specimens.  Generally,  the  specimens 
exchanged  represent  locally  common  species  and  are 
traded  on  a one-to-one  basis  unless  prior 
arrangements  are  made  (for  example,  TTU  traded  20 
specimens  of  uncommon  species  to  the  University  of 
Montana  for  a skin  and  skeleton  of  Oreamnos).  The 
primary  advantage  of  this  type  of  acquisition  is  that 
new  taxa  can  be  added  to  the  collection  at  a con- 
siderably smaller  cost  than  would  be  required  to  ob- 
tain the  same  material  by  other  means.  The  primary 
expenses  incurred  are  shipping  charges  and  the 
specimens  used  in  the  exchange. 

PURCHASES 

Acquisitions  resulting  from  purchases  can  provide 
a way  of  adding  specimens  of  unrepresented  taxa  or 
geographical  regions.  However,  such  practices  are 
generally  discouraged  because  they  tend  to  promote 
unscrupulous  collecting  by  individuals  that  are  often 
more  interested  in  monetary  gain,  than  in  the  scien- 
tific value  of  the  specimens.  When  purchases  are 
made,  every  effort  should  be  made  to  acquire  all  per- 
tinent information  and  materials  associated  with  the 
specimens.  Also,  because  of  individual,  ethical,  and 
legal  responsibilities,  care  should  be  taken  to  pur- 
chase only  material  that  has  been  legally  collected, 
possessed,  and  sold.  By  establishing  requirements  for 


10 


field  notes,  associated  materials,  and  copies  of  per- 
mits, to  accompany  all  specimens  purchased,  those 
individuals  that  obtain  specimens  to  sell  to  in- 
stitutions will  be  compelled  to  assure  the  scientific 
quality  of  the  specimens  and  to  obtain  such 
specimens  only  by  legal  methods. 

GIFTS 

Acquisitions  resulting  from  gifts  can  present  a 
dilemma  because  of  the  problems  involved  in  accep- 
ting or  rejecting  gifts  of  questionable  scientific  value 
or  alternative  uses  of  the  material.  In  the  event  a gift 
is  accepted,  an  acquisition  contract  (see  Ac- 
cessioning) should  be  received  from  the  donor,  and 
every  effort  should  be  made  to  obtain  all  possible  in- 
formation and  associated  materials  concerned  with 
the  acquisition.  In  exchange  for  gifts  that  are  subject 
to  taxation,  donors  may  expect  a valuation  of  the 
donation  for  income  tax  purposes.  Because  of 
stipulations  established  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Ser- 
vice, valuations  of  gifts  made  by  personnel  of  the 
recipient  institution  are  generally  not  acceptable. 
Such  valuations  are  valid  only  through  transactions 
made  by  the  donor.  Internal  Revenue  Service,  and 
approved  appraisers.  For  maintaining  institutional 
records  for  inventory  and  insurance  purposes,  the  In- 
ternal Revenue  Service  suggests  the  use  of  statements 
such  as,  “We  are  placing  the  following  items  in  our 

records  at  an  estimated  value  of .” 

For  additional  information  concerning  the  valuation 
of  gifts,  it  is  recommended  that  the  Department  of 


ACCESSIONING 

The  accessioning  procedure  involves  receiving  and 
recording  of  all  acquisitions  by  the  institution  (Fig. 
2).  The  steps  of  this  procedure  may  vary  at  different 
institutions. 

An  accession  represents  an  acquisition  from  one 
source  at  one  time,  and  may  include  material  that 
consists  of  several  different  assemblages.  For  in- 
stance, material  may  be  received  from  one  field  ex- 
pedition and  include  a series  of  mammals,  reptiles, 
plants,  insects,  or  any  other  item  obtained  during  the 
course  of  the  trip.  All  this  material  would  be  included 
in  one  acquisition,  or  accession,  and  would  therefore 
be  recorded  as  a single  unit  received  by  the  in- 
stitution. 

Each  acquisition  is  given  an  accession  number 
distinguishing  it  from  other  acquisitions.  This  num- 
ber, in  addition  to  relevant  information  concerning 


the  Treasury,  Internal  Revenue  Service,  be  consulted. 

DEPOSITION  OF  VOUCHER  SPECIMENS 

A source  of  acquisitions  that  may  be  similar  to  a 
gift  is  material  from  individuals  not  associated  with 
the  collection  who  deposit  voucher  specimens.  Such 
material  can  be  a potentially  valuable  contribution  to 
the  collection,  particularly  when  research  or  field 
data  are  associated  with  it.  When  voucher  specimens 
are  acquired  by  the  collection,  every  effort  should  be 
made  to  obtain  or  gain  access  to  all  data  concerned 
with  the  incoming  specimens. 

PERMANENT  AND  LONG  TERM  LOANS 

Permanent  and  long  term  loans  represent  types  of 
acquisition  that  are  not  common  among  Recent 
mammal  collections.  Such  acquisitions  may  result 
from  various  transactions  between  institutions  or  in- 
dividuals. For  instance,  one  institution  may  need  to 
loan  its  collection  to  another  institution  because  of 
the  lack  of  facilities  to  maintain  the  collection  (Van 
Gelder,  1965).  Another  possibility  is  that  an  in- 
stitution may  receive  rare,  endangered,  or  protected 
species  from  a state  or  federal  agency.  The  main 
stipulation  in  accepting  a permanent  loan  is  that  if 
the  material  is  to  be  disposed  of  at  a later  date,  it 
must  be  returned  to  the  lender.  Material  on  long  term 
loan  may  be  returned  under  similar  circumstances,  or 
with  the  expiration  of  the  loan  period,  or  upon 
request  from  the  lender. 


the  acquisition,  is  recorded  on  an  accession  form 
(Fig.  3).  The  minimal  information  that  should  be 
recorded  on  an  accession  form  would  include  the 
disciplines  receiving  material,  list  of  material  in  the 
acquisition,  brief  description  of  the  material  in  the 
acquisition,  type  of  acquisition,  estimated  value, 
donor,  address  of  donor,  date  received,  date  ac- 
cepted, and  special  remarks.  When  collection  catalog 
numbers  become  available,  they  should  also  be  in- 
cluded on  the  accession  form.  Copies  of  collecting 
permits,  importation  permits,  and  custom 
declarations  pertaining  to  the  acquisition  should  be 
submitted  with  the  accession  form.  These  documents 
should  become  part  of  the  institution’s  permanent 
records. 

Once  the  accession  form  is  completed,  it  is 
registered  in  the  institution  records.  Registration  of 
an  accession  may  involve  recording  appropriate  in- 
formation in  a ledger  (Fig.  4)  or  card  file,  completing 


11 


Fig.  2.  Flow  chart  of  accessioning  procedures. 


a donor  card  (Fig.  5),  and  duplicating  the  accession 
form.  The  donor  cards  are  placed  in  a file  arranged 
according  to  contributors.  Copies  of  the  accession 
form  are  kept  in  the  institution  and  often  with  the 
collection  or  collections. 

If  an  acquisition  is  received  as  a gift,  a receipt  (Fig. 
6)  and  an  acquisition  contract  (Fig.  7)  should  be  sent 
to  the  donor.  Similar  procedures  may  also  be  applied 
to  other  types  of  acquisitions,  depending  on  the 
nature  of  the  individual  transaction.  Such  procedures 
acknowledge  the  receipt  of  the  acquisition,  and 
release  the  institution  from  any  additional  obligation 
to  the  donor.  In  the  event  that  a contract  is  not  signed 
and  returned,  deaccessioning  procedures  may  be 
conducted.  This  procedure  involves  returning  the 
acquisition  to  the  donor  and  adjusting  all  records  to 
indicate  that  the  material  was  deaccessioned  (Fig.  4). 

Although  many  institutions  may  not  understand 
the  need  to  practice  accessioning,  such  procedures 
are  useful  in  collection  management.  In  addition  to 
providing  a record  of  all  incoming  material  for  the 
institution,  accessioning  allows  the  recording  of  in- 
formation that  would  not  be  documented  through 
othe  processes  (for  example,  donor,  donor’s  address, 
estimated  value,  description,  and  other  comments). 
Accessioning  also  promotes  organization  of  the 
material  for  later  processing  and  allows  easy  referen- 
ce for  compiling  reports.  Finally,  accessioning 


procedures  assure  complete  control  and  firm  owner- 
ship of  all  incoming  material.  Because  of  the  advan- 
tages created  by  accessioning,  it  is  advisable  to  in- 
clude similar  procedures  in  the  management  of 
Recent  mammal  collections.  After  accessioning  has 
been  completed,  the  material  in  the  acquisition  is  sent 
to  the  appropriate  collection  or  collections  for 
cataloging  and  subsequent  processing  (Fig.  8). 

CATALOGING 

Cataloging  procedures  for  most  Recent  mammal 
collections  (for  example,  USNM,  MVZ,  WFBM, 
FSM,  PUWL,  MMNH,  AMNH,  CM,  and  TTU)  in- 
cludes a sequence  of  identifying,  organizing,  recor- 
ding, and  numbering  each  specimen  of  an 
acquisition.  Depending  on  the  nature  of  preparation, 
individual  specimens  may  require  minor  alterations 
in  cataloging  procedures.  Because  “skin  tags”  may 
become  damaged  with  specimens  preserved  as 
skeletal  material  or  as  “alcoholics,”  labeling  of  such 
material  is  generally  restricted  to  the  use  of  “skull 
tags”  with  appropriate  identification  (for  example, 
initials  of  preparator,  preparation  number,  and  sex). 
As  a result,  other  data  are  not  available  with  the 
specimen.  It  is  therefore  necessary  to  temporarily 
substitute  a label  or  card  having  the  required  infor- 
mation for  the  specimen.  This  substitution  will  allow 
the  specimen  to  be  processed  through  regular 
cataloging  procedures.  Once  cataloged,  such 
specimens  need  only  to  be  labeled  with  the  ap- 
propriate collection  number. 

IDENTIFICATION 

Identification  of  individual  specimens  is  probably 
the  first  and  most  difficult  phase  of  cataloging  for 
most  Recent  mammal  collections,  and  generally  in- 
cludes identification  of  each  specimen  to  a sub- 
specific level.  All  identifications  are  based  on  the 
most  recent  classification  occurring  in  the  literature. 
Hall  and  Kelson  (1959)  have  written  one  of  the  best 
references  for  North  American  mammals,  yet  this 
work  is  in  need  of  revision.  If  a specimen  cannot  be 
completely  identified  because  of  uncleaned  skeletal 
material,  the  standard  procedure  is  to  partially  iden- 
tify the  material  as  accurately  as  possible,  and  com- 
plete identification  to  the  subspecific  level,  or  specific 
level  in  the  case  of  monotypic  species,  after  the 
material  has  been  cleaned  in  subsequent  processing. 
When  an  identification  is  acquired,  the  name  should 
be  written  on  the  skin  tag  (or  substituting  label).  By 
using  a pencil  to  write  the  identification,  changes  in 
the  name  caused  by  misidentification  or  taxonomic 
revision  can  easily  be  made. 


12 


Accession  No.  /97¥  - Code  Hamm  Ornish  ^ t^erp. 

Date  Rec’d.  A/ayernSe^r  /97¥ 

Nature  of  Material  msmrrTa/s^  ZZ  J>ire/s^  Z rcp^/7f^s  pre^GrYsd  as  skins  and/or-  skc/.  or  a/coha/ic. 

Rec'd  From  Huseum  F/e/d  H^&hod^s  course  how  obtained  fie/d  co/lf^c^/on 

Addres-;  Thc  Hus^um  ■ Tsxas  T^ch  Cfnivers/jt^  ■ Lu6i>oc/c 


Correspondence  (Senoi^st^s 

Collector  Cs^  rcrrjgrks)  

Locality—  Texas  ■•  Sr-GuJ^^&r  Co.^  ^/ass  Aioor?i^a/r?s 


Field  Notes- 


ayai/a6/& 


When  Collected 


Oct- Hoy  /y/V 


Estimated  Value__  ¥s¥o.  oa 

raamma/<^Y_  ZZfQjZ, 

. orr?/tAo/ayY  Zd9¥ - ZC>09^  Z<^6,0  ^ 
herpe^to/o^Y 


Dimensions., 


Inclusive  Catalog  Nos. 


» » 

Remarks.  Collectors  tne/aded  /?..D.^'ellar7d^:P.K.l>ear?_  ^.C.  X>ou^/er  H,H.(^erto<M(^s^  Tf.C, 

dendricksep  H_lL  Hc^au^A^£.PJcen£hfoi7_^S.£J*erA/ns , and^.A^JdiTHsm^-^  * possessed permits. 

Date  of  Entry  /Q  A/oyemSer  Tf7d  Entered  by rj/a 


Fig.  3.  Standard  accession  card  used  by  The  Museum  of  Texas  Tech  University.  Original  size  of  card  was  127  by  203  millimeters. 


At  other  collections  (for  example,  ROM,  MHP, 
KU,  UMMZ,  and  UPS),  identification  may  be  en- 
tirely postponed  until  after  the  skeletal  material  has 
been  cleaned.  Although  this  procedure  may  have 
some  advantages  (for  example,  conclusive  iden- 
tification and  elimination  of  unsuitable  specimens), 
particularly  at  collections  having  a restricted 
acquisition  of  new  material,  it  is  less  efficient  than 
the  procedure  described  above,  because  of  the  delay 
in  the  initial  processing  (for  example  organizing, 
cataloging,  labeling)  of  the  acquisition.  This  delay  is 
usually  caused  by  the  time  required  to  clean  the 
skeletal  material,  particularly  when  irregular  time 
periods  are  needed  for  various  specimens.  Further 
expenditure  of  time  and  energy  also  occurs  as  a result 
of  problems  in  reassociating,  for  initial  processing, 
the  skeletal  material  with  other  parts  of  the  specimen 
(for  example,  skins),  particularly  when  several 
acquisitions  have  been  mixed.  Depending  on  the  con- 
trol of  cleaning  operations,  additional  factors  may 
cause  further  inefficiency  as  processing  continues. 
But  if  such  a procedure  is  feasible  and  is  practiced,  it 
is  suggested  that  separate  working  cases,  or  areas 
within  a case,  be  used  for  uncataloged  material. 


ORGANIZATION  AND  ARRANGEMENT 
After  the  specimens  have  been  identified,  they 
should  be  organized  for  cataloging.  A common  prac- 
tice among  Recent  mammal  collections  is  to  catalog 
the  specimens  of  an  acquisition  in  an  order  ap- 
proximating the  arrangement  of  specimens  in  the 
collection. 

Most  arrangement  plans  are  dependent  upon 
several  factors,  such  as  size  of  collection,  type  of 
preservation,  available  facilities,  staff  size,  nature  of 
utilization,  and  fields  of  interest  of  the  professional 
staff.  Once  a system  has  been  adopted,  it  should 
prevail  throughout  the  collection,  wherever  feasible, 
to  promote  continuity  and  accessibility.  Written  in- 
structions should  be  posted  and  distributed  to  collec 
tion  users.  Following  are  the  instructions  .or 
cataloging  arrangement  of  mammal  specimens  at 
Texas  Tech  University: 

For  any  incoming  accession,  the  mammal  speci- 
mens of  that  accession  will  be  arranged  in  the  fol- 
lowing manner  for  cataloging  purposes: 

1)  Specimens  are  arranged  systematically  to  sub- 
family following  Simpson  (1945). 


13 


Fig.  4.  Accession  catalog  maintained  by  Texas  Tech  University.  Note  that  the  third  item  has  been  deaccessioned.  Original  page  size  was  1 86  by  395  millimeters. 


14 


DONOR  CARD 

NAME:  Museum  Field  Methods  course 

ACC.  NO.: /4-ybb 

ADDRESS:  The  Museum;  Texas  Tech  University 

DATE  RECD.:  Nov,  1>74 

PHONE:  742-72U8 

ASSIGNED  TO:  Mammalogy 

Ornithology 

Description: 

Herpetology 

84  mammals,  22  birds,  ^ reptiles 

ACCESSIONED  BY:  rsm 

DATE:  lu  Nov,  1j'74 
ACQUIRED  BY:  field  coll. 

Fig.  5.  Donor  card  completed  for  each  accession  at  Texas  Tech  University.  Original  size  of  card  was  102  by  153  millimeters. 


The  Museum  of 

Texas  Tech  University 

RECEIPT 

THE  MUSEUM  ACKNOWLEDGES  THE  RECEIVING  OF: 

y GIFT  PURCHASE  LOAN  EXCHANGE 

OTHER:  

FROM:  L.  D,  Shelby  and  T.  G,  Jacobson 

:i;2U  /ive,  T 
lirownsville,  Texas 

CONSISTING  OF  THE  FOLLOWING: 

l^y  naramals,  o7  reptiles,  and  62  arvphibians 
from  South  Texas  and  northern  Mexico. 

^.'iC c . t <o . i ^ / 4- ..  o 2 y 

THE  MUSEUM  PLACES  THESE  ITEMS  IN  ITS  RECORDS  AT  AN 
ESTIMATED  VALUE  OF  . 

RECEIVED  BY:  k,  riontgor.iery DATE:  o liov  i,/4 


Fig.  6.  Receipt  sent  to  the  donor  acknowledging  material  received  and  giving  estimated  value  of  the  material.  Original  size  was 
102  by  153  millimeters. 


The  Museum 

of 

Texas  Tech  University 

PO  Box  4499  Lubbock,  Texas  79409  Phone  (806)  742  515I 


AGREEMENT  FOR  ACQUISITIONS  RECEIVED 
BY  THE  MUSEUM 


In  conformity  with  the  policies  adopted  by  The  Museum  of  Texas  Tech 
University,  as  recommended  by  the  American  Association  of  Museums, 

I hereby  give  and  release  unconditionally  all  of  the  items  received 
herewith  by  The  Museum.  The  Museum  agrees  to  treat  the  items  to  its 
best  advantage  for  exhibit,  study,  or  other  purposes  and  to  maintain 
their  condition  and  security  in  a manner  consistent  with  the  total 
museum  program.  In  keep i ng  with  the  Un i vers i ty ' s po 1 i c i es  , acceptance 
of  any  collection  is  forbidden  if  given  under  the  conditions  that  it 
be  kept  intact,  that  it  be  exhibited  permanently,  or  that  The  Museum 
keep  it  permanently. 


5 November 19  74 


Signature  of  Donor  (/ 


R,  Montgomery 

For  The  Museum 


L,  D,  Shelby  and  T,  G,  Jacobson 

Aye,  T;  Brownsville.  Texas  Registrar 
Address  Title 


Description  of  Articles 


12y  mammals,  37  reptiles,  and  62  amphibians  from  South  Texas  and 
northern  Mexico.  tAcc,  No.  Iy74— y821 


Fig.  7.  Acquisition  contract  sent  to  al!  donors  of  material  given  to  The  Museum  of  Texas  Tech  University.  Original  size  of 
page  was  230  by  217  millimeters. 


16 


Acquisition  of  Material 


I 

Accessioning  of  Material  (Fig.  2) 


I 


MATERIAL  FOR  OTHER  COLLECTIONS 


1 


MATERIAL  FOR  MAMMAL  COLLECTION 

Fumigation 


Identification  of  Material 

Organization  and  Arrangement  of 
Material  Based  on  Identification 


Cataloging  Material 
Labeling  Material 


Special  Processing 


PERMANENT  STORAGE 
1 
I 
I 

Maintenance  (Fig.  35) 

! 

I 

Utilizatio’n  (Fig.  36) 


Fig.  8.  Flow  chart  of  processing  procedures  used  in  collections  of  Recent  mammals. 


17 


2)  Genera  of  a subfamily  are  arranged  in  alphabet- 
ical order. 

3)  Species  of  a genus  are  arranged  in  alphabetical 
order. 

4)  Subspecies  of  a species  are  arranged  in  alphabet- 
ical order. 

5)  Specimens  of  a subspecies  are  arranged  in  alpha- 
betical order  by  country. 

6)  Specimens  of  the  same  country  are  arranged  in 
alphabetical  order  by  state,  province,  or  depart- 
ment. 

7)  Specimens  from  the  same  state,  province,  or  de- 
partment are  arranged  in  alphabetical  order  by 
county  or  parish,  if  such  exists. 

8)  Specimens  from  the  same  county  or  parish  (or 
state,  province,  or  department,  if  counties  or  par- 
ishes are  not  used)  are  arranged  alphabetically  by 
locality  with  respect  to  the  reference  point  (town, 
city,  or  physiographic  feature)  used  on  the  speci- 
men label. 

9)  When  more  than  one  locality  refers  to  the  same 
reference  point,  localities  are  arranged  from  north 
to  south;  if  two  or  more  localities  are  at  the  same 
latitude,  the  localities  are  arranged  from  west  to 
east. 

10)  Specimens  from  the  same  locality  are  arranged 
alphabetically  according  to  names  of  preparators 
(last  name,  first  name,  middle  name). 

11)  Specimens  of  each  preparator  are  arranged  se- 
quentially by  preparation  number. 

The  main  advantage  in  having  a detailed  and 
definite  cataloging  procedure  is  that  (1)  any 
acquisition  will  be  specifically  organized  for  sub- 
sequent processing;  (2)  such  procedures  promote 
maximum  efficiency  of  processing  repetitive  data, 
thus  simplifying  cataloging  and  computerization 
processes;  and  (3)  such  procedures  allow  any  com- 
mon group  of  specimens,  once  installed  in  the  collec- 
tion, to  be  in  numerical  order  as  well  as  in  the  order 
established  for  the  collection,  thus  providing  easier 
removal,  replacement,  and  utilization  of  specimens. 

Most  collections  (for  example,  USNM,  MVZ, 
UCONN,  MHP,  KU,  AMNH,  CM,  and  TTU) 
arrange  specimens  in  a phylogenetic  order  (Appendix 
A)  according  to  Simpson  (1945).  A few  Recent 
mammal  collections  use  other  sources  of 
phytogenies:  Anderson  and  Jones,  1967  (for  exam- 
ple, OSMNH);  Hall  and  Kelson,  1959  (for  example, 
MMNH);  Miller,  1924  (for  example,  UMMZ);  Miller 
and  Kellogg,  1955  (for  example,  UWZM);  and 
Walker,  1975  (for  example,  FSM).  Three  of  these 


phytogenies  appear  in  Appendix  B.  Phylogenetic 
arrangements  are  advantageous  because  related  taxa 
are  kept  in  close  proximity  to  one  another.  However, 
the  use  of  the  latter  sources  may  be  less  desirable 
because  of  geographical  restrictions,  need  of 
revision,  or  limited  use  among  Recent  mammal 
collections.  Generally,  phylogenetic  arrangements 
are  followed  to  the  subfamilial  or  generic  level. 
Problems  in  using  a phylogenetic  sequence  to  the 
generic  level  include  the  determination  of  relation- 
ships of  genera  that  have  recently  been  named  or 
revised  and  maintaining  a list  of  genera  for  reference 
purposes.  An  alphabetical  sequence  probably  would 
be  more  practical  to  use  because  of  the  ease  of 
retrieval  and  reinstallation  for  all  people  that  may 
work  in  the  collection.  Most  collections  follow  an 
alphabetical  arrangement  for  species  and  subspecies. 

Following  a taxonomic  arrangement,  localities  are 
arranged  in  some  manner  which  may  vary  between 
different  collections.  One  method,  which  originated 
at  the  Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology  at  Berkeley, 
involves  a geographical  arrangement  of  localities 
from  northwest  to  southeast,  beginning  with  coun- 
tries and  following  with  the  same  arrangement  within 
subsequent  subdivisions  (for  example,  state,  county, 
reference  point,  and  specific  localities).  This 
arrangement  is  shown  in  Appendix  C.  Another 
method  (Appendix  D)  involves  the  alphabetical 
arrangement  of  localities  beginning  with  countries, 
followed  by  alphabetizing  within  subsequent  sub- 
divisions (for  example,  state,  county,  and  reference 
point).  Specific  localities  around  a common  reference 
point  are  generally  arranged  from  northwest  to 
southeast.  Geographical  arrangement  is  sometimes 
preferred  over  alphabetical  arrangement  because  of 
its  utilization  at  other  collections,  or  because  the  size 
of  the  collection  using  such  a system  does  not 
warrant  the  change  to  more  utilitarian  systems 
because  of  the  time  and  effort  involved.  However, 
alphabetical  arrangement  is  more  functional  for  most 
people,  when  considering  collection  management, 
and  is  therefore  becoming  popular  among  most 
Recent  mammal  collections  (for  example,  USNM, 
UCONN,  MHP,  KU,  MMNH,  VMKSC,  AMNH, 
CM,  TTU,  and  UPS). 

Although  actual  arrangement  within  a collection 
may  follow  a numerical  order  (by  collection  catalog 
number)  following  the  locality,  further  detail  in 
arranging  specimens  is  recommended.  Each  specimen 
should  have  a specific  position  with  the  acquisition. 
This  practice  will  contribute  to  the  unity  and 
organization  of  the  acquisition.  For  instance,  some 


18 


collections  (for  example,  MHP  and  KU)  may  further 
subdivide  the  specimens  chronologically  by  collecting 
date,  followed  by  an  alphabetical  arrangement  of 
preparators,  which  is  in  turn  followed  by  a sequential 
order  of  preparation  numbers.  Some  collections  (for 
example,  MMNH,  AMNH,  and  TTU)  simply  sub- 
divide specimens  by  preparator  (alphabetically)  and 
preparation  number  (sequentially). 

RECORDING 

Cataloging  is  a process  of  allocating  a specific 
sequential  collection  number  to  each  specimen  and 
all  its  parts.  This  number  and  pertinent  information 
concerning  the  individual  specimen  are  recorded  in 
the  collection  catalog  (Fig.  9),  in  permanent  black 
ink.  Generally,  a catalog  consists  of  bound  pages  that 
have  sequential  numbers  on  each  line  of  each  page. 
Each  line  is  reserved  for  information  corresponding 
to  a single  specimen.  However,  catalogs  may  have 
other  forms,  e.g.,  cards  (Fig.  10)  as  maintained  by 
the  Texas  Cooperative  Wildlife  Collection.  This 
system  (TCWC)  is  basically  the  same  as  the  bound 
version  except  that  the  specimens  are  associated  data 
are  listed  (numerically  by  catalog  number)  on  4"  x 6" 
cards.  Whatever  type  of  catalog  is  used,  basic 
information  should  be  included,  such  as  the 
collection  catalog  number,  scientific  name  (for 
example,  genus,  species,  subspecies),  sex,  collecting 
locality  (for  example,  country,  state  or  equivalent, 
county  or  equivalent,  specific  locality),  collecting 
date,  collector,  preparator,  preparation  number, 
special  numbers  (for  example,  numbers  associated 
with  individual  research  projects,  collector’s  number, 
previous  collection  catalog  numbers  from  other 
institutions),  type  of  preparation,  and  accession 
number.  Other  information  that  can  be  included  is 
family,  continent,  longitude  and  latitude  of 
collecting  locality,  reproductive  data,  external 
measurements,  and  ecological  data.  External 
measurements  and  reproductive  information  should 
be  routinely  included  for  specimens  that  do  not  have 
this  information  recorded  elsewhere  (for  example, 
specimens  labeled  only  with  a “skull  tag”). 

NUMBERING 

After  a specimen  has  been  assigned  a number  and 
recorded  in  the  catalog,  the  collection  name,  or 
initials,  and  collection  catalog  number  should  be 
written  with  permanent  black  ink  on  all  skin  tags, 
skull  tags,  and  special  tags.  For  material  such  as 
traded  or  purchased  specimens,  the  original  tags  are 
never  replaced  by  new  tags,  but  should  be 
supplemented  by  such  tags.  This  procedure  is  needed 


to  identify  the  specimen  with  its  respective  collection 
and  to  maintain  all  records  associated  with  the 
individual  specimen.  All  parts  of  any  particular 
specimen  should  be  labeled  and  identifiable  by  the 
collection  catalog  number.  If  skeletal  material  is  not 
completely  clean  at  this  point,  labeling  of  the  bones 
must  await  further  processing.  Because  the  collection 
catalog  number  represents  a specific  and  permanent 
part  of  the  collection,  and  it  is  the  primary 
distinguishing  character  of  the  specimen,  extreme 
care  should  always  be  taken  to  insure  that  all  records 
and  labels  are  legible  and  correct. 

PROCESSING  DATA 

Once  specimens  have  been  cataloged,  additional 
records  are  often-  made  for  each  specimen.  Such 
records  may  include  labels  for  skeletal  material, 
special  card  files,  or  specimen  information  entered 
into  a computerized  information-retrieval  system. 

LABELS 

To  to  able  to  efficiently  place  skeletal  material  in 
its  proper  position  within  the  collection,  it  is 
necessary  to  make  special  labels  for  such  material. 
These  labels  may  include  the  collection  catalog 
number,  taxon,  sex,  collecting  locality,  collecting 
date,  preparator,  and  preparation  number.  If  the 
skeletal  material  represents  the  entire  specimen, 
external  measurements  and  reproductive  data  should 
be  included  on  the  label  (Fig.  11).  The  typing  of 
labels  for  skeletal  material  can  be  done  any  time  after 
cataloging.  A good  procedure  is  to  type  a series  of 
labels  in  sequential  order,  proofread  the  typed 
information,  file  the  labels  in  numerical  order,  and 
match  the  label  with  corresponding  skeletal  material 
when  processing  has  been  completed.  This  procedure 
will  allow  a check  of  what  specimens  have  been 
completed  and  are  ready  for  installation.  Similar 
labels  may  also  be  used  for  special  collections  (for 
example,  see  storage). 

FILES 

Many  Recent  mammal  collections  also  maintain 
additional  records  of  cataloged  specimens,  such  as 
geographic  or  taxonomic  card  files  (Figs.  12  and  13). 
Geographic  card  files  are  usually  arranged 
alphabetically,  whereas  taxonomic  card  files  may  be 
arranged  alphabetically  or  phylogenetically. 
Although  such  files  may  be  difficult  to  maintain 
because  of  the  time  required  for  duplicating 
information,  they  can  provide  a useful  reference  in 
utilizing  the  collection,  or  in  responding  to  inquiries 


19 


y 

t 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

i; 

, 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

e 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

) 

1 

I 

1 

1 

i 

1 

t 

$ 

«5 

5 

v> 

1 

% 

S 

v! 

1 

& 

k 

S 

»b 

ft 

ft 

fe 

i 

U 

Irj 

5i  = 
§ 

t 

V 

■ 

■ 

1 

1 

•s 

tk 

1 

> 

^ i 

1 

In 

.1 

! 

n 

5 - 

k 

1 

i 

« 

1 

Nl 

' 

1 

>: 

'*  E 

.n 

*0 

1 

1 

ftl' 

6f 

3 

8 

V 

"J 

1 

v< 

Pi 

- 

' 

J 

J 

1 

>• 

> 

.? 

1 

Vi 

Vj 

j 

>j 

L. 

1 

ft 

3 

vi 

s 

I 

1 

't 

3if 

> 

i 

R 

Sj 

h 

• u 

3 

.t: 

a 

' 

• 

• 

' 

• 

• 

> 

- 

i 

s 

5 

IJ 

1 

.ft 

<s 

,1 

J 

3 

IS 

•• 

•s 

> 

K 

■ 

■ 

> 

Is 

N 

> 

■ 

N 

1 

> 

•1 

«) 

> 

)k 

> 

1 

c 

i 

8 

1 

Vj 

S 

N 

> 

nS 

1 

< 

1 

"> 

> 

5: 

C 

Q 

1 

Vj 

"VI 

> 

1 

0 

i 

i 

V| 

Q 

> 

0 

5s 

1 

w 

1 

•a 

si 

V 

E 

o 

> 

E 

Q 

1 

J 

Ui 

E 

c 

••• 

> 

Q 

•j 

ft 

? 

Vi 

t 

0 

> 

K 

ft 

0 

5 

Vi 

>< 

c 

; 

J 

I 

E 

N 

I 

s 

g 

Vj 

1 

1 

t 

1 

■ 

= 

' 

■ 

• 

• 

■ 

• 

■ 

■ 

= 

■ 

-- 

1 

• 

1 

> 

- 

> 

■ 

■ 

■ 

= 

■ 

= 

• 

' 

= 

= 

= 

■ 

i 

o* 

’0 

>5 

C» 

O 

o* 

Ok 

O 

■b 

■b 

>3 

■b 

■b 

•b 

0+- 

ov 

Ok 

•b 

*b 

"b 

•o 

O 

■o 

1 

£ 

5 

.5 

J 

' 

• 

1 

1 

« 

E 

.1 

1 

l> 

5 

! 

'fi 

• 

1 

f 

.« 

s 

s 

■ 

5 

4 

i 

« 

% 

< 

1 

2 

■ 1’ 

1 

1 

ft 

Q 

Vj 

J 

3 

^ \ 

J 

a 

a 

_53 

■S 

■ 1 

1 

• F»' 

1 

g 

i 

>a 

<h 

N 

S 

N 

V» 

§ 

N 

N 

J1 

§ 

N 

N 

$ 

W 

$ 

N 

8 

C 

N 

> 

N 

N 

H 

5 

K 

> 

S 

It 

V 

N 

•< 

15 

0i> 

8 

5 

S: 

s 

*< 

M 

a 

N 

. N 

s 

i 

*v 

'I 

*4 

N 

§ 

Ji 

Fig.  9.  Completed  collection  catalog  page  used  at  The  Museum  of  Texas  Tech  University. 


20 


DeDartment  Cataloene — MAMMALS  Texas  A&M  University 

Acc’n.  No.  Date  of  Entry  9 Entered  by  yS.  

Genera]  LocaIity-,-/5‘'*C«?vJ  

1 

Dept.  No. 

Orig.No. 

Name 

Date 

Collector 

Exact  Locality 

Skvi/ 

4ZS 

^SiSi9sr/Si-‘aS  as/t/^us  4/aVtJS 

ZZ  Jultf 
/9i.7 

y.rt.OkUnJeri 

fmu  *!£ Qnele/oria 
Trcsitliofc.  Texas 

JlJonuurif 

19LS 

T.C.  Mnxuidl 

II 

skull 

ZZkSS 

M 

ZZ  Jblt{ 
/9L7 

HM.Ohlen^orf 

II 

skull  on/i^ 

zzz 

*1 

2S  March 
/9L7 

•r 

skull  o/»/y 

.iiJ 

Proc^on  /o&or  m^^icorxjs 

f Ju/if 
19S7 

• » 

>1 

zzgsi 

Jpi/oos/o  oract/ts  ordci/tS 

t/  -Jult^ 
19L7 

ll 

ll 

Skull  unltf 
ZZSl,Z 

J94 

Conepaius  mcso/eucus  tnesrnsi 

fsr  Jitltf 
/907 

tl 

9 mi.  ME  Cant/e/aria 
Presi</lti  (2.,  Texas 

skull  onlu 

901 

• 1 

tflanuartf 

I9LS 

.. 

9mi  *l£  Candelaria 
TWsidia  la.  Texa* 

skull  on  Iff 

ZZ^(,4 

Z9S 

II 

S Jultf 
19L7 

|l 

la 

skull  o/»/y 
ZZS^ 

Z99 

•1 

77ult^ 

U 

It 

Fig.  10.  Numerical  catalog  maintained  on  4"  x 6"  cards  at  Texas  Cooperative  Wildlife  Collection,  Texas  A & M University. 


concerning  the  collection.  As  the  collection  grows  in 
size,  such  files  become  even  more  important. 

COMPUTERIZATION 

In  an  effort  to  gain  better  utilization  of  systematics 
collections,  many  Recent  mammal  collections  (for 
example,  USNM,  KU,  and  TTU)  are  entering 
information  and  data  of  cataloged  specimens  into 
computerized  information-retrieval  systems.  Interest 
in  the  use  of  computers  for  the  purpose  of  collection 
utilization  and  management  has  been  further 
developed  by  the  American  Society  of  Mammalogists 
(1974).  In  an  effort  to  obtain  the  maximum  and  most 


efficient  use  of  data  associated  with  specimens  in 
collections,  a national  information-retrieval  network 
has  been  proposed.  Such  a network  would  involve  all 
North  American  Recent  mammal  collections  and 
basically  entail  recording  and  storing  data  from  all 
mammal  specimens.  These  data  will  be  accessible  to 
all  qualified  workers  and  can  be  reproduced  in 
written  form.  To  operate  the  proposed  network, 
several  regional  centers  would  be  required  for  the 
compilation  of  information  of  surrounding 
collections.  A national  information-retrieval  network 
would  certainly  be  advantageous  for  Recent  mammal 


,?|teleton  Only 

Texas  Tech  2 2977  9 University 

Peromyscus  pectoralls 

Texas  Tech  2297^  V University 

Peromyscus  pectoralis 

— laftgianus 

Texas.tBrewstei'....G-o,  ,-17  ,■5- 

ml  N.0.6  mi  E Marathon 

The  Williams 

T'3CB'iHlTQ'5 

Tfijra.5.:Br.ewja.t£r...CQ-P.-A7— 5- 
mi  N,0.6  mi  B Marathon 
the  Williams  1894 

1893 

i80-86_21-18=23.7  3emb=7  . 

Fig.  11.  Two  examples  of  labels  used  for  skeletal  material  stored  in  vials.  Original  size 
was  28  by  50  millimeters. 


The  Museum  of 

Texas  Tech  university 

COLLECTION  OF  MAMMAL8 


Numbar 

Naom 

Date 

Collector 

8023 

Ferosnathus  nelsonl  canescens 

9 Apr 
1968 

R.J. 

Baker 

8584 

Slraodon  ochrofcnathus  ochrognathus 

l6  Apr 
1968 

H.  Bouers 

1 

S 

o 

H 

Euderaa  aaculatum 

7 Jul 
1970 

D.A. 

Easterla 

1 ?n<»o 

PeromvaeuE  eremlcus  arcalcus 

l8  Apr 
1966 

C.O. 

McKlnnev 

12158-12162 

Antrozous  pallldus  pallldus 

19  Sept 
1970 

•T-Wf 

Warner 

13698 

noneoatus  nesoleucua  meamsl 

5 jan 
1968 

RtVt 

Packard 

17739  17733 

Pappng^nityK  r.aRtanoDS  Dratensls 

29  Jul 
19^:9 

0.  J. 

RaI 

22902 

MyotlH  vellfer  Ineautus 

2 Nov 
1974 

B.tl. 

Dowler 

22903.22904 

Plplstrellua  hesperus  mazlmus 

2 Nov 

1974 

S.T. 

Williams 

22905 

T.6PUS  callfornlcua  texlanus 

1 Nov 
1974 

S.E. 

Perkins 

2 2906 

ft  It  tl 

n 

R.C. 

Dowler 

92907 

n n 9 

H 

M.H. 

McOauxh 

22908 

n n 9 

2 Nov 
1974 

R.L. 

Hendrlcksen 

99909 

STlvllarrus  audubonll  neomezlcanus 

It 

S »L« 

Williams 

22910 

Anaosparmophtlus  InterPrcs 

1 NOV 
1974 

R aXi  • 

Hendrlcksen 

The  Museum  of 


Locality  arawBtar  <;»,  #5 


Texas  Tech  University 

COLLECTION  OP  MAMMALS 


Number 

N4me 

Date 

Collector 

p?9n 

AmirtApAnnnphll  1151  IntArprAn 

2 Nov 
1974 

W11Ham.<5 

9991 9 

« n 

3 liov 
1974 

M.H.  McOaugh 

22913 

Pappofceomys  oastanops  pratensls 

n 

R.C.  Dowler 

22914 

n n n 

31  00% 
1974 

M.H.  McGaugh 

99915-99916 

n It  n 

1 Nov 

1974 

S.L.  Williams 

99917 

M n n 

31  Oct 

1974 

n 

22918 

Thomomvs  bottae  llmltarls 

tf 

R.C.  Dowler 

92919 

n ft  ft 

n 

R.L. 

99090 

an  n 

2 Nov 

1974 

S.L.  Williams 

99991  99997 

n n n 

1 Nov 

1974 

If 

9999a 

N N n 

2 Nov 
1974 

n 

99999 

M ft  n 

3 Nov 
1974 

N 

99930 

n n n 

31  Oct 

1974 

R.L. 

Hendrlcksen 

22931-22933 

an  n 

2 Nov 
1974 

S.T..  willlamfi 

22934 

PernynathiUi  flavus  flavus 

n 

R.C.  Dowler 

Fig.  12.  Two  cards  from  the  geographic  card  file.  Original  size  of  card  was  128  by  178  millimeters. 


22 


The  Museum  of 

Mephitis  mephitis  varlans i2 T'ech  University 

COLLECTION  OF  MAMMALS 


Number 

Sex 

Locality 

Date 

Collector 

1 R^q 

9 

Texas?  Llano  Oo.,  7-'^  >nl-  S Llano 

31  Mar 
1965 

H.S.  Fc/rlck 

8518 

cf 

Texas:  Martin  Co.,  3 ml.  N Stanton 

26  Dec 
1968 

S.L.  Williams 

10247 

9 

Tamaullpas:  67  km.  S Cd.  Victoria 

2 Apr 

1970 

V.R.  McDanlal 

10267 

o' 

Texas:  Lubbock  Co.,  5 mi.  S Wolff orth 

23  Feb 

1970 

T . F. . C 1 a r V 

12067 

cf 

Texas:  Presidio  Co.,  Sierra  Vieja  Mts.,  ZH  Canyon 

19  Sept 
1963 

R..T.  Raker 

12064 

rf 

Texas?  Archer  Co.,  26.4  ml.  SW  Wichita  Palls 

22  Nov 

1970 

If 

17411 

O' 

Texas;  Jeff  navis  Co.,  1/2  m1,  H{P  Fort  Davis 

30  Sept 
1972 

.S,T.,  wnil  ams 

17490 

Toxas;  Taihhor.k  Qo,,  T-nbbor.k 

7 May 
1973 

P.  Mnr.tcromerv 

20687 

9 

Texas:  Culberson  Co.,  Upper  Dog  Ranger  Station, 
Guadalupe  Mts.  National  Park 

4 Jun 
1973 

R..T.  Raker 

2o6RR 

,o" 

Texas:  Culberson  Co.,  Williams  Ranch 
Guadalupe  Mts.  National  Park 

15  jun 

1973 

D.E.  Wilhelm 

2 2984 

rT 

Texas?  Brewster  Co..  l8.0  ml.  N.  3.0  ml.  E Marathon 

3 Nov 
1074 

Fig.  13.  Card  from  the  taxonomic  card  file.  Original  size  of  card  was  128  by  178  millimeters. 


collections,  but  its  success  is  largely  dependent  on  the 
cooperation  and  standardization  of  such  collections. 

In  order  to  establish  standardization  and  plan  a 
national  network,  the  American  Society  of 
Mammalogists  sponsored  a workshop  for  the 
National  Network  for  Information  Retrieval  in 
Mammalogy  (NIRM)  in  September  1975.  One  result 
of  this  workshop  was  the  selection  of  data  that  will  be 
used  by  NIRM.  The  types  of  data,  generally  recorded 
for  mammals,  were  divided  according  to  individual 
importance,  and  classified  as  being  mandatory  data, 
important  (but  optional)  data,  and  other  optional 
data  (Table  2).  The  optional  data  is  not  used  by 
NIRM  because  of  the  expense  and  security  involved. 
Implementation  of  these  categories  is  dependent  on 
the  need  and  discretion  of  the  individual  collection. 
The  standards  established  for  the  various  types  of 
data  have  been  documented,  and  include 
explanations  of  descriptions,  formats,  omit 
conditions,  contingency  requirements,  valid 


examples,  accepted  variations,  and  occasional 
remarks.  This  documentation  was  primarily 
developed  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History  by  Art  Brigida  and  Henry  W.  Setzer,  and  will 
become  available  through  the  Committee  on 
Information  Retrieval  of  the  American  Society  of 
Mammalogists. 

The  information  retrieval  system  proposed  by 
NIRM  for  the  national  network  is  SELGEM  (SELf 
GEnerating  Master)  which  was  designed  and 
developed  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  for 
information  management.  SELGEM  consists  of 
about  25  general-purpose  computer  programs,  which 
are  written  in  the  COBOL  (COmmon  Business 
Oriented  Language)  computer  language.  These 
programs  can  be  made  compatible  with  several  types 
of  computers  (for  example,  Honeywell  2015,  IBM 
360,  IBM  370,  CDC  3100,  CDC  6400,  UNIVAC 
1106,  UNIVAC  1110,  GE  635,  Burroughs,  and  ICL) 
as  long  as  at  least  four  tape  drives,  96  K characters  of 


23 


TABLE  2.  SELGEM  CATEGORIES'  AND  NUMBERS  AS  USED  AT  NATIONAL  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL 

HISTORY  AND  TEXAS  TECH  UNIVERSITY. 


Category  Category 

Number  Category  Number  Category 


♦001 

Catalog/Serial  Number 

112 

Elevation 

*051 

Museum  Acronym 

125 

Collector’s  Name 

052 

Division  Acronym 

126 

Collector’s  Number 

♦053 

Catalog/Serial  Number 

155 

Donor 

065 

Family 

156 

Accession  Number 

♦071 

Genus 

157 

Date  Cataloged 

073 

Subgenus 

185 

Ecological  Notes 

♦075 

Species 

200 

Remarks 

078 

Subspecies 

♦401 

Sex 

♦095 

Date  Collected 

402 

Collection  Code 

♦100 

Continent  or  Country 

(Type  of  Preparation) 

♦102 

State  or  Province 

403 

Bone  Inventory 

♦103 

Country,  District,  or 

404 

Weight 

Major  Island  Group 

405 

Reproductive  Anatomy  Data 

104 

Specific  Locality 

406 

External  Measurements 

106 

Modifier  of  Specific  Locality 

410 

Age 

♦107 

Ocean 

420 

Corresponding  Bone  or 

♦108 

Sea 

Skin  Number 

♦109 

Bay,  Inlet,  Strait,  Estuary, 

506 

Preparator’s  Name 

Gulf,  or  Channel 

508 

Preparation  Number 

110 

Latitude  and  Longitude 

510 

Special  Number 

Categories  marked  with  an  asterisk  are  mandatory  for  NIRM. 

core,  and  a COBOL  compiler  are  available  (Anon., 
1974;  Chenhall,  1975).  Based  on  the  type  of 
computer  utilized,  the  cost  of  implementation  ranges 
from  $500  to  $5,000.  The  programs  may  be  acquired 
from  the  Smithsonian  Institution  at  no  cost  other 
than  the  cost  of  duplication.  For  this  service  and 
because  of  federal  obligations  to  the  public,  the 
SELGEM  programs  may  not  be  used  for  profit- 
making purposes.  The  current  cost  of  each  record 
from  the  time  of  input  to  the  final  output  is  about 
$0.31  per  record  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
(Anon.,  1974).  It  is  possible  that  data  for  specimens 
can  be  processed  cheaper. 

Although  SELGEM  is  a popular  program  among 
systematics  collections,  there  are  several  other 
computerized  information-retrieval  systems  (for 
example,  MARK  IV,  GRIPHOS,  GIPSY,  ELMS, 
STIRS,  GIS,  ADAM-II,  CAP,  CORSAIR  II,  ISIS, 
IRGMA,  and  IGMRAF)  which  possibly  could  be 
used  by  mammal  collections  if  needed  modifications 
are  made.  The  suitability  and  utilization  of  any 
particular  program  is  primarily  determined  by  the 
requirements  and  resources  of  the  individual 
collection  or  institution.  When  selecting  a computer 
program  for  information-retrieval  purposes,  several 


factors  should  be  considered  before  any  program  is 
implemented.  These  factors  include; 

1)  Source  and  availability  program 

2)  Success  of  program  at  other  institutions 

3)  Past,  current,  and  future  support  and  devel- 
opment of  the  program 

4)  Actual  needs  of  the  collection  or  institution 

5)  Applicability  and  suitability  of  the  program  to 
meet  the  needs  of  the  collection  or  institution 

6)  Alternative  uses  of  the  program  (for  example, 
payroll,  mailing  lists,  etc.) 

7)  Capabilities  and  functions  of  the  program  (for 
example,  compiling,  searching,  sorting,  updating, 
editing,  report  writing,  label  writing,  etc.) 

8)  Flexibility  of  the  program  to  permit  change  to 
the  needs  of  the  collection  or  institution 

9)  Convertibility  of  the  program  (for  example,  in- 
tegrating stored  data  from  one  program  with  other 
information-retrieval  computer  programs  or  statis- 
tical programs) 

10)  Complexity  of  the  program  (for  example,  input 
and  output  operations,  utilization,  and  mainte- 
nance) 

11)  Security  of  stored  records  and  other  documen- 
tation 


24 


12)  Time  required  (for  example,  implementation  of 
the  program,  capturing  data,  and  using  data) 

13)  Required  personnel 

14)  Time  and  effort  required  to  train  personnel 

15)  Costs  (for  example,  initial,  recurring,  operat- 
ing, processing,  etc.) 

16)  Administrative  financial  support  and  coopera- 
tion 

17)  Cooperation  of  users 

18)  Availability  of  support  and  cooperation  for  the 
program  and  computerization  over  an  extended 
period  of  time 

19)  Compatibility  of  program  with  available  hard- 
ware 

For  a basic  tabular  comparison  of  some  computer- 
ized information-retrieval  systems,  see  Appendix  E. 

Although  procedures  in  computerization  can  be 
complex,  depending  on  the  situation,  the  basic  steps 
for  many  information-retrieval  systems  (including 
SELGEM)  include  initial  planning,  coding  of  data, 
translating  coded  data,  creating  working  files  to 
remove  discrepancies  from  the  captured  data, 
building,  or  adding  to  a master  file  with  corrected 
data,  and  utilizing  the  data  in  the  master  file. 
Depending  on  the  program  and  the  situation  for 
which  the  program  is  used,  these  steps  may  vary 
somewhat. 

The  initial  planning  of  computerization  should 
begin  with  study  of  the  literature  (Chenhall,  1975; 
Ellin,  1970/71;  Foote  and  Zider,  1975;  Hislop,  1967; 
Squires,  1970;  Vance  et  al.,  1973;  Van  Gelder  and 
Anderson,  1967),  of  other  collections  that  are 
actively  utilizing  computers,  and  discussion  with 
computer  experts.  If  the  SELGEM  system  is  to  be 
implemented,  it  is  recommended  that  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  be  consulted  (address: 
Manager,  Information  Retrieval  and  Indexing, 
Information  Systems  Division,  Smithsonian 
Institution,  A & I Building,  Room  2362, 
Washington,  D.C.  20560).  One  aspect  of  the  initial 
planning  may  include  data  modifications  acceptable 
to  the  computer  (for  example,  the  sex  symbols  “o”” 
and  will  need  to  be  indicated  in  a different 

manner,  e.g.,  “M”  and  “F”).  Further  data 
modification  may  include  the  addition  of  general 
categories,  such  as  family  and  country,  that  will 
facilitate  more  convenient  and  less  expensive  retrieval 
of  data.  Because  the  initial  planning  for  successful 
computerization  may  be  difficult,  particularly  for 
inexperienced  individuals,  a set  of  basic  guidelines  to 
assist  the  various  collections  in  starting 


computerization  should  be  established. 

Coding  of  the  data  consists  of  a standard 
designation,  or  category  number,  for  each  type  of 
data  or  category  (for  example,  see  standard  category 
numbers  established  by  NIRM  in  Table  2).  The  use  of 
the  code  simplifies  utilization  of  computerized  data. 
Because  actual  coding  of  data  can  be  relatively 
involved,  the  specimen  information  may  be 
transferred  to  coded  worksheets  (Fig.  14).  However, 
such  duplication  may  be  time-consuming. 
Alternative  methods  include  designing  special  catalog 
sheets  that  are  already  coded  (Fig.  15),  or  coding  data 
from  the  specimen  directly  into  a computer-readable 
form  (for  example,  paper  cards,  paper  tape,  etc.). 
Such  methods  require  a well-trained  technician  that 
understands  the  cataloging  and  coding  systems  well 
enough  for  translation  procedures. 

Translation  of  data  into  computer-readable  form 
may  be  done  through  the  use  of  paper  tape,  paper 
cards,  magnetic  tape,  magnetic  cards,  teletype, 
magnetic  disk,  and  in  other  ways.  Each  method  has 
advantages  and  disadvantages.  The  choice  of  any 
method  should  be  governed  primarily  by  the 
resources  of  the  institution,  compatibility  with 
available  computer  hardware,  and  the  information- 
retrieval  program  being  used.  For  most  situations, 
the  standard  key-punch  machine  for  paper  cards  is 
probably  the  best  all-around  device  for  translating 
data.  Further  consideration  in  using  any  particular 
device  should  include  an  evaluation  of  equipment 
cost,  processing  cost,  products,  cost  of  products, 
complexity,  ease  of  training,  ease  of  making 
corrections,  time  required  for  utilization,  terminal 
capabilities,  and  alternative  uses. 

The  translated  version  is  submitted  to  the 
computer,  and  a temporary  file  created.  The  file  is 
used  to  adjust,  correct,  delete,  or  add  information 
concerning  the  specimens.  Once  the  information  is  in 
the  desired  form,  it  is  added  to  the  master  file.  If  the 
master  file  is  not  new  it  will  contain  all  information 
of  previously  computerized  speeimens.  With  the 
master  file  built,  the  information  in  the  file  can  be 
manipulated  in  several  ways  to  produce  the  desired 
output.  For  instance,  numerical  catalogs, 
geographical  files,  taxonomic  files,  special  collection 
files,  listings,  or  reports  can  be  constructed.  By 
supplementing  this  facility  with  a procedure  for 
reduction  of  the  printed  record  (for  example,  by 
photographic  processes),  labels  (Fig.  16)  can  be 
made.  There  are  several  additional  options  available 
through  the  use  of  computerized  information- 
retrieval  programs.  For  instance,  the  University  of 
Arizona  at  Tucson  has  developed  a SELGEM 


DATA  SHEET 

DIVISION  OF  KAMIALOGY 

te>:as  tech  hniversitt 


25 


header 


Partial 


E 


Regular 


4^ 


Museum 
Division 
Catalog  Number 

+05l|7-y 
+052|y_ 
+05 3 

u 

9 

7 

9 

- 

1 

r 

i E 1 

! ItM 
1 i i 1 

'1 

r 

■il 

i I 

1 ! 1 1 

M 4 1 ' 

- i~r  t 
1 1 i i 

1 1 ' 

iii. 

■ ! i ■' 

1 . . , i-i- 

: M ' 1 1 

m : -■  ! -r 

Family 

Genus 

Species 

Subspecies 

+065 

+071 

+075 

+078 

// 

C_ 

n 

/ 

d 

H 

r 

a 

0 

e 

i ^ i 

L 

4J  l.j 

1 1 i 

j 

1 

- r- 
' 

I " 

/ 

n 

c 

e 

O'^ 

Mil 

^-1  r-L 

.9 

1 

! 

ill' 

..  . 1 

I'u: 
- mLl 
; ! 1 

1 i i i 
1 1 : 

Mil 

-iTr'- 

J 

<; 

0 

t 

. ! 
! ; 

r ! i 1 r 

I 

1 

1 M 1 

rr 

Sex 

+401|aY 

' 

1 i 1 t 

i 

i 

1 1 i 1 ! 1 1 1 I i i ' 1 i 

Continent  or 

+100/MQ7' 

u 

/ 

\£ 

Ls4jsiz 

,_L 

Jli  L 

_LLLl  I Li_i. 

- 

State  or  Province/ 
Sea 

County,  District,  or 
Major  Island  Group/ 
Bay,  Inlet,  Strait, 
Estuary,  Gulf,  or 
Channel 

Specific  Locality 


+102/ 


iiniri:n 


ia:.M 

J 

"III.. 

-U.  0111.11 

Li 

+106 


I ! 


■H-h 


-iOL  W/l 

! i I I 

r ^ 


I r- 


! I ! 


L,:  Ll.L  i.L 
I M ! i I ^ 


Date 

**  Type  of  Preparation 
Collector 
Preparator 
Preparation  Nutibei 
Special  Number 
Accession  Number 
Availability  Status 


+095  O e 
+402  [5  g 
+ 1 2 5 I2?  p 
+506:^0^ 

+50eK 

+510; 

+156  j/  [f 
+501  i I 


_V_ 


IL  'i., 

' is  'ci 

!c[ . 

I 


z/ 


9\£:iSl\Ll 


- i_  : 


I I ' 

i:n: 


( --i 


LU 


H- 


_U+-L-  - 


— 1-  - 
I 

U-. 


I 


I I 


M- 


-41 


Remarks 


+200 


; I i 


1 


-H4- 


Tl 


III 


I i 


-U-i-i- 

I I I 


End  of  Record 
* Cede  for  Sex  - M = male;  F = female;  ? = unknown 


End  of  File 


□ 


**  for  Type  of  Preparation  - 

AL  = alcoholic 
AN  = anatomical 
CO  = cranium  only 
KF.  = skin  and  body  skeleton 
OT  == 

PS  = partial  skeleton 


SA 

SB 

SK 

SN 

SO 

SS 


skull  and  alcoholic  skin 

skin,  skull,  and  body  skeleton 

skull  only 

si eleton  only 

.'In  only 

skin  and  skull 


Fig.  14.  Form  used  for  coding  data  for  computerization  using  the  SELGEM  system.  Original  size  of  form  was  280  by  217 
millimeters. 


26 


o 

CATALOG  OF  THE  MAMMAL  COLLECTION,  TEXAS  TECH  UNIVERSITY,  LUBBOCK  TEXAS  X 

VOLUMES  PAGE/-?0  / 

• 051 

052 

^ 053 

■ 065 

‘ 071 

075 

- 078 

MUS 

DIV 

CATALOG  NO 

FAMILY 

GENUS 

SPECIES 

SUBSPECIES 

TTU 

M 

Cr/c^i/olse 

'F'eroi^i/ScaS 

p^^ora/ils 

\ ^ 

TTU 

M 

II 

II 

lx 

TTU 

M 

2294J 

• 1 

M 

U ^ 

SEX  CODE 
M ^ MALE 
F=  FEMALE 


A’ 

401 

■ 100 

* 102 

* 103 

^ 106 

SEX 

COUNTRY 

STATE 

COUNTY 

SPECIFIC  LOCALITY 

r 

i/n/  S^<9/es 

Sr^ujst&r- 

/ g 

/nt  y /.  2 /»/  £ N. 

H 

II 

H 

/ 

M 

- 

- 

/Z  £ mi  V /.3  mi  £ MaratAon 

NATURE  OF  SPECIMEN  CODE 


AN  = ANATOMICAL 
SK  = SKULL  ONLY 
SO  = SKIN  ONLY 
SS  = SKIN  AND  SKULL 


BS=  POST  CRANIAL  SKELETON  ONLY 
KB  = SKIN  AND  BODY  SKELETON 
SB  = SKIN,  SKULL.  AND  BODY  SKELETON 
AL  = ALCOHOLIC 

SA=~  SKULL  AND  ALCOHOLIC  SKIN 


CO  = CRANIUM  ONLY 


B'  \ 

• 095 

• 406 

+ 125 

+ 506 

+ 508 

+ 510 

+ 156 

DATE  COLLECTED 

N S 

COLLECTOR 

PREPARATOR 

PREP  NO 

SPECIAL  NO. 

ACC.  NO 

OZ  Nov  /97^ 

f)L 

3.L.  iNii/iamx 

^ Ni/Ziams 

(1 

f)L 

/i99 

n 

d Nov  197*1 

JD  K J?C‘9n 

<f<?  _ 

~ 

Fig.  15.  Headings  for  catalog  sheet  designed  at  Texas  Tech  University.  The  design  of  this  sheet  expedites  coding  of  data  for  computerization 
using  the  SELGEM  system,  thus  eliminating  the  need  for  individual  data  sheets  (Fig.  14).  Original  size  of  entire  catalog  page  was  303  by  609 
millimeters. 


27 


TEXAS  TECH  UNIVERSITY 
MAMMALOGY  COLLECTION 
22910 

AMMOSPERMOPHILUS  INTERPRES 
TEXAS:  BREWSTER  CO. 

19. J MI  N»  0.7  MI  E MARATHON 

R L HENORICKSEN  399  M/SS  01  NOV  1979 


A 


TEXAS  TECH  UNIVERSITY 

mammalogy  collection 
22910 

AMMOSPERMOPHILUS  INTERPRES 
TEXAS:  BREWSTER  CO. 

19.0  MI  N,  0.7  MI  E MARATHON 

R L HENDRICKSEN  399  M/SS  01  NOV  1974 


TEXAS  TECH  UNIVERSITY 
HAMHALOGY  COLLECTION 
22910 

AHNOSPERNOPHILUS  INTERPRES 
TEXAS:  BREWSTER  CO. 

19.0  HI  N.  0.7  MI  E MARATHON 

R L HENDRICKSEN  399  M/SS  01  NOV  197A 


Fig.  16.  Computer-generated  label  used  on  storage  containers  for  skeletal  material  (see  also  Fig.  11). 
A.  Actual  size  as  printed  by  computer.  B.  25%  reduction  of  original.  C.  50%  reduction  of  original. 


dependent  program  called  REGIS  that  is  used  for 
accessioning  purposes  (see  accessioning). 

PROCESSING  SPECIMENS 

When  cataloging  procedures  are  completed,  all  the 
material  in  the  accession  is  prepared  for  further 
processing.  Depending  on  the  nature  of  the  material, 
processing  may  vary  considerably. 

FLUID-PRESERVED  MATERIAL 

Fluid-preserved  specimens,  often  referred  to  as 
“alcoholics,”  are  soaked  in  fresh  water  to  remove 
fixatives,  such  as  lO^^o  formalin  (Anderson,  1965; 
Quay,  1974),  so  that  the  specimens  can  be  transferred 
to  a permanent  preservative.  The  standard 
preservatives  used  in  most  Recent  mammal 
collections  are  70*7o  ethyl  alcohol,  45  Vo  isopropyl 
alcohol,  or  occasionally  10 Vo  buffered  (with  borax, 
heximine,  sodium  phosphate,  or  ammonia  solution) 
formalin  (Anderson,  1965).  Because  of  the  expense 


and  the  need  for  tax  clearance  and  security  measures, 
isopropyl  alcohol  is  becoming  more  popular  than 
ethyl  alcohol. 

Once  specimens  have  been  washed  and  transferred 
to  alcohol,  they  are  grouped  typologically  and  each 
taxon  is  placed  in  a jar  of  appropriate  size.  After 
each  group  has  been  placed  in  a jar,  a sufficient 
amount  of  preservative  is  added  to  prevent 
desiccation. 

Because  identification  of  individual  specimens  in  a 
jar  is  relatively  difficult,  a label  is  needed.  The  label 
must  be  of  a high-quality  paper  (Dowler  and 
Genoways,  1976;  Sawyer,  1974)  to  insure  durability 
and  retention  of  the  printing  or  inscription  on  the 
label  when  immersed  in  liquids  (Anderson,  1965). 
The  minimum  of  information  that  should  be 
recorded  on  the  label,  for  easy  retrieval,  is  the  taxon, 
collection  numbers,  and  collecting  localities  of  the 
enclosed  specimens  (Fig.  17).  After  the  specimens 


28 


TEXAS  TECH  UNIVERSITY 

THE  MUSEUM 

Peromyscus  pectoralls  laceianus 

SPECIES 

CAT.  NO. 

LOCALITY 

2 05  9 9 - 20602 

Texas:  Culberson  Co.,  Guadalupe  Peak  Campground, 

. . Jj.uad^  1 upfi . Hts  » . 2Ja  tionaJ.. . P.axk 

2.Q6.03..^..2a6.05.. 
22961  - 22962 

Texas:  Culberson  Co.,  Lost  Peak 

Guadalupe  Mt.s.  Mattonal  Park 

Texas:  Brewster  Co.,  l8,6  ml  N.  1.2  ml  E Marathon 

M-C-1 

Fig.  17.  Label  which  is  placed  in  jar  with  fluid-preserved  specimens.  Originaf  size  of  label  was  64  by 
127  millimeters.  Another  size,  95  by  140  millimeters,  is  used  for  labeling  larger  jars. 


have  been  properly  preserved,  contained,  and 
labeled,  they  are  ready  to  be  installed  in  the 
collection. 

On  occasion,  anatomical  parts  or  skeletal  material 
are  removed  from  alcoholic  specimens.  When  this  is 
done,  the  removed  material  should  be  labeled  with 
the  name  or  acronym  of  the  collection  (Choate  and 
Genoways,  1975)  and  the  collection’s  catalog 
number,  and  then,  depending  on  the  nature  of  the 
material,  incorporated  in  appropriate  processing 
procedures.  For  instance,  skulls  removed  from 
alcoholic  specimens  will  be  tagged,  cleaned,  washed, 
labeled,  and  placed  in  an  appropriate  container. 

SKINS 

Generally,  skins  are  prepared  either  as  study  skins 
or  raw  hides.  If  they  are  prepared  as  study  skins,  then 
further  processing  is  minimal.  This  consists  primarily 
of  maintaining  the  skins  in  temporary  storage  until 
other  parts  of  the  specimen,  such  as  skeletal  material, 
are  processed  and  matched  with  respective  skins.  For 
any  material  in  temporary  storage,  arrangement  in 
numerical  order  by  collection  catalog  number 
facilitates  further  work  and  retrieval  of  any 
specimen. 

Processing  of  raw  hides  is  more  complicated 
because  tanning  procedures  are  often  required,  and 
therefore  can  be  expensive  and  time-consuming. 
Because  tanning  operations  have  been  described  in 
the  literature  (Anderson,  1965;  Dimpel,  1971; 
Elwood,  undated;  Farnham,  1944,  1950,  undated; 
Fries,  1973;  Grantz,  1960,  1969;  Johnson,  1973)  it  is 


possible  for  a collection  to  tan  its  own  skins. 
However,  it  is  often  more  practical  to  have  such  work 
done  commercially  (Dowler  and  Genoways,  1976; 
Van  Gelder,  1965).  If  commercial  sources  are  used,  it 
is  recommended  that  such  sources  be  familiar  with 
the  special  requirements  of  scientific  specimens. 
When  tanned  skins  are  received,  they  may  also  be 
placed  in  their  proper  sequence  in  the  temporary 
storage  facilities. 

SKELETAL  MATERIAL 

Processing  of  skeletal  material  is  probably  the 
most  complex  and  time-consuming  activity  of  Recent 
mammal  collections.  When  most  skeletal  material  is 
acquired,  it  usually  includes  dried  tissue  connected  to 
the  bone.  The  removal  of  this  tissue,  and  cleaning  of 
the  skeletal  material  makes  this  phase  of  collection 
operations  tedious.  (Because  of  this,  any  effort  to 
remove  nonskeletal  tissues,  such  as  muscles,  blood, 
and  brains,  during  initial  field  preparation  can 
expedite  later  processing  of  skeletal  material.)  In  an 
effort  to  improve  the  efficiency  of  processing  skeletal 
material,  several  techniques  have  been  developed. 

CLEANING  BY  MACERATION:  One  method  of 
cleaning  skeletal  material  is  by  maceration,  which 
involves  keeping  the  material  immersed  in  water  until 
all  flesh  decays.  Although  this  technique  requires 
little  effort,  the  disadvantages  do  not  support  its  use. 
Maceration  often  causes  disarticulation  and 
discoloration  of  bones,  offensive  odors,  and  requires 
considerable  time  for  completion  (Anderson,  1965; 
Anon.,  1958;  Hildebrand,  1968;  Knudsen,  1966; 
Thompson  and  Robel,  1968). 


29 


CLEANING  WITH  CHEMICALS:  Partially  because  of 
the  problems  of  straight  maceration,  numerous 
modifications  have  been  developed  to  minimize  its 
deficiencies.  The  primary  changes  have  been  the 
application  of  heat  (Anderson,  1965;  Brown  and 
Twigg,  1967;  Hildebrand,  1968;  Howell,  1920; 
Knudsen,  1966)  or  the  use  of  heat  in  conjunction  with 
various  chemicals,  such  as  Clorox  (Gross  and  Gross, 
1966),  trypsin,  pancreatin  (Hildebrand,  1968), 
cresylic  acid  (Holden,  1914,  1916),  hydrogen 
peroxide  (Howell,  1919),  ammonium  hydroxide 
(Hoffmeister  and  Lee,  1963),  potassium  carbonate 
(Iverson  and  Seabloom,  1963),  sodium  perborate 
(Jakway  et  al.,  1970),  papain  (Luther,  1949),  dibasic 
anhydrous  sodium  phosphate  with  trypsin  (Watson 
and  Amerson,  1967),  and  enzyme-activated 
detergents  (Ossian,  1970).  These  modifications  have 
reduced  processing  time,  offensive  odors,  and 
discoloration  of  bones.  However,  the  potential 
damage  of  skeletal  material  caused  by  handling  or  by 
excessive  soaking  and  boiling  tends  to  depreciate  the 
value  of  these  methods  (Gross  and  Gross,  1966; 
Hooper,  1956;  Luther,  1949).  In  the  case  of  enzyme- 
activated  detergents,  it  has  been  noted  (CM)  that 
after  an  extended  time  following  cleaning  with  such 
detergents,  skeletal  material  starts  showing  signs  of 
deterioration  that  lead  to  destruction  beyond  use.  It 
has  been  suggested  that  the  reason  for  this  is  that  the 
enzymes  continue  work  even  after  cleaning  has  been 
completed.  Under  certain  circumstances,  such  as  the 
cleaning  of  large  postcranial  bones,  the  methods 
described  above  may  prove  to  be  more  useful. 

CLEANING  WITH  LIVING  ORGANISMS;  Other  devel- 
opments in  the  processing  of  skeletal  materials  led  to 
the  use  of  living  organisms  to  do  the  primary 
cleaning.  Organisms  that  have  demonstrated 
capabilities  of  cleaning  skeletal  material  include  ants, 
isopods  (Bolin,  1935),  decapods  (Sealander  and 
Leonard,  1954),  clothes  moths  (Banta,  1961), 
mealworms  (Allen  and  Neill,  1950),  and  dermestid 
beetles  (Borell,  1938;  Hall  and  Russell,  1933;  Hilde- 
brand, 1968;  Hooper,  1956;  Laurie  and  Hill,  1951; 
Sommer  and  Anderson,  1974;  Tiemeier,  1940). 
Although  all  these  techniques  have  been  successful  to 
some  degree,  certain  problems  may  occur  when  using 
any  method. 

Ants  (Hymenoptera:  Formicidae)  are  capable  of 
quickly  and  thoroughly  cleaning  skeletal  material 
and  are  easily  acquired  and  maintained  (Peterson, 
1964).  However,  the  use  of  ants  is  not  recommended 
because  of  the  secretion  of  formic  acid  deposited  on 


the  skeletal  material  as  it  is  being  cleaned  by  the  ants. 
This  acid  will  either  cause  or  contribute  to  the  disar- 
ticulation of  bones. 

The  use  of  crustaceans,  such  as  isopods  (Bolin, 
1935)  or  decapods  (Sealander  and  Leonard,  1954),  is 
greatly  limited  by  several  factors.  One  problem  is  ac- 
quiring the  organisms  and  maintaining  a suitable  en- 
vironment (generally  aquatic)  for  them.  If  too  much 
skeletal  material  is  placed  in  the  holding  container, 
maceration  will  begin,  thus  causing  the  water  to  be 
polluted,  and  ultimately  causing  the  death  of  the  or- 
ganisms and  disarticulation  of  the  skeletal  material. 
Another  problem  is  selecting  individuals  that  are  not 
large  enough  to  damage  the  skeletal  material 
(Sealander  and  Leonard,  1954).  Although  the  use  of 
crustaceans  has  several  limitations,  it  does  serve  to 
illustrate  the  diversity  of  organisms  that  may  be  used 
in  cleaning  skeletal  material. 

The  clothes  moth  (Lepidoptera:  Tineidae)  may  dso 
be  successfully  used  in  preparing  osteological 
specimens  (Banta,  1961).  In  addition,  these  insects 
are  easily  acquired  and  maintained  (Griswold,  1933; 
Heal,  1942;  Peterson,  1964).  Because  of  the  habits  of 
clothes  moths,  a severe  problem  can  develop  if  this 
insect  is  allowed  to  infest  the  collection.  Infestation  is 
facilitated  by  the  mobility  of  the  adults  and  the  small 
inconspicuous  size  of  the  larvae.  For  this  reason, 
strict  control  of  the  colony  and  regular  fumigation  of 
the  collection  are  necessary  if  clothes  moths  are  to  be 
used  (see  maintenance — Fumigation). 

Utilization  of  mealworms  (Coleoptera:  Tinebri- 
onidae)  for  cleaning  osteological  specimens  allows 
easy  control  and  maintenance,  of  skeletal  processing 
(Allen  and  Neill,  1950;  Peterson,  1964).  Under  suit- 
able conditions,  this  technique  can  be  very  effec- 
tive, resulting  in  thorough  and  rapid  cleaning  of 
skeletal  material.  For  the  best  results,  it  is  better  to  let 
the  mealworms  clean  the  material  while  it  is  fresh  or 
moist.  However,  to  do  so  creates  a potential  mildew 
problem  that  can  be  toxic  to  the  mealworms  (Peter- 
son, 1964).  Special  care  also  needs  to  be  taken  to  pre- 
vent small  skulls  from  being  damaged  by  the  larger 
mealworms.  Because  of  this,  the  utilization  of  meal- 
worms would  probably  be  most  useful  in  processing 
only  larger  specimens. 

Dermestids  (Coleoptera:  Dermestidae)  probably 
have  provided  the  most  generally  favorable  results  in 
osteological  cleaning.  Not  only  do  dermestids 
satisfactorily  clean  all  sizes  of  skeletal  material,  but 
they  are  also  easily  acquired  and,  with  proper 
facilities,  controlled  and  maintained.  As  a result,  this 


30 


method  of  skeletal  preparation  has  been  discussed  in 
detail  in  the  literature  and  has  become  a standard 
procedure  in  many  Recent  mammal  collections.  This 
method  of  cleaning  skeletal  material  has  not  only 
proven  to  be  superior  to  other  techniques  (Hall  and 
Russell,  1933;  Hildebrand,  1968;  Hooper,  1950;  Tie- 
mier,  1940)  but  has  also  been  useful  in  cleaning  other 
types  of  skeletal  material,  such  as  mummified  (Case, 
1959)  or  alcoholic  (de  la  Torre,  1951)  specimens. 
Generally,  such  special  specimens  must  be  soaked  for 
several  hours,  air  dried,  and  coated  with  fat.  Hooper 
(1956)  found  cod  liver  oil  and  bacon  grease  to  be 
among  the  best  fats  to  use.  Because  of  the  importan- 
ce of  dermestids,  various  studies  and  observations 
concerning  their  use,  maintenance,  and  natural 
history  have  been  described  (Grady,  1928;  Heal, 
1942;  Peterson,  1964;  Roth  and  Willis,  1950;  Russell, 
1947;  Sommer  and  Anderson,  1974).  Russell  (1947) 
recommends  that,  ideally,  dermestids  should  be  kept 
in  a dark  area  at  a temperature  of  18.2°  to  29.3°C 
(65°  to  85°F).  The  availability  of  moisture  for  adult 
dermestids  is  necessary  for  egg  production  (Russell, 
1947),  which  is  necessary  if  the  colony  is  to  be  main- 
tained. However,  a lack  of  moisture  will  cause  a 
longer  larval  period  (Roth  and  Willis,  1950),  which 
would  be  desirable.  Because  of  this  paradox,  Texas 
Tech  University  has  maintained  a very  active  der- 
mestid  colony  on  a restricted  basis.  Adults  are 
removed  from  the  main  dermestid  colony  and  are 
used  for  establishing  smaller  breeding  colonies  with 
more  suitable  conditions  (Peterson,  1964).  By  supple- 
menting the  main  colony  with  the  breeding  colonies 
that  have  larvae,  a high  concentration  of  larvae  can 
be  maintained,  thus  expediting  the  cleaning  process 
and  obtaining  maximum  utilization  of  adult  and  lar- 
val dermestids. 

Because  dermestids  are  so  effective  in  cleaning 
skeletal  material,  certain  precautions  must  be  taken 
to  prevent  damage  to  delicate  skeletal  material, 
damage  to  tags,  and  loss  or  mixing  of  disarticulated 
skeletal  material.  Damage  to  specimens  and  tags  can 
be  restricted  by  regular  examination  of  the  cleaning 
process.  Further  restrictions  can  be  implemented  by 
applying  formalin  to  tags  and  body  parts  (for  exam- 
ple, joints,  to  prevent  disarticulation)  to  control  the 
rate  of  feeding  by  dermestids  (Sommer  and  Ander- 
son, 1974).  To  prevent  loss  or  mixing  of  specimen 
parts,  each  specimen  should  be  stored  with  cotton  in 
separate  containers  (Scheffer,  1940;  Sommer  and 
Anderson,  1974).  The  use  of  cotton  provides  ad- 
ditional protection  for  the  skeletal  material,  protec- 
tion for  the  dermestids,  suitable  habitat  for  molting 
and  pupating,  and  restricts  the  accumulation  of 


debris  on  the  specimens  (Sommer  and  Anderson, 
1974).  Because  storage  of  individual  specimens  in 
separate  containers  can  lead  to  waste  of  space,  disor- 
ganization of  material,  and  difficulty  in  utilization, 
Texas  Tech  University  has  developed  special  trays 
having  movable  partitions  that  allow  adjustment  of 
compartment  sizes  to  the  size  of  the  specimen  (Fig. 
18).  These  trays  can  be  nearly  stacked  and  can  hold 
several  hundred  specimens  in  a neat  and  orderly 
fashion. 


Fig.  18.  Trays  utilized  in  dermestid  beetle  colony,  which  in  turn 
is  used  for  cleaning  of  skeletal  material.  The  individual  dividers 
are  removable,  thus  allowing  alteration  of  the  size  of  the 
individual  compartments  as  necessary.  At  Texas  Tech 
University  three  sizes  of  trays  are  used.  Two  of  these  are  shown 
(note  larger  tray  in  foreground). 


Although  the  dermestid  may  be  very  useful  in  os- 
teological  preparations,  it  is  also  a potential  threat  to 
Recent  mammal  collections  because  of  the  damage 
they  can  do  to  prepared  skins.  For  this  reason  it  is 
necessary  that  the  dermestid  colony  be  maintained  in 
special  facilities.  Such  facilities  should  include 


31 


humidity  and  temperature  controls,  and  a box  for  the 
colony  (Gennaro  and  Salb,  1972;  Hall  and  Russell, 
1933;  Vorhies,  1948).  This  box  should  be  resistant  to 
insect  damage  and  escape,  and  large  enough  to  meet 
the  needs  of  the  collection.  Because  of  specifications 
for  effective  maintenance  and  control  of  dermestid 
colonies,  the  use  of  commercial  environmental  cham- 
bers can  provide  ideal  facilities.  However,  for  further 
assurance,  such  facilities  should  be  isolated, 
preferably  in  another  building,  from  the  mammal 
collection  (Gennaro  and  Salb,  1972;  Hall  and 
Russell,  1933;  Vorhies,  1948).  Even  these  precautions 
do  not  guarantee  the  protection  of  the  collection,  and 
therefore,  regular  fumigation  (see  maintenance — 
Fumigation)  is  required. 

FINAL  PREPARATION:  Following  the  basic  cleaning, 
the  skeletal  material  is  processed  through  washing 
and  scraping  procedures  to  remove  bloodstains,  ten- 
dons, and  other  tissues  not  removed  by  previous 
processes.  Skeletal  material  is  first  soaked  in  a solu- 
tion of  ammonium  hydroxide  (one  part  ammonia 
and  three  parts  water)  for  12  hours,  followed  by  24 
hours  of  soaking  in  fresh  water  (Borell,  1939;  Hall 
and  Russell,  1933).  For  some  specimens,  particularly 
those  having  large  bones,  special  degreasing  proced- 
ures may  be  incorporated  (Anderson,  1965; 
Finlayson,  1932;  Martin,  1964;  Sherman,  1925; 
Sommer  and  Anderson,  1974).  Next,  excess  tissues 
remaining  on  the  skeletal  material  are  removed  by 
hand  through  scraping  and  picking  with  dissecting  in- 
struments. Small  amounts  of  remaining  tissue  and 
stains  may  be  removed  by  placing  the  skeletal 
material  in  a diluted  Clorox  solution.  Care  should  be 
taken  to  prevent  soaking  material  too  long  or  in  ex- 
cessive concentrations  because  skeletal  material  can 
rapidly  deteriorate  in  such  solutions.  When  the 
skeletal  material  is  completely  clean,  it  is  dried  and 
placed  in  appropriate  containers  (for  example,  vials 
and  boxes)  to  prevent  loss  of  parts.  For  further 
processing,  the  material  may  be  placed  in  temporary 
storage  and  arranged  in  numerical  order  by  collection 
catalog  number  to  expedite  retrieval  and  organiza- 
tion of  subsequent  processes. 

To  further  insure  against  losing  parts,  all  bones 
must  be  labeled  with  permanent  black  ink.  If  the  size 
of  the  bone  permits,  the  collection  initials,  collection 
catalog  number,  and  sex  should  be  included  in  the  la- 
beling. For  ease  in  retrieval  and  installation,  a label 
(see  Processing  Data — Labels)  may  be  included  in  the 
container  with  the  skeletal  material  (Fig.  19). 


SPECIAL  ITEMS 

Special  processing  procedures  of  an  acquisition 
will  mainly  depend  on  the  diversity  of  material  it  in- 
cludes. Some  items  may  simply  be  installed  in  the  ap- 
propriate storage  facilities  (see  storage).  Other  items 
may  need  to  be  processed  by  special  techniques 
unique  to  the  item  in  question.  Such  techniques 
would  include  taxidermy  of  specimens  for  exhibit 
purposes  (Moyer,  1953),  removal  of  skeletal  material 
from  scats  or  bird  pellets  (Giles,  1971),  or  clearing  of 
embryos  or  anatomical  parts  (Hildebrand,  1968; 
Taylor,  \961a,  \961b).  In  some  instances,  special 
processing  may  require  sending  material,  such  as 
parasites,  to  a specialist.  Whatever  the  item,  referen- 
ce to  the  literature  or  consultation  with  an  expert  is 
recommended  to  determine  proper  processing. 

INSTALLATION 

The  final  stage  of  processing  is  reassociating  all 
parts  of  the  specimen  in  temporary  storage.  In  most 
cases,  this  procedure  will  require  only  placing  skeletal 
material  with  the  corresponding  skin.  When  all  parts 
of  the  specimen  have  been  centralized  in  temporary 
storage,  the  identification,  data,  and  any  other 
related  information  should  be  carefully  checked  for 
consistency  and  accuracy.  If  any  problems  exist,  such 
specimens  should  remain  in  temporary  storage  until 
the  situation  is  corrected. 

Once  a specimen,  or  preferably  a group  of  speci- 
mens (for  example,  an  accession),  has  been  checked, 
it  may  be  placed  in  the  appropriate  position  in  the  re- 
search collection.  This  position  is  generally  prede- 
termined by  the  method  of  collection  arrangement 
used  by  the  institution  (see  processing— Organiza- 
tion and  Arrangement).  The  arrangement  of  storage 
may,  or  may  not,  be  the  same  as  the  arrangement 
used  for  cataloging  procedures.  In  order  to  expedite 
installation  and  subsequent  removal  and  replacement 
of  specimens,  it  may  be  more  convenient  to  arrange 
specimens  of  the  same  taxon  and  collecting  locality  in 
numerical  order  by  collection  catalog  number  (for 
example,  TTU).  This  procedure  will  eliminate  the 
need  to  include  in  the  collection  arrangement  any  ex- 
tra data  (for  example,  date,  preparator,  preparation 
number)  which  would  otherwise  complicate  the 
arrangement. 

The  cases  in  the  research  collection  and  their  corre- 
sponding drawers  should  be  equipped  with  holders 
for  labels  that  indicate  the  contents.  Adequate  expan- 
sion space  should  be  incorporated  throughout  the 
storage  facilities.  Failure  to  do  so  may  result  in 


32 


Fig.  19.  Labeling  of  prepared  skeletal  material.  Note  the  following:  All  bones  of  sufficient  size  are  marked  with 
at  least  the  collection  catalog  number;  original  field  tag  is  kept  with  specimen;  a typed  label  is  placed  on  top  of 
the  storage  box;  a typed  label  is  placed  inside  the  box. 


reshuffling  specimens  each  time  a new  acquisition  is 
installed.  If  space  permits,  specimens  of  different 
taxa  or  different  localities  (for  example,  states) 
should  be  placed  in  separate  drawers  or  separate 
trays  within  the  drawers. 

The  placement  and  orientation  of  mammal 
specimens  within  drawers  or  trays  (which  are  used  to 
subdivide  individual  drawers)  is  determined  primarily 
by  their  size,  quantity,  and  the  collection 
arrangement  system  used  by  the  institution. 
Generally,  specimens  are  arranged  in  drawers  from 
front  to  back,  starting  on  the  left  side  with  specimens 
lying  perpendicular  to  the  long  axis  of  the  drawer;  or, 
from  left  to  right,  starting  at  the  front  with  specimens 
lying  parallel  to  the  long  axis  of  the  drawer.  If  the 
quantity  and  size  of  the  specimens  justify  the  use  of 
trays  to  subdivide  the  drawer,  the  arrangement 
within  a tray  will  also  be  either  from  front  to  back  or 
left  to  right.  The  sequence  of  trays  within  the  drawer 


will  depend  on  how  the  individual  specimens  are 
oriented.  Containers  (for  example,  vials  and  boxes) 
for  skulls  and  postcranial  material  belonging  to  skins 
may  be  kept  in  smaller  trays,  designed  for  the  pur- 
pose. Such  containers  are  normally  placed  with  the 
corresponding  skins.  Large  skins  and  skulls  can  be 
stored  parallel  to  the  long  axis  of  the  drawer  from  left 
to  right  or  perpendicular  to  the  long  axis  of  the 
drawer  from  front  to  rear  (for  example,  USNM),  or 
rear  to  front  (for  example,  KU).  Exceptionally  large 
study  skins  may  require  diagonal  placement  within 
drawers. 

Specimens  consisting  of  only  skeletal  material  may 
be  installed  with  the  skins  and  skulls  or  they  may  be 
placed  at  the  end  of  the  appropriate  family  (for 
example,  TTU),  genus  (for  example,  KU),  or  species  , 
(for  example,  UCONN).  Skeletal  material  removed 
from  alcoholic  specimens  may  be  stored  in  the  same 
manner  or  as  a unit  by  itself  (for  example,  TTU). 


33 


Fig.  20.  Collection  storage  area  for  the  Department  of  Mammalogy,  The 
Museum  of  Texas  Tech  University.  Note  specimen  storage  cases,  storage  for 
fluid-preserved  specimens,  and  hanging  of  large  skulls  on  a screen  rack  in 
the  background. 


STORAGE 


Mammal  specimens  must  be  housed  in  a manner 
that  will  insure  their  continued  existence  in  good 
condition.  Utilization  of  storage  areas  imposes 
problems  that  include  economical  and  practical 
allocation  of  space.  Anderson  (1973)  suggests  that 
$1.25  per  square  foot  is  a valid  figure  for  the  average 
cost  of  floor  space  for  most  collections.  Storage  areas 
and  facilities  must  be  reasonably  fireproof,  main- 
tained at  proper  temperatures  and  relative 
humidities,  protected  from  excessive  sunlight  and  in- 
sect pests  (American  Society  of  Mammalogists, 
1974),  equipped  with  adequate  lighting  in  both 
storage  and  work  areas,  and  be  well  ventilated. 
Modern  physical  plants  should  contain  a dependable 
air  fiitration/cooling  system.  Daily  temperature  fluc- 
tuations should  not  exceed  8.3°C  (I5"F)  (Van 
Gelder,  1965).  Hazardous  substances  must  be  kept 
away  from  specimen  storage  areas.  Good  security 
measures  in  general  should  be  exercised. 

The  American  Society  of  Mammalogists  (1974) 
strongly  urges  institutions  that  are  unable  to  provide 
minimal  storage  and  maintenance  standards,  as  de- 
fined by  the  Society,  to  transfer  their  holdings  to  an 
institution  that  is  able  to  do  so.  Until  a transfer  can 
be  conducted  in  such  a situation,  curators  responsible 
for  inactive  collections  may  care  for  them  with  a 
minimal  expenditure  of  time  and  money,  as 
suggested  by  Van  Gelder  (1965). 

Specimens  must  be  shielded  from  the  damaging  ef- 


fects of  light.  The  ultraviolet  and  the  bluish  portions 
of  the  visible  spectrum  have  the  greatest  ability  to 
stimulate  chemical  change.  It  should  be  noted  that  a 
5.5°C  (10°F)  rise  in  temperature  can  double  the  rate 
of  photochemical  activity  (Stolow,  1966).  Although 
less  potent  than  daylight,  incadescent  and  fluorescent 
lamplight  does  contain  ultraviolet  components.  The 
far  more  desirable  fluorescent  lamps  can  be  fitted 
with  acrylic  filters  that  nearly  eliminate  the 
deleterious  wavelengths,  while  not  appreciably 
altering  the  rest  of  the  spectrum  (Stolow,  1966). 

Storage  facilities  must  also  protect  specimens  from 
dust  and  atmospheric  pollutants.  Sulphur  dioxide, 
for  example,  causes  leather  to  become  brittle.  Mold, 
an  additional  threat  to  collections,  may  begin  to  form 
at  a relative  humidity  of  80%  or  above  and  at  a 
minimum  temperature  of  20°C  (68°F). 

Ideally,  the  entire  collection  should  be  on  the  same 
floor  with  offices  and  laboratories  (an  exception 
being  the  dermestid  colony).  All  pertinent  data  and 
records  associated  with  the  specimens  should  be  near 
the  collection.  In  most  cases,  the  largest  allocation  of 
floor  space  will  be  for  specimen  storage  (Fig.  20). 
Ample  work  space  should  also  be  available. 
Curatorial  and  supporting  staff  offices,  library 
space,  laboratory,  and  equipment/supply  storage 
areas  are  vital  and  should  be  included  in  all  Recent 
mammal  collection  facilities  (Fig.  21). 


34 


Fig.  21.  Equipment  storage  area  for  the  Department  of 
Mammalogy,  The  Museum  of  Texas  Tech  University. 


Mammal  specimens  and  their  associated  data  are 
prepared  in  a variety  of  ways.  It  is  advisable, 
wherever  possible,  to  position  all  parts  of  a specimen 
prepared  in  the  same  way  in  close  proximity  to 
facilitate  utilization.  Each  type  of  storage  requires 
ingenuity  and  has  characteristics  and  problems  at 
least  partially  unique  to  it,  as  described  below. 

SKIN  AND  SKELETAL  MATERIAL 

Small  and  medium  size  mammal  specimens, 
classically  consisting  of  a rounded  study  skin  and  ac- 
companying skull,  normally  constitute  the  largest 
percentage  of  a collection’s  holdings.  More  recently 
though,  postcranial  material  has  been  collected  and 
preserved  in  increasing  quantities. 

Specimens  preserved  as  skin  and  skeletal  material 
should  be  protectively  housed  in  permanent  storage 
cabinets  or  cases  (Fig.  22)  that  are  essentially  air-tight 
to  exclude  light,  dust,  and  insect  pests,  and  to  retard 
loss  of  fumigant.  Cases  may  be  constructed  entirely 
of  wood,  metal,  or  a combination  of  both.  Metal 
cases  provide  the  greatest  protection  from  fire. 


Several  manufacturers  produce  cabinets  of  various  ,, 
dimensions  that  meet  museum  specifications  (Dowler  !’ 
and  Genoways,  1976).  Knudsen  (1966)  gives  instruc- 
tions for  the  construction  of  a “suitable  and  inexpen- 
sive”  wooden  storage  case.  While  affording  security  ' 
to  their  contents,  permanent  storage  cabinets  should  L 
also  be  of  modular  construction,  to  allow  for  | 
maximum  flexibility  of  use.  Cases  should  not  be  so  I 
massive  as  to  be  virtually  immovable.  A white  j 
cabinet  exterior  has  the  dual  advantage  of  reflecting  \ 
more  light  for  better  visibility  as  well  as  helping  to  j 
maintain  lower  temperatures  within  the  case.  | 

The  specimens  themselves  rest  in  wooden,  wood- 
masonite,  or  metal-masonite  drawers  (Fig.  23).  The 
storage  cases  are  equipped  with  metal  or  hardwood  | 
guides  for  accommodating  drawers.  The  hardwood  i 
runners  of  the  wooden  drawers  usually  require  I 
waxing.  Specimens  are  usually  placed  in  pasteboard 
trays  available  in  various  modular  dimensions  (Dow- 
ler and  Genoways,  1976).  These  “paper”  trays  are 
recommended  for  use  wherever  specimen  size  per- 
mits. They  provide  a clean,  white,  splinter-free  sur- 
face for  specimens  and  allow  removal  of  several 
mammals  at  a time,  while  enabling  a subdivision  of  ! 
the  large  drawers  into  more  convenient  size  units.  I 
The  standard  size  museum  case  ,may  hold  ap- 
proximately 300  specimens  of  average  size  (300  mm  ! 
total  length).  When  single-stacked,  the  case  tops  j 
become  convenient  layout  space.  When  double- 
stacked,  they  allow  for  a doubling  of  the  storage  | 
space  on  the  same  floor  area.  They  should  be  ; 
arranged  in  banks,  back  to  back,  creating  ac- 
cessibility to  cases  on  both  sides  of  the  aisle,  and 
spaced  so  as  to  permit  easy  tray  removal  and  replace- 
ment. 

Glass  or  plastic  vials  of  various  sizes  (Fig.  24)  can 
be  used  for  storing  skeletal  material  (Dowler  and 
Genoways,  1976;  Long,  1970).  Glass  vials  are 
relatively  expensive  and  break  more  easily  than 
plastic  vials.  Plastic  vials  scratch,  crack,  discolor,  or 
cloud  in  the  presence  of  certain  fumigants  (see  main- 
tenance— Fumigation),  are  flammable  and  hence, 
have  a shorter  life  span.  These  negative  properties 
may  outweigh  the  initial  savings  gained  by  their  lower 
cost. 

Stoppers  made  of  various  plastics  and  of  different 
design  can  be  used.  These  are  generally  much  better 
than  the  cork  stoppers,  which  become  brittle  and 
may  break  with  age.  Stoppers  should  create  an  air- 
tight seal,  yet  be  easily  removable.  Snap-cap  lids  are 
not  as  desirable  because  their  rim  does  not  allow  for 
level  placement  of  the  vial  on  its  side.  In  addition  to 


35 


Fig.  22.  Specimen  storage  cases  of  two  types.  Numerous  other  construction  types  are  available.  Left,  Department  of  Mammalogy,  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History;  right.  Department  of  Mammalogy,  The  Museum  of  Texas  Tech  University  (purchased  from  Steel  Fixture  Co.). 


these  types  of  lids,  metal  caps  are  occasionally  used. 

Boxes  of  various  kinds  (Fig.  24)  are  also  available 
for  skeletal  material  that  is  too  large  for  vials. 
Ideally,  they  should  be  of  a modular  nature  allowing 
for  most  efficient  use  of  space  within  case  drawers. 
All  skeletal  material  should  be  placed  in  containers 
that  are  neither  too  small  nor  too  large  for  them. 

Certain  specimens  may  require  a different  orien- 
tation, than  previously  described  (see  processing — 
Installation),  within  trays  and  drawers  in  order  to 
avoid  injury.  Animals  with  bushy  tails,  long  ears, 
vibrissae  and  the  like,  must  be  stored  carefully  to 
prevent  their  destruction  through  overcrowding. 
Drawers  must  be  spaced  in  a way  that  will  prevent 
damage  to  the  specimens  underneath. 

Specimens  consisting  only  of  skeletal  material  or 
skeletal  material  removed  from  specimens  preserved 
in  alcohol  may  have  labels  that  are  marked  or  color- 
coded  (for  example,  blue  for  skeletal  material  only, 


or  yellow  for  skeletal  material  removed  from  alco- 
holics). This  procedure  can  facilitate  ease  in 
handling  and  utilization.  Further  ease  in  handling 
may  be  possible  by  storing  such  material  separately, 
as  opposed  to  mixing  it  with  specimens  consisting  of 
skins  and  skeletal  material  (see  processing — 
Installation). 

Tanned  hides  pose  storage  problems  different  from 
those  encountered  with  study  skins.  The  large,  long- 
established  collections  have  traditionally  kept  tanned 
hides  in  refrigerated  “fur  vaults”  (Fig.  25).  Usually 
the  hides  are  hung  from  horizontal  pipes.  An  S- 
shaped  hook  passes  over  the  bar  supporting  the 
skins  by  means  of  a stout  cord  attached  to  the 
specimen.  The  cord  usually  passes  through  the  eye 
holes  or  nostrils.  These  vaults  are  equipped  with 
temperature  and  relative-humidity  control  systems 
that  should  maintain  a temperature  of  approximately 
4.4°  to  7. 1 °C  (40°  to  45°F)  and  a relative  humidity  of 


36 


Fig.  23.  Arrangement  of  specimens  in  a storage  drawer  (front  of  drawer  to  the  left).  Note  that  different  taxa  are  placed  in 
separate  specimen  trays,  and  that  internal  room  for  expansion  of  the  collection  is  provided.  The  first  specimen  in  the  drawer  is 
in  the  upper  left-hand  corner.  Specimens  are  arranged  from  front  to  back  in  each  row  of  trays. 


^ f ijj 


Fig.  24.  Curatorial  supplies  used  for  the  storage  of  specimens  in  the  Recent  mammal 
collection  at  Texas  Tech  University.  Included  in  the  photograph  are  skeleton  storage 
boxes,  specimen  and  skull  trays,  container  for  fluid-preserved  specimens  and  vials  for 
skulls  and  skeletons  (see  Dowler  and  Genoways,  1976,  for  specifications  of  these  items). 


37 


Fig.  25.  Method  of  storage  of  tanned  skins  in  a fur  vault.  Note  technique  for  hanging  the  skins.  This 
photograph  was  taken  in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History,  University  of  Kansas. 


38 


approximately  50  to  55%.  To  guard  against  fires,  a 
sprinkler  system  is  a necessity  in  this  type  of  poten- 
tially hazardous  storage  situation.  Periodic 
fumigation  is  a required  precaution  as  well.  Specimen 
arrangement  within  fur  vaults  might  be  a taxonomic, 
geographic,  size,  or  a combination  system  depending 
on  the  size  of  the  collection  and  the  dimensions  of  the 
storage  chamber. 

Dr.  Henry  W.  Setzer  (personal  communication)  of 
the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  feels  that 
fur  vaults  are  no  longer  necessary  where  proper  air- 
conditioning  and  humidity  controls  exist.  He  cites  the 
uneconomical  nature  of  vaults,  security  problems, 
and  inefficient  storage  capabilities  as  reasons  for 
their  elimination.  Furthermore,  large  skins  often 
develop  tears  at  the  point  of  support  as  a consequen- 
ce of  their  great  weight.  Setzer  finds  case  storage  of 
tanned  hides  to  be  an  acceptable  alternative.  Hides 
should  be  loosely  rolled  and  tied  with  the  tags  ex- 
posed. If  cases  are  not  available,  then  hides  may  be 


placed  in  boxes  or  plastic  bags,  and  stored  in  a cool, 
dry,  dark  place.  Care  should  always  be  taken  to 
avoid  rolling  the  hides  too  tightly. 

Untanned  hides  that  are  thoroughly  dry  should  be 
stored  in  plastic  and  heavily  fumigated  (Van  Gelder, 
1965).  Raw  hides  are  sometimes  held  in  cold-storage 
facilities  prior  to  tanning. 

Generally,  skeletal  material  is  easier  to  house  than 
skins.  Deterioration  from  over-exposure  to  sunlight 
and  danger  from  insect  infestations  do  not  present 
major  problems  for  such  materials.  Rapid  tempera- 
ture fluctuations,  dessication,  and  dust  are  the  chief 
causes  of  concern  to  osteological  collections.  Jackson 
(1926)  mentioned  21  °C  (70° F)  as  being  a proper  tem- 
perature for  housing  such  material.  Dudley  and 
Wilkinson  (1968)  recommended  a constant  relative 
humidity  of  at  least  55%  for  ivory.  Large  skulls  or 
disarticulated  postcranial  skeletons  are  best  housed 
in  kraft  boxes  within  air-tight  cabinets,  in  cardboard 
boxes,  or  simply  in  deep  wooden  drawers  inside 


Fig.  26.  Storage  of  large  skulls  by  suspending  them  from  screen  racks.  Photograph  on  the  left  shows  skull  in 
place  on  the  rack.  Photograph  on  the  right  illustrates  how  the  bracket,  used  for  hanging  the  skull,  is  attached. 
This  method  of  storage  is  used  at  the  University  of  Kansas  and  Texas  Tech  University. 


39 


Fig.  27.  Storage  of  large  skulls  by  suspending  them,  by  the  base  of  the  antlers  or  horns,  between  two  parallel  horizontal  rods.  Photograph 
taken  at  the  University  of  Montana. 


museum  cases.  Additionally,  large  heavy  skeletons 
may  be  conveniently  stored  in  small  wooden  rolling 
cases.  Boxes  containing  specimens  may  be  placed  on 
tops  of  double-stacked  cases  if  more  suitable  ac- 
commodations are  not  available.  The  smallest 
osteological  elements  of  a specimen  should  be  placed 
in  vials  or  boxes  within  the  larger  containers.  Ver- 
tebrae may  be  conveniently  strung  in  proper  order  to 
avoid  loss  and  to  facilitate  retrieval.  Hollister  (1923) 
described  a special  treatment  that  might  be  accorded 
incisor  teeth  of  ruminants.  Many  mammal  collec- 
tions (for  example,  KU  and  TTU)  suspend  their  large 
skulls  from  a vertical  wire  screen  positioned  against  a 
wall.  Skulls  are  supported  by  means  of  a U-shaped 
metal  brace  bolted  to  them  just  below  the  foramen 
magnum  (Fig.  26).  Corresponding  postcranial  ma- 
terial, if  present,  is  stored  elsewhere.  Although  the 
hanging  of  large  skulls  does  solve  space  problems, 
such  material  inadvertently  becomes  exposed  to 


mechanical  damage  and  dust.  Jackson  (1926) 
suggested  suspending  large  horned  and  antlered 
skulls  horizontally  between  two  parallel  rods,  sup- 
porting the  skulls  at  the  horn  or  antler  bases  (Fig. 
27).  Rather  inexpensive  storage  racks  of  perforated 
structural  steel  and  ordinary  wooden  planking 
(Colbert,  1961)  are  also  strong  and  highly  adaptable 
storage  facilities  for  large  skeletal  material  (Fig.  28). 
A disadvantage  is  that  the  lack  of  drawers  does  not 
allow  easy  access.  Dust  and  security  problems  may 
also  be  encountered.  A system  in  which  osteological 
material  is  stored  within  fiberglass  tote  boxes  on 
wooden  shelves  is  described  by  Lewis  and  Redfield 
(1970).  These  boxes,  with  lids,  originally  used  on 
assembly  lines  in  factories,  may  be  stacked  inside  one 
another  when  empty.  Each  shelf  unit  holds  20  such 
boxes.  An  alternative  method  of  storing  excep- 
tionally large  skeletons  (for  example,  cetaceans)  is  to 
mount  such  specimens  for  display  purposes  (Fig.  29). 


40 


Fig  28.  Storage  of  large  skulls  and  skeletons  by  placing  them  on  wooden  shelving.  Photograph  taken 
at  the  University  of  Montana. 


41 


Fig.  29.  Mounting  specimens  for  display  is  one  method  of  storing  skeletons,  particularly 
exceptionally  large  ones.  These  cetacean  skeletons  are  on  exhibit  at  the  British  Museum 
(Natural  History). 


Uncleaned  osteological  specimens  must  be  kept  dry 
and  protected  from  insect  attack.  Unprocessed 
material  should  not  be  stored  in  airtight  containers, 
because  this  may  result  in  mildew  or  decay.  The  ad- 
dition of  a dessicant  or  fungicide  (for  example, 
thymol  crystals  or  silica  gel)  may  be  necessary  if 
mildew  is  a problem. 

FLUID-PRESERVED  MATERIAL 

Specimens  preserved  in  alcohol  and  other  preser- 
vatives may  be  stored  in  vessels  of  various  sizes, 
shapes,  and  descriptions  (Fig.  24).  Perhaps  the  best 
glass  jars  for  small  and  medium-size  mammals  are 
the  wide-mouth  variety,  equipped  with  rubber 
washers  and  glass  lids  held  firmly  in  place  by  wire 
bails.  These  jars  are  becoming  more  difficult  to  ob- 
tain. Glass  Mason  or  Ball  jars,  which  have  a two- 
piece  metal  lid,  have  also  received  extensive  collec- 
tion use  (Palmer,  1974).  Currently,  the  most  com- 
monly used  glass  jar  is  probably  the  wide-mouth 
variety  with  a bakelite  lid  (for  example,  UCONN, 
MHP,  TTU,  and  UPS).  The  lids,  which  may  be 
purehased  separately,  can  be  fitted  with 
polyethylene  rather  than  vinyl-coated  paper  liners. 
Polyethylene  lids  are  also  available  for  glass  jars. 
Cork  and  neoprene  rubber  stoppers  should  never  be 
used  to  cap  vials  containing  alcohol.  Both  will  react 
chemically  with  the  preservative,  lowering  its  pH  as 
well  as  darkening  the  solution  (Levi,  1966). 


Specimens  stored  in  fluid  may  be  housed  in  steel 
cabinets  with  hinged  doors  or  placed  on  metal 
shelving  (Colbert,  1961).  Removable  safety  guards 
may  be  attached  to  the  front  of  the  shelf.  Alcoholic 
specimens  are  particularly  sensitive  to  sunlight  and 
should  be  stored  in  dark  places.  A method  of 
possibly  preventing  color  changes  would  be  the  use 
of  butyl  hydroxytoluene  in  formalin  solutions 
(White  and  Peters,  1969).  The  Royal  Ontario 
Museum  reports  the  use  of  “light-proof”  curtains 
to  shield  their  specimens  located  on  metal  shelving. 
A separate  fireproof,  windowless  room  designed  for 
storage  of  alcoholic  specimens  is  ideal.  Jars  should 
be  protected  from  excessive  heat.  Local  regulations 
concerning  fire  prevention  should  be  consulted. 
Jackson  (1926)  suggested  the  maintenance  of  21  °C 
(70°F)  for  storage  of  specimens  in  alcohol. 

Specimens  should  not  be  crowded  into  the  storage 
vessels.  Usually  the  volume  of  preservative  should 
be  twice  the  volume  of  the  specimens  (Zweifel, 
1966).  Specimens  too  large  to  fit  into  the  largest 
glass  jars  can  be  housed  in  metal  (stainless  steel) 
tanks,  plastic  carboys,  concrete  vats,  or  earthenware 
crocks.  Stainless  steel  tanks  fitted  with  dollies  and 
casters  are  ideal,  but  expensive.  The  tank  lids  with 
their  snap  fasteners  and  neoprene  gaskets  produce 
the  required  tight  seal.  An  inexpensive  method  of 
manufacturing  large  storage  tanks  of  plywood. 


42 


Fig.  30.  A portion  of  the  fluid-preserved  specimens  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  This  collection  is  arranged  by  size  of  containers  rather  than  systematically.  Each  shelf 
position  is  numbered  (note  on  upper  shelf),  and  a card  file  is  kept  for  recording  the  position  of 
each  specimen. 


43 


lined  with  polyester  resins,  has  been  described  by 
Dundee  (1962). 

Embryological  and  anatomical  materials  are 
sometimes  stored  separately.  More  often  they  are 
housed  with  the  main  collection  of  alcoholic 
specimens. 

Some  institutions  (for  example,  ROM,  USNM, 
MVZ,  FSM,  KU,  and  UPS)  maintain  holdings  of 
digestive  tracts  and  their  contents.  By  using  2.5%  to 
10%  solutions  of  buffered  formalin  (Martin,  1949; 
Quay,  1974),  or  perhaps  freezing  facilities  (for 
example,  WFBM),  such  material  may  be  stored  near 
the  main  fluid-preserved  collection,  but  it  is  usually 
housed  separately  in  phylogenetic  arrangement. 
Storage  of  frozen  material  is  discussed  below. 

Cleared  and  stained  glandes  are  stored  in  vials  of 
glycerine.  The  addition  of  a few  crystals  of  thymol 
to  the  glycerine  helps  prevent  mold  growth  (Taylor, 
1967o,  \961b).  Glandes  may  be  kept  with  the  bacula 
(if  those  are  housed  separately),  fluid-preserved 
holdings,  or  by  themselves. 

Fluid-preserved  material  may  be  arranged 
phylogenetically  to  the  subfamily,  generic,  or 
species  level  and  then  perhaps  alphabetically.  Such 
material  is  stored  separately — not  with  the  remain- 
der of  the  collection.  If  it  is  not  feasible,  do  not 
arrange  jars  numerically  by  collection  catalog  num- 
ber but  rather  by  jar  size  within  taxa.  At  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  jars  are 
arranged  on  shelves  according  to  size  without 
regard  to  taxon  (Fig.  30).  Each  jar  is  assigned  a 
specific  shelf  location  based  on  this  criterion.  A 
phylogenetic  cardfile  giving  the  location  of  each 
specimen  is  maintained.  Advantages  of  this  system 
include  better  utilization  of  space  and  the  elimina- 
tion of  reshuffling  as  new  material  is  incorporated. 
However,  retrieval  of  specimens  belonging  to  any 
given  taxon  may  be  rather  time-consuming.  The 
maintenance  of  a specimen  cardfile  likewise  requires 
substantial  staff  time. 

Alcohol  levels  may  be  readily  discerned  if  larger 
vessels  are  placed  behind  smaller  ones.  Metal  tanks, 
crocks,  and  carboys  should  be  kept  under  counters, 
and  in  cool  places,  where  they  will  not  impede 
movement  of  workers. 

SPECIAL  ITEMS 
TYPE  SPECIMENS 

Type  specimens  are  certainly  among  the  most 
valuable  holdings  of  any  collection  of  Recent  mam- 


mals. It  is  stressed  that  institutions  lacking  the  proper 
storage  facilities,  and  having  small  collections  that 
are  infrequently  visited  by  professionals,  make 
arrangements  to  deposit  their  type  specimens  with 
large  and  responsible  collections  (American  Society 
of  Mammalogists,  1974;  Baker,  1970). 

Nearly  every  institution  houses  its  holotypes  in 
special  units,  such  as  safes  (for  example,  UWZM), 
locking  cabinets  (for  example,  MVZ,  KU,  and  UPS), 
or  other  storage  units  removed  from  the  regular 
collection  (for  example,  TCWC).  Traditionally, 
holotypes  have  had  special,  often  red,  vial/box  labels 
and  skin  tags  (Fig.  31).  Drawer  and  case  labels  some- 
times are  also  marked  with  red  labels  (Fig.  32).  Holo- 
types preserved  in  alcohol  also  have  special  notation 
and  are  stored  apart  from  the  remainder  of  the 
alcoholic  collection.  Type  specimens  are  normally 
arranged  phylogenetically.  Study  skins  are  occasion- 
ally enclosed  in  plastic  to  provide  added  protection 
(for  example,  UPS).  Type  specimens  are  stored  in 
separate  pasteboard  trays  at  some  collections  (for  ex- 
ample, USNM). 

Some  collections  (for  example,  ROM  and  TCWC) 
store  the  original  published  descriptions  with  their 
holotype  specimens.  It  is  wise  to  provide  at  least  the 
skin  tag  and  the  museum  catalog  number  with  a 
notation  as  to  the  author  of  the  description  and  the 
journal  and  year  in  which  it  was  published. 

The  Department  of  Mammalogy  at  The  Royal  On- 
tario Museum  follows  rather  extensive  documenting 
procedures  with  its  type  holdings.  Black  and  white 
prints  are  made  of  the  skull,  and  color  transparencies 
are  made  of  the  skin.  Skulls  are  usually  extracted 
from  alcoholic  types  and  dried  temporarily  for 
photographing.  Usually,  drawings  of  soft  palate  and 
facial  regions  are  made  as  well. 

TEACHING  COLLECTIONS 

Many  collections,  especially  those  affiliated  with 
universities,  maintain  a separate  cataloged  or  un- 
cataloged mammal  collection  for  use  in  the 
classroom.  These  specimens  must  endure  a great  deal 
of  use  and  abuse  and  hence  must  be  of  an  expendable 
nature.  Research  specimens  should  not  be  loaned  for 
teaching  or  exhibition  purposes  under  normal  cir- 
cumstances. Mammal  specimens  lacking  data,  while 
worthless  for  research,  may  be  valuable  additions  to 
a teaching  collection.  These  specimens  should  be 
clearly  marked  as  to  their  nature.  Such  collections 
should  be  housed  and  cared  for  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  research  holdings. 


44 


Fig.  31 . Arrangement  of  holotypes  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Upper,  holotype  of  Thomomys  talpoides  trivialis  positioned 
in  its  individual  specimen  tray;  lower,  holotypes  of  pocket  gophers  as  they  are  arranged  in  their  specimen-storage-case  drawer.  All  holotypes 
have  supplementary  red  holotype  labels. 


45 


Fig.  32.  A portion  of  the  holotype  collection  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Cases  containing  holotypes  are  marked 
with  red  labels. 


If  limited  teaching  material  results  in  a heavy 
reliance  on  the  research  collection,  it  is  suggested  that 
the  teaching  collection  be  equipped  with  casts  and 
models  of  the  needed  skeletal  material.  Several 
techniques  have  been  described  that  can  provide 
high-quality  material  for  teaching  purposes  (Long, 
1970;  Madsen,  1974;  Schrimper,  1973;  Waters  and 
Savage,  1971).  This  technique  for  building  a teaching 
collection  will  produce  more  durable  specimens; 
allow  easy  and  comparatively  less  expensive 
replacement  of  specimens  (assuming  the  original 
mold  or  cast  is  saved);  allow  as  many  replicas  as 
needed;  encourage  the  learning  of  valid  taxonomic 
characters,  instead  of  extraneous  features  unique  to 
the  individual  specimen  (for  example,  broken  bones, 
missing  teeth,  or  foreign  markings);  and,  allow  in- 
corporation of  rare  and  endangered  species  (for 
example,  Euderma  maculatum,  Mustela  nigripes. 


and  Enhydra  lutris)  and  other  protected  or  hard-to- 
obtain  species  (for  example,  Ornithorhynchus, 
Tachyglossus,  and  Zaglossus). 

DOMESTIC  MAMMALS 

In  addition  to  the  special  collections  outlined 
above,  some  institutions  maintain  domestic  mam- 
mal collections  as  separate  entities  for  purposes  of 
research,  reference  material,  or  educational/ 
exhibitional  purposes.  These  specimens  receive  the 
same  treatment  as  those  in  the  regular  collections. 
More  often,  domestic  mammals  are  housed  among 
the  regular  collections  and  accorded  no  special 
treatment. 

WHOLE  MOUNTS  AND  TROPHY  HEADS 

Whole  mounts  and  trophy  heads,  temporarily  or 
permanently  removed  from  display,  again  present 
some  unique  storage  challenges.  Sometimes  these 


46 


mounts  are  cataloged  specimens  and  may  even  be  of 
great  scientific  as  well  as  educational  value.  One 
shold  be  aware  that  museum  catalog  numbers  and 
other  data  may  be  attached  to  the  underside  of  the 
pedestal  or  plaque  on  which  the  mount  rests.  Whole 
mounts  can  be  stroed  on  shelves,  in  cases  or  in  boxes, 
size  permitting.  Such  specimens  must  also  be  shielded 
from  light,  dust,  and  insect  attack.  Black  plastic 
sheeting  can  be  draped  over  free-standing  mounts. 
Mounted  trophy  heads  with  large  antlers,  horns,  or 
tusks  represent  one  of  the  most  difficult  storage 
situations  to  a collection  of  Recent  mammals.  They 
may  be  stored  in  large  cabinets  (which  results  in  a 
waste  of  space)  or  they  may  simply  be  laid  on  shelves 
or  hung  from  walls  and  draped  with  plastic.  Mounted 
mammal  specimens,  if  few  in  number,  may  not 
warrant  phylogenetic  arrangement  and  may  be 
segregated  from  related  taxa  because  of  sheer  size. 

Articulated  and  mounted  skeletal  material  (for 
example,  whole  mounts)  require  similar  storage  con- 
siderations. They  may  be  housed  in  cardboard  boxes 
or  stored  in  cabinets,  depending  upon  their  size. 

SPECIAL  OSTEOLOGICAL  COLLECTIONS 

Special  osteological  material,  such  as  bacula, 
hyoid  apparati,  or  ear  ossicles,  are  normally  stored 
with  the  use  of  skull  boxes,  vials,  insect  pins  (Friley, 
1947),  or  microscope  slides  (White,  1951),  depending 
primarily  upon  size  and  nature  of  the  item.  Although 
some  collections  maintain  separate  storage  facilities 
for  special  osteological  holdings,  such  materials  are 
often  stored  with  corresponding  skeletal  material. 
When  stored  alone,  they  are  best  arranged  phylo- 
genetically.  When  stored  with  the  skeletal  material, 
they  may  simply  be  loose  within  the  container,  or 
still  better,  kept  in  tiny  insect  “genitalia  vials”  or 
gelatin  capsules  (Dowler  and  Genoways,  1976). 
Colored  capsules  are  more  readily  located  than  are 
clear  ones.  The  major  disadvantage  of  gelatin  cap- 
sules is  their  tendency  to  fuse  under  hot,  humid 
conditions. 

MICROSCOPE  SLIDES 

While  various  types  of  material  lend  themselves  to 
preparation  as  microscope  mounts  (for  example, 
bacula,  hairs,  tissue  sections,  blood  smears,  sperm, 
and  karyotypes),  such  preparations  are  subject  to 
damage  by  light  and  by  temperature  fluctuations. 

Storage  of  microscope  slides  (Fig.  33)  is  governed 
by  the  type  of  preparation.  Slides  may  be  stored  ver- 
tically or  flat  in  plastic  or  wooden  slide  boxes  having 
a capacity  of  12  to  100  slides,  or  in  specially  designed 
cabinets  having  a capacity  of  400  to  1600  slides. 


Fig.  33.  Two  types  of  storage  units  for  slides.  The  unit  in  the 
foreground  will  hold  100  slides  stored  vertically.  The  unit  in  the 
background  will  hold  1600  slides  stored  horizontally. 

These  modular  units  of  wood  with  aluminum 
drawers  may  be  conveniently  stacked  and  placed  on 
shelves.  Utilization  of  any  particular  storage  unit  will 
depend  primarily  on  the  nature  of  the  preparation. 

Slide  collections  can  be  arranged  phylogenetically, 
numerically  by  acquisition,  or  in  any  other  way 
that  circumstances  require.  At  Texas  Tech  Uni- 
versity, a special  slide  collection  for  cytological 
material  is  maintained.  Because  the  collection  is 
very  extensive  and  used  continuously,  special  num- 
bers and  catalogs  (Fig.  34)  are  used  for  ease  in 
processing  and  use.  Each  specimen  used  for  cyto- 
logical preparations  receives  a sequential  number 
from  the  catalog.  This  number  is  cross-referenced 
with  the  preparation  number  and  collection  catalog 
number  in  the  respective  catalogs. 

FROZEN  MATERIALS 

Collections  of  living  mammalian  cells  are  still  in 
preliminary  stages  of  development.  The  Univeristy  of 
Texas  and  Texas  Tech  University  maintain  a collec- 
tion of  frozen  living  cells.  Curatorial  techniques  are 
presently  being  formulated  at  Texas  Tech  University. 
At  present,  cultures  are  stored  in  plastic  vials  with 


47 


Fig.  34.  Page  from  catalog  used  for  recording  data  on  specimens  that  have  been  karyotyped  and 
tissue-cultured  at  Texas  Tech  University.  This  catalog,  designed  by  Robert  J.  Baker,  has  consecutively 
numbered  pages  in  a bound  volume.  Original  page  size  was  225  by  150  millimeters. 


48 


plastic  screw  caps  within  liquid  nitrogen  freezer  units 
at  approximately  -195°C  (-320°F).  The  vials  can  be 
kept  within  stationary  or  portable  units  which  have  a 
capacity  of  approximately  200  cell  cultures.  A 
numerical  (by  collection  catalog  number)  or 
phylogenetic  arrangement  of  samples  may  be  used 
for  storage. 

Entire  mammals  or  non-living  tissues  may  be 
stored  in  a frozen  state  at  -76°C  (-105°F)  for  en- 
zymatic analysis,  as  is  done  at  the  Univeristy  of 
California,  Berkeley  (Lidicker  eto/.,  1974). 

CASTS  AND  REPLICAS 

Plastic  and  plaster  casts  of  entire  skulls,  skeletal 
elements,  toothrows,  and  tracks,  and  latex  brain  en- 
docasts  are  occasionally  found  in  collections  of 
Recent  mammals.  Fragile  plaster  casts,  like 
osteological  specimens,  must  be  protected  from  rapid 
temperature  variations  and  mechanical  damage. 
They  may  be  laid  in  boxes  or  trays  lined  with  cotton 
(Van  Gelder,  1965),  and  arranged  phylogenetically, 
numerically,  or  be  size. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Parasites  removed  from  mammal  specimens  (for 
example,  in  the  course  of  field  studies)  are  normally 
stored  in  alcohol  or  mounted  on  microscope  slides. 
They  are  often  sent  to  specialists  outside  the  in- 
stitution or  deposited  with  the  appropriate  collection 
of  the  home  institution.  Specimens  in  vials  are 
treated  in  a similar  manner  as  other  fluid-preserved 
material. 

Items  such  as  scats,  pellets,  and  cheek-pouch  con- 
tents may  be  present  in  collection  holdings.  Such 
items  may  be  stored  separately,  contained  in  vials, 
skull  boxes,  and  the  like,  and  arranged  taxonomically, 
numerically  (by  collection  catalog  number),  or  by 
size.  They  may  be  stored  in  the  dry  state  indefinitely, 
but  must  be  fumigated  periodically.  Murie  (1954) 
stated  that  a liberal  coating  of  Ambroid  Cement  or 
glue  varnish,  applied  with  a brush,  serves  to  protect 
scats  from  insects  as  well  as  helping  to  maintain  their 
shape.  Other  types  of  coatings,  such  as  spray  or 
brush-on  acrylics  and  other  plastics,  have  also  been 
successfully  used  (for  example,  UPS).  These  forms  of 
protection  may  also  help  to  repel  moisture.  As  an 
alternative,  such  materials  may  be  kept  in  weak 
solutions  of  buffered  formalin. 

Permanent  scanning-electron-microscope  mounts 
may  be  attached  to  the  underside  of  a plastic  vial 
stopper  with  an  adhesive.  Because  the  stopper  is  in  a 


vial  stored  in  an  inverted  position,  the  mount  is  safe 
from  dust  and  mechanical  damage. 


DOCUMENTS 

WRITTEN  RECORDS 

Written  records  in  the  form  of  collector’s  field 
notes  and  catalogs,  specimen  data  sheets,  collection 
catalogs,  card  files,  accession  records,  permits,  and 
pertinent  correspondence  are  immensely  valuable, 
and  enhance  specimen  value  enormously.  A specimen 
without  proper  data  is  virtually  worthless  for  re- 
search purposes. 

Excessive  moisture,  dryness,  insects,  and  strong 
sunlight  are  potential  threats  to  paper.  A moderate 
amount  of  sunlight,  however,  is  helpful  in  preventing 
mold  growth  (Dice,  1925).  Thymol  crystals  may 
likewise  inhibit  mold  growth  (Anon.,  1962;  Duckett, 
1975).  Proper  air-conditioning  will  also  help  prevent 
damage  by  fungus  (Duckett,  1975).  Relative 
humidity  should  not  exceed  50%  and  temperatures 
should  not  exceed  21  °C  (71°F)  in  paper  storage  areas 
(Duckett,  1975;  Dudley  and  Wilkinson,  1968).  All 
paper  should  be  stored  in  acid-free-paper  storage 
boxes  (USNM).  One  of  the  most  popular  containers 
for  archival  storage  is  the  “Hollinger  carton”  (source 
- Hollinger  Corporation,  3810  S.  Four  Mile  Run  Dr., 
Arlington,  Virginia  22206).  For  more  information  on 
this  carton  and  the  proper  care  of  documents  refer  to 
Duckett  (1975). 

Library  materials  are  best  stored  in  wooden 
cabinets,  or  on  wooden  shelves,  provided  with  glass 
fronts  as  protection  from  dust,  especially  when  the 
building  lacks  air-conditioning.  Van  Gelder  (1965) 
recommends  that  all  valuable  data  be  duplicated  and 
that  the  originals  be  stored  elsewhere,  preferably  in  a 
fireproof  safe.  The  duplicates  are  then  available  for 
everyday  usage.  Publications  that  exceed  150  pages, 
and  field  notes  should  be  permanently  bound. 
Smaller  pamphlets  and  reprints  are  commonly  stored 
in  inexpensive,  open-backed  reprint  boxes  and 
shelves.  Dice  (1925)  strongly  recommended  that  thin 
papers  be  protected  by  a cover  of  heavy  cardboard. 
They  may  also  be  stored  in  filing  cabinets,  within 
cardboard  covers,  or  even  in  manila  envelopes  if  bet- 
ter facilities  are  lacking.  All  containers  of  library 
materials  should  be  clearly  marked  and  stored  near 
specimens  to  facilitate  use.  To  provide  the  library 
facilities  described,  Anderson  (1973)  suggests  that 
the  cost  of  library  maintenance  be  $0,125  per  volume 


49 


per  year.  For  more  information  regarding  storage 
problems  and  solutions  see  Storer  (1916). 

Collection  catalogs  are  arranged  numerically.  Field 
notes  are  bound  chronologically  for  a given  collector 
and  arranged  alphabetically  according  to  the  collec- 
tor’s surname.  Books  and  reprints  are  most  con- 
veniently stored  alphabetically  by  author,  or  by  first 
author  only  (if  there  is  more  than  one  author),  and 
chronologically  if  there  are  several  publications  by 
the  same  author.  Some  small,  non-research  collec- 
tions may  wish  to  arrange  their  libraries  by  subject 
headings  rather  than  by  author. 

MAPS 

Maps  and  drawings  are  properly  filed  flat  in 
specially  designed  map  cases.  Maps  may  be  arranged 
alphabetically  or  geographically.  Each  drawer  should 
be  properly  labeled.  Partitions  in  drawers  allow  easy 
removal  and  replacement  of  maps,  and  provide  sub- 
divisions, labeling,  and  limited  protection  for  series 
of  maps. 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  ITEMS 

Photographic  materials  require  various  arrange- 
ments, storage  facilities,  and  care,  depending 
upon  their  nature.  All  must  be  protected  from  ex- 
cessive heat,  moisture,  and  light.  Prints,  negatives, 
color  transparencies,  lantern  slides,  motion-picture 
films.  X-rays,  and  microfilms  should  be  stored  in  ap- 
propriate containers  and  labeled.  Prints,  if  stored 


vertically,  must  be  mounted  on  poster  board,  but  this 
can  be  expensive  and  time-consuming  (Vanderbilt, 
1966).  Mounting  can  be  avoided  when  the  prints  are 
stored  flat.  Prints  and  other  photographic  surfaces 
should  not  be  allowed  to  come  into  contact  with 
papers  that  contain  residual  sulphur.  Paper  for  file 
usage  should  have  a pH  above  5.0  and  should  not 
contain  more  than  0.0008%  residual  sulphur  (Van- 
derbilt, 1966).  Negatives  can  be  housed  in  file  boxes 
within  paper  jackets.  Each  strip  should  be  in  a 
separate  jacket.  Color  transparencies  may  be  kept  in 
slide  boxes  and  cabinets  of  different  capacities. 
Motion-picture  film  reels  are  best  stored  in  dry  metal 
canisters  at  low  temperatures  to  avoid  distortion  and 
shrinkage  of  the  film.  The  old  nitrate-based  films 
require  separate  storage  and  periodic  inspection 
because  of  their  high  degree  of  flammability  (Burns 
and  Root,  1975).  Organization  of  photographic  data 
may  be  determined  by  nature  and  size  of  material, 
subject,  or  chronology. 

TAPES 

A few  institutions  (for  example,  MVZ,  KU,  and 
UWZM)  maintain  collections  of  recorded  mammal 
vocalizations  and  the  like.  Such  tapes  may  be  stored 
in  original  containers  and  arranged  phylogenetically 
or  by  other  schemes.  They  should  be  housed  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  instructions  of  the  manufacturer 
and  protected  from  heat,  dust,  and  demagnetizing 
sources. 


MAINTENANCE 


Mammal  specimens  and  other  collection  objects 
may  suffer  damage  or  deterioration  from  many  sour- 
ces, including  fire,  water,  dust,  atmospheric 
pollutants,  extreme  temperatures,  excessive  fluc- 
tuations in  temperature  and  atmospheric  moisture, 
dessication,  direct  sunlight,  careless  handling,  ac- 
cidents, and  pests.  Collections  must  be  properly 
housed  and  diligently  cared  for,  to  insure  their  con- 
tinued existence  and  integrity.  Such  maintenance  will 
cost  Recent  mammal  collections  approximately  $0.12 
per  specimen  per  year  for  building  maintenance  alone 
(American  Society  of  Mammalogists,  1974).  If  other 
maintenance  costs  and  procedures  are  included,  such 
as  fumigation,  special  care  of  tanned  hides, 
degreasing  specimens,  fluid  replenishment,  specimen 
repair,  replacement  of  expendable  items,  collection 
rearrangement,  updating  taxonomic  revisions, 
salaries,  and  other  processes,  the  cost  of  maintenance 
is  at  least  doubled.  Therefore,  an  institution  might 


expect  to  pay  a minimum  of  $0.24  per  specimen  per 
year.  This  expense  is  based  on  small  specimens. 
Larger  specimens  would,  of  course,  cost  more  (An- 
derson, 1973).  Because  of  the  time  and  expense  in- 
volved, proper  maintenance  procedures  (Fig.  35) 
must  be  considered  essential  to  collection 
management. 

Many  maintenance  problems  can  be  avoided  by 
preventive  measures.  For  instance,  several  things  can 
be  done  during  the  initial  preparation  of  the  study 
specimens  that  may  obviate  the  necessity  of  later 
maintenance.  Avoiding  overstuffed  bodies  and 
protruding  appendages  or  pinnae  can  prevent  repairs 
of  torn  or  broken  parts.  Proper  cleaning  of  the  skin 
can  avoid  the  need  for  degreasing.  In  some  instances, 
it  is  possible  to  provide  physical  support  for  the 
specimen.  For  example,  the  use  of  a stick  in 
preparing  rabbits  (Anderson,  1965)  offers  a means  of 
support,  handling,  and  protection  for  the  back  legs. 


50 


Fig.  35.  Flow  chart  of  common  maintenance  procedures  employed  in  collections  of  Recent  mammals. 


51 


At  Texas  Tech  University  the  same  idea  has  been 
used  satisfactorily  for  other  specimens  that  are  sub- 
ject to  tail  damage  (for  example,  Sciurus,  Vulpes, 
Bassariscus,  Procyon,  and  Mephitis).  For  many 
specimens  (particularly  large  specimens)  protection 
from  dermestids,  moths,  and  other  pests  can  be  in- 
corporated during  initial  preparation  by  using 
Edolan  U,  borax  (Funk  and  Sherfey,  1975),  arsenic 
(Hall,  1962),  formalin  (TTU),  or  Durotex 
(distributed  by  Ventron  Alfa  Products,  8 Congress 
Street,  Beverly,  Massachusetts).  These  substances  act 
as  effective  repellents.  The  preventive  measures 
discussed  serve  as  only  an  example  of  what  can  be 
done  to  limit  later  maintenance.  Similar  procedures 
can  be  used  in  almost  any  situation.  The  scope  of 
such  procedures  is  as  broad  as  the  ingenuity  behind 
maintenance  operations. 

INSURANCE 

Every  institutional  maintenance  program  should 
include  a suitable  insurance  policy  to  take  care  of 
most  major  losses  and  damages  that  cannot  be 
prevented  through  regular  maintenance  procedures. 
The  collection  and  associated  facilities  and  personnel 
are  subject  to  a multitude  of  hazards  such  as  fire,  ex- 
plosion, severe  weather,  flood,  riot,  malicious 
mischief,  vandalism,  theft,  accidents  to  conveyances, 
and  liability  (Lawton,  1966).  Because  of  these  hazar- 
ds and  many  others,  consideration  should  be  given  to 
purchasing  insurance  protection  for  items  such  as  the 
permanent  collection,  material  sent  out  on  loan, 
material  received  on  loan,  buildings,  equipment, 
liability  of  the  institution  and  its  staff  members,  and 
any  other  valuable  assets  or  areas  of  responsibility  of 
the  institution. 

For  most  property  insurance  (for  example,  “Public 
Institution  Form”  policy,  “Valuable  Papers”  policy, 
“Fine  Arts”  policy)  the  institution  should  request 
“all  risk”  coverage  (Du  Bose,  1969).  Such  coverage 
provides  protection  for  all  risks  of  loss  or  damage 
from  any  external  source,  with  the  standard  insur- 
ance exclusions.  Briefly,  these  exclusions  include  losses 
and/or  damages  (Keck  et  al.,  1966;  Lawton,  1966; 
Sanford,  personal  communication;  Vance,  1969) 
resulting  from: 

1)  Wear  and  tear 

2)  Atmospheric  and/or  temperature  fluctuations 

3)  Deterioration 

4)  Animals 

5)  Inherent  vice 

6)  Unexplained  disappearances  disclosed  upon  in- 
ventory 


7)  Specific  cases  of  mechanical  damage  or  break- 
down, breakage  of  fragile  items,  and  superficial 
damage 

8)  Pilferage  or  theft  of  insured  items  which  were 
left  unattended  in  a vehicle  lacking  any  precaution- 
ary or  security  measures 

9)  Artificially  induced  electrical  injury  or  disturb- 
ance 

10)  Acts  of  war 

If  protection  from  any  of  these  exclusions  is  con- 
sidered necessary  by  the  institution,  it  may  be 
possible  to  write  a special  provision  for  this  purpose. 
This  procedure  will  usually  require  higher  premiums 
and  additional  restrictions  and  controls  on  the  in- 
stitution. 

Insurance  for  collections  may  be  divided  into  two 
basic  types,  depending  on  the  use  of  the  collection.  If 
the  institution  sends  or  receives  major. portions  of  its 
holdings  on  a loan  basis,  which  travel  from  location 
to  location  (usually  for  public  viewing),  insurance 
companies  categorize  such  collections  as  “loan  col- 
lections.” However,  if  the  institution  maintains  and 
stores  its  holdings  on  a constant  basis,  with  the  only 
exception  being  occasional  restricted  loans,  such 
collections  are  considered  to  be  “permanent  collec- 
tions” (Lawton,  1966).  Most,  if  not  all.  Recent 
mammal  collections  would  fall  into  the  category  of 
permanent  collections  as  far  as  insurance  is  con- 
cerned. 

Insurance  for  permanent  collections  is  usually  a 
flat  rate  and  subject  to  renegotiation  when  the  in- 
surance contract  is  renewed.  Because  the  actual 
holdings  of  the  collection  may  be  difficult  to  ascer- 
tain, particularly  when  the  collection  is  increasing  in 
size  on  a regular  basis,  the  insurance  policy  should 
contain  a “valuation  clause.”  This  option  will  allow 
full  coverage  of  the  collection  without  any 
requirement  of  knowing  the  exact  quantity  and  type 
of  holdings.  However,  this  option  does  require  that 
an  inventory  system  be  maintained  (Keck  et  al.,  1966; 
Lawton,  1966).  The  standard  accession  and  collec- 
tion catalogs  should  serve  this  purpose.  In  the  event 
of  a loss,  the  institution  must  provide  the  insurance 
company  with  a description  and  value  of  the  lost 
material. 

The  practicality  of  insuring  permanent  collections 
has  been  questioned  (Pfeffer  and  Uhr,  1974).  The 
high  cost  of  premiums,  particularly  for  large  collec- 
tions, and  limited  budgets  tend  to  discourage  in- 
surance practices  (Pfeffer  and  Uhr,  1974).  Such  prac- 
tices are  further  discouraged  by  the  contentions  that 


52 


some  items  are  irreplaceable  (for  example,  rare,  pro- 
tected, and  endangered  species),  and  most  other 
items  cannot  be  properly  evaluated  because  there  is 
usually  no  commercial  value  involved.  If  the  in- 
stitution cannot,  or  will  not,  insure  the  entire  per- 
manent collection,  consideration  should  be  given  to 
insuring  valuable  parts  of  the  collection,  particularly 
if  such  parts  include  commercially  valuable  material 
like  furs  or  ivory. 

Although  Recent  mammal  collections  are 
categorized  as  “permanent  collections,”  loan 
procedures  are  standard  practices.  Because  loans  of 
collection  materials  expose  them  to  the  greatest  risk 
of  loss  or  damage  of  specimens,  and  the  institution  is 
unconditionally  responsible  for  material  received  on 
loan,  it  is  imperative  to  have  loan  insurance  (Lawton, 
1966).  Loans  may  be  partially  insured  through  the 
postal  services,  but  this  coverage  is  restricted  to  time 
in  transit  and  specific  geographical  regions.  Because 
loan  shipments  are  not  insured  at  their  destination  or 
in  many  foreign  situations,  the  importance  of  loan 
insurance  is  further  stressed.  A loan  insurance  policy 
should  include  “wall  to  wall”  or  “floating” 
coverage.  “Wall  to  wall”  coverage  will  provide  in- 
surance protection  on  loans  from  the  time  of  depar- 
ture to  the  time  of  return.  The  “floating”  coverage 
provides  protection  for  loans  in  transit  under  any  cir- 
cumstance (for  example,  boat,  aircraft,  and  various 
vehicular  conveyances),  within  its  territorial  limits 
(Lawton,  1966). 

Insurance  for  buildings  presents  some  unique 
problems.  One  problem  is  fluctuation  of  value 
because  of  depreciation  or  inflation.  In  addition,  the 
cost  of  insuring  such  structures  can  be  expensive.  In 
spite  of  these  factors,  it  may  be  possible  to  provide 
adequate  protection  and  coverage  at  a reduced  cost 
through  the  use  of  coinsurance  (Lloyd-Thomas 
Company,  1958).  The  insurance  company  may  have 
a provision  for  a coinsurance  policy  to  encourage  the 
purchase  of  more  insurance  by  providing  a discount 
for  more  complete  coverage.  This  form  of  insurance 
allows  the  institution  to  insure  a percentage  (for 
example,  80  or  90%)  of  the  actual  cash  value  of 
the  building,  with  the  understanding  that  it  is  also 
responsible  for  the  difference  in  cash  value,  in  the 
case  of  loss  or  damage.  Therefore,  it  is  necessary  for 
the  institution  to  monitor  the  value  fluctuations  of 
the  buildings  so  that  excessive  premiums  are  not  paid 
if  the  buildings  depreciate.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
owner  must  not  allow  the  coverage  to  decrease  by  in- 
flationary increases  in  the  actual  value  of  the 


buildings,  because  such  changes  result  in  penalties 
for  the  institution  in  the  case  of  loss  or  damage. 

Because  of  the  expense  and  complications  of  in- 
suring buildings,  most  institutions  operated  by  state 
or  federal  agencies  do  not  have  insurance  for  the 
buildings  they  maintain.  For  all  practical  purposes, 
the  cost  of  replacing  any  single  structure  would  be 
minimal  as  compared  to  the  total  cost  of  insurance 
required  to  protect  all  buildings  maintained  by  the 
agency.  Therefore,  over  an  extended  period  of  time 
the  investment  of  the  agency,  to  correct  losses  or 
damages,  is  considerably  reduced. 

In  addition  to  insurance  for  collections,  loans,  and 
buildings,  the  institution  may  need  insurance  protec- 
tion for  various  other  items.  Such  protection  may  be 
applied  to  equipment,  documentary  records,  and 
staff  (hospitalization,  life,  and  pension  coverage).  In 
addition,  the  institution  may  need  insurance  against 
specific  hazards,  such  as  steam  boilers,  fire  sprinkler 
systems,  and  inherent  vice  (Du  Bose,  1969).  The 
types  of  insurance  coverage  required  depend  on  the 
special  needs  of  the  institution.  For  this  reason,  the 
insurance  company  should  be  consulted  for  the  most 
appropriate  protection  for  a given  situation. 

One  final  type  of  insurance  that  should  not  be 
overlooked  (except  perhaps  by  state  and  federal 
operations  that  often  are  protected  by  statutory  im- 
munity) is  liability  coverage  for  the  institution  and  its 
staff  members  (Du  Bose,  1969;  Lawton,  1966; 
McGrath,  1974;  Pfeffer  and  Uhr,  1974).  The  most 
common  liability  insurance  coverage  is  for  vehicles 
(used  by  the  institution)  and  general  liability  (Du 
Bose,  1969).  General  liability  coverage  protects  the 
institution  and  staff  in  the  case  of  legal  suit  resulting 
from  claims  of  negligence  (for  example,  safety  of 
people  and  property)  (Du  Bose,  1969;  Lawton,  1966; 
Pfeffer  and  Uhr,  1974).  In  conjunction  with  the 
liability  insurance  it  may  be  advisable  to  include 
“personal  injury”  coverage  for  cases  of  false  arrest, 
slander,  or  a similar  situation  (Du  Bose,  1969). 
Professional  liability  insurance  may  also  be  acquired, 
but  the  benefits  of  such  a policy  are  questionable 
when  considering  the  professions  associated  with 
Recent  mammal  collections.  Because  professional 
staff  and  associates  of  an  institution  may  uncon- 
ciously  or  unwillingly  become  liable  for  actions  per- 
formed in  the  line  of  duty  (for  example,  violation  of 
state  or  federal  laws  by  personally  maintaining  and 
being  responsible  for  permits  that  cover  the  action  of 
others  or  receiving  improperly  marked  shipments  of 
biological  specimens)  the  feasibility  of  insurance 


53 


protection  should  be  discussed  with  the  insurance 
company.  Some  institutions  do  maintain 
professional  liability  insurance  for  employees  for 
errors  of  omission  or  commission  with  regard  to  ac- 
tions performed  in  the  line  of  duty  at  the  institution. 
The  primary  provisions  of  all  liability  insurance 
policies  are  payment  of  legal  defense,  settlement,  and 
damages  for  claims  (Lawton,  1966). 

In  most  cases,  the  total  cost  of  insurance  for  in- 
stitutions (such  as  museums)  is  probably  very  expen- 
sive when  considering  the  actual  return  to  the  in- 
stitution. Although  statistics  on  the  subject  are  essen- 
tially non-existent,  Pfeffer  and  Uhr  (1974)  found  in- 
surance loss  ratios  for  art  museums  to  be  0.83,  2.98, 
and  1.62%  of  premiums  paid  for  building  and  im- 
provements, permanent  loss,  and  loan  collections, 
respectively.  These  ratios  reveal  that  for  all  premiums 
paid,  only  four  % was  used  for  loss  adjustments. 
In  most  instances,  loss  adjustments  amount  to  the 
cost  of  replacement  (minus  depreciation)  or  repair  of 
the  items  reported  in  the  claim.  Normally,  insurance 
companies  expect  to  repay  about  65%  of  the  total 
investment  (Pfeffer  and  Uhr,  1974).  Under  the 
present  conditions  and  rates,  an  institution  might  ex- 
pect to  make  monthly  payments  of  $0,021  per  $100 
of  permanent  collection  holdings,  and  $0,042  per 
$100  of  loan  collection  holdings.  In  other  words,  if  a 
Recent  mammal  collection  values  its  holdings  at 
$100,000,  the  institution  would  have  insurance 
premiums  amounting  to  approximately  $300  per 
year.  This  value  is  based  on  coverage  for  only  the 
permanent  collection,  material  sent  out  on  loan, 
material  received  on  loan,  and  loans  in  transit.  It 
does  not  include  protection  for  buildings,  liability,  or 
any  other  coverage  the  institution  may  desire. 

Because  the  needs  and  requirements  of  various 
sizes  and  types  of  institutions  (for  example,  private, 
local,  state,  federal,  and  university)  vary  con- 
siderably, such  institutions  are  considered  to  be  an 
“uncontrolled  class”  as  far  as  insurance  is  concern- 
ed. Therefore,  insurance  policies,  premiums,  and 
coverage  also  tend  to  be  variable  and  entirely  subject 
to  the  knowledge,  interpretation,  and  judgment  of 
the  underwriter  (Lawton,  1966).  This  haphazard  in- 
surance procedure  has  encouraged  the  support  of 
standardized  insurance  forms  (Vance,  1969)  and 
pooling  of  insurance  policies  (Pfeffer  and  Uhr, 
1974).  Such  practices  are  appealing  because  they  have 
been  successfully  incorporated  for  other  establish- 
ments; they  allow  the  institutions  more  bargaining 
power;  favorable  insurance  items  from  various  in- 
stitutions could  be  consolidated  into  one  policy;  basic 


insurance  requirements  (for  example,  liability,  all- 
risk, and  loan  coverage)  would  become  standard- 
ized; and  the  net  result  of  such  operations  should  be 
better  insurance  at  a lower  cost.  Allen  and  Block 
(1974)  point  out  that  pooling  also  attracts  less 
desirable  risks,  thus  causing  rates  to  increase;  causes 
monopolistic  situations  that  absorb  competing 
markets;  tends  to  result  in  less  flexible  insurance  con- 
tracts; and  creates  situations  that  allow  the  insurance 
company  to  increase  rates  at  their  own  discretion. 
Therefore,  it  is  possible  for  an  institution  to  get  a 
policy  that  is  equivalent  to  or  better  than  a policy  of- 
fered by  an  insurance  pool,  particularly  if  the  in- 
surance company  and  institution  maintain  a good 
relationship  (Allen  and  Block,  1974).  The  institution 
can  also  effectively  reduce  its  insurance  rates  by 
establishing  and  enforcing  professional  standards  of 
institutional  operations;  improving  security; 
eliminating  fire  hazards;  installing  alarm  systems; 
conducting  regular  revaluation  and  inventory  of 
holdings;  maintaining  crowd  control;  maintaining  a 
professional  and  qualified  staff  (including  a conser- 
vator); maintaining  standard  loan  procedures 
(packing,  sending,  receiving);  differentiating  items 
that  should  or  should  not  be  insured;  accepting  loss 
limits;  accepting  deductibles;  being  selective  on  items 
to  be  sent  out  on  loan;  comparing  policies  from 
various  insurance  companies;  reducing  coverage  or 
using  specified  loss-limit  coverage;  providing  the  in- 
surance underwriter  with  as  many  facts  and  details  as 
possible  (Allen  and  Block,  1974;  Lawton,  1966;  Pfef- 
fer and  Uhr,  1974;  Vance,  1969);  and  consolidating 
several  policies  into  a single  “package  policy”  (Du 
Bose,  1969). 

In  conclusion,  almost  anything  can  be  insured  for 
any  amount  if  someone  is  willing  to  pay  the  price. 
Any  institution  can  obtain  an  insurance  policy  that 
will  suit  its  specific  requirements.  In  the  event  that  an 
institution  plans  to  insure  any  of  its  holdings,  it  is 
recommended  that  several  insurance  companies  be 
consulted  and  their  proposals  compared  before  any 
particular  policy  is  accepted.  Such  companies  should 
have  the  capacity  to  properly  insure  institutions 
maintaining  collections;  should  offer  good  “inland 
marine”  policies  (a  feature  often  characteristic  of 
companies  that  insure  commercial  businesses);  and 
should  have  a history  of  qualified,  knowledgeable, 
and  reputable  service.  Once  a company  is  selected,  an 
insurance  policy  that  allows  internal  consistency, 
comprehensive  coverage,  adequate  valuation  of 
losses,  simple  operation,  flexibility,  and  that  is  clear 
and  understandable  (Vance,  1969),  should  be  writ- 


54 


ten.  After  a policy  has  been  drafted,  it  may  be  ad- 
visable to  ask  an  experienced  attorney  to  evaluate  the 
policy  before  final  agreement  between  the  institution 
and  the  insurance  company. 

SKIN  AND  SKELETAL  MATERIAL 

FUMIGATION 

Insect  pests  are  perhaps  the  most  serious  threat  to 
mammal  collections.  In  a very  short  time,  dermestid 
beetles,  clothes  moths,  and  other  pests  may  destroy  a 
substantial  portion  of  a mammal  collection.  The 
curator  and  his  staff  must  be  constantly  alert  for 
signs  of  infestation.  A routine  inspection  schedule 
should  be  established.  Periodic  fumigation  of  all 
storage  areas  is  absolutely  essential.  All  incoming 
material  must  be  fumigated  immediately  because  this 
isoften  the  greatest  source  of  harmful  pests  (Hilde- 
brand, 1968). 

If  dermestids  are  used  to  clean  skeletal  material, 
the  latter  must  be  fumigated  or  heated  to  100°C  im- 
mediately following  its  removal  from  the  colony. 
Fumigation  is  also  recommended  for  specimens 
received  on  or  returned  from  loan,  as  well  as  for 
specimens  stored  for  a long  time  in  other  external 
cases  (for  example,  cases  used  for  research  projects, 
classroom  teaching,  and  the  like).  After  unpacking, 
the  newly  acquired  specimens  and  the  packing 
material  should  be  placed  in  an  airtight  specimen- 
storage  case  or  other  suitable  container  set  aside  for 
fumigation  (Knudsen,  1966).  A quantity  of 
fumigant,  depending  upon  type,  size  of  chamber, 
temperature,  and  degree  of  infestation  is  then  in- 
troduced into  the  fumigation  chamber.  To  insure  ex- 
termination of  pests,  fumigation  should  range  from 
48  hours  to  two  weeks,  depending  upon  the  fumigant 
used. 

Periodic  fumigations  of  the  dry-specimen  collec- 
tion (for  example,  skin  and  skeletal  material)  are 
rather  standardized,  with  the  exception  of  the  type  of 
fumigant  used.  Most  collections  of  Recent  mammals 
should  be  treated  at  least  twice  a year  and  more  of- 
ten, if  necessary.  The  agent,  whether  of  a gaseous, 
liquid,  or  solid  type,  is  placed  in  each  specimen  case 
for  a period  of  time  sufficient  to  allow  exter- 
mination. Liquid  and  gaseous  fumigants  should  be 
used  only  by  institutions  having  adequate  air- 
exchange  systems.  During  this  procedure,  conducted 
during  periods  of  little  or  no  collection  utilization, 
cases  should  remain  tightly  closed  to  allow  maximum 
fumigant  effectiveness  as  well  as  to  minimize  health 
hazards  to  staff.  Many  mammal  collections  (for 


example,  ROM,  UCONN,  and  VMKSC)  maintain 
only  a crystalline  agent  in  all  cases  at  all  times.  Other 
collections  (for  example,  USNM,  WFBM,  PUWL, 
MHP,  KU,  CM,  TTU,  and  UWZM)  use  a liquid 
fumigant  several  times  a year.  Still  other  institutions 
(for  example,  MVZ,  UMMZ,  MMNH,  OSMNH, 
and  TCWC)  combine  the  two  approaches,  using  a 
liquid  fumigant  for  incoming  material  and  for  heavy 
infestations,  and  periodically  for  the  entire  collec- 
tion, while  maintaining  a crystalline  fumigant  in  each 
case  at  all  times. 

All  fumigating  agents  are  potentially  hazardous 
and  should  be  handled  with  care  and  only  by  person- 
nel familiar  with  the  proper  precautionary  measures. 
All  cases  containing  fumigant  should  be  ap- 
propriately marked. 

The  common  collection  fumigants,  their  proper- 
ties, effectiveness,  directions,  and  precautions  for 
their  use  are  discussed  below. 

CARBON  DISULPHIDE  (Carbon  bisulphide,  CS2): 
This  substance  has  a molecular  weight  of  76.13,  a 
boiling  point  of  46.3°C  (115°F),  and  ignites  spon- 
taneously at  about  100°C  (212°F)  (Monro,  1961). 
Fumigant  is  evolved  by  evaporation  of  the  liquid. 
Odor  is  sweetish  when  pure.  Added  impurities,  for 
example,  sulphur  dioxide  (SO2),  give  the  charac- 
teristic unpleasant  odors.  Carbon  disulphide  tends  to 
burn  or  explode  at  relatively  low  temperatures.  Car- 
bon disulphide’s  high  degree  of  flammability  and 
harmful  effects  should  preclude  its  use  in  collections. 
It  is  extremely  toxic,  producing  a narcotic  effect  in 
high  concentrations  and  may  even  cause  death.  Ab- 
sorption may  take  place  through  the  skin  at  high  con- 
centrations, and  prolonged  contact  with  the  liquid  or 
vapors  may  result  in  severe  burns  (Monro,  1961). 
Because  the  vapors  are  heavier  than  air,  shallow  con- 
tainers containing  approximately  15  cubic  cen- 
timeters (cc)  of  fumigant  for  standard-size  museum 
cases  should  be  placed  in  a tray  near  the  top  of  each 
case.  According  to  Storer  (1931)  592  cc  (567  grams) 
per  254  cubic  meters  (1000  cubic  feet)  of  space  is  a 
safe  minimum  for  collection  usage.  Various  liquid 
fumigants  may  also  be  dispensed  onto  absorbent 
material  such  as  cotton,  which  has  been  attached  to 
the  inside  of  storage  case  doors.  Some  cases  are  fitted 
with  a special  receptacle  for  fumigants  on  their 
doors.  Carbon  disulphide  was  perhaps  the  most 
frequently  used  fumigant  in  mammal  collections  (for 
example,  MVZ,  WFBM,  MHP,  KU,  OSMNH,  and 
TCWC).  This  liquid  fumigant  is  seldom  used  alone 
but  rather  in  mixture  with  fire  retardant  additives 


55 


such  as  carbon  tetrachloride.  In  mixture  with  carbon 
tetrachloride,  carbon  disulphide  is  a successful 
fumigant  utilized  by  some  institutions  (for  example, 
TTU).  These  formulas  usually  consist  of  80%  carbon 
tetrachloride  and  20%  carbon  disulphide,  together 
with  small  amounts  of  sulphur  dioxide  and  other  fire- 
inhibiting  additives.  These  mixtures  are  relatively 
stable  and  do  not  constitute  as  great  a fire  hazard 
(Monro,  1961).  It  should  be  noted  that  sulphur 
dioxide,  as  an  atmospheric  pollutant,  is  deleterious  to 
collections  (see  storage). 

ETHYLENE  DlCHLORiDE  (CH2CI-CH2CI):  This 
has  a molecular  weight  of  98.97  and  a boiling  point 
of  83.5°C  (182°F).  Fumigant  is  evolved  by 
evaporation  of  the  liquid.  Odor  is  reminiscent  of 
chloroform  (Monro,  1961).  This  liquid  is  almost 
always  mixed  with  carbon  tetrachloride  for  use  as  a 
fumigant  because,  like  CS2,  it  is  highly  flammable  in 
pure  form.  Mixtures  used  by  collections  (for  exam- 
ple, USNM,  UMMZ,  OSMNH,  CM,  and  UWZM) 
usually  consist  of  75%  ethylene  dichloride  and  25% 
carbon  tetrachloride  by  volume.  One  mixture, 
marketed  under  the  trade  name  Dowfume  75,  has  a 
70%  and  30%  composition  of  ethylene  dichloride 
and  carbon  tetrachloride,  respectively.  Dizziness  may 
result  from  exposure  to  fumes  and  permanent 
damage  may  be  inflicted  by  sustained  exposure  to 
very  high  concentrations.  Schantz  (1949)  reported  on 
the  successful  use  of  an  ethylene  dichloride-carbon 
tetrachloride  mixture.  Application  procedures  are  the 
same  as  those  for  carbon  disulphide-carbon 
tetrachloride  mixtures.  Its  action  is  reportedly  more 
delayed  than  pure  CS2  but  it  is  less  flammable  and 
just  as  satisfactory  (Schantz,  1949).  At  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History  Dowfume-75  is 
pressurized  inside  Navy  shell  canisters  and  then 
sprayed  into  vessels  within  each  storage  case.  Both 
gloves  and  masks  (see  precautions  below)  are  worn 
during  the  operation,  which  is  performed  twice 
yearly  (Setzer,  personal  communication).  It  is 
recommended  that  fumigation  with  Dowfume-75  be 
at  least  96  hours  in  duration,  using  a minimum  of  50 
cc  for  each  0.34  cubic  meters  (12  cubic  feet).  After 
fumigation  is  completed,  the  cases  should  be  opened. 
Utilization  of  the  collection  area  can  be  resumed  af- 
ter the  concentration  of  fumigant  in  the  air  is  below 
ten  parts  per  million.  This  ratio  can  be  measured  by  a 
Gas-Tech  Model  1230  Halide  Detector  (Anon., 
1976).  Dowfume-75  is  soluble  in  fats  and  oils,  and 
therefore  has  the  potential  to  damage  prepared  skins 
if  contact  occurs.  It  may  also  have  harmful  effects  on 
plastic  vials. 


The  Federal  Environmental  Pesticide  Control  Act 
of  1972,  effective  as  of  October  1977,  states  that, 

”.  . .it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  in  any 
State  to  distribute,  sell,  offer  for  sale,  hold  for 
sale,  ship,  deliver  for  shipment,  or  receive  and 
(having  so  received)  deliver  or  offer  to  deliver,  to 
any  person  ...  to  use  any  registered  pesticide  in  a 
manner  inconsistent  with  its  labeling.”  (Public 
Law  92-516  Sec.  12) 

This  law  prohibits  the  use  of  any  fumigant  not 
properly  labeled  in  the  affirmative  as  being  safe  for 
collection  use.  Dowfume-75  is  the  only  current 
fumigant  with  labeling  allowing  legal  use  for  in- 
stitutional collections. 

PARADICHLOROBENZENE  (PDB,  C6H4CI2):  This 
has  a molecular  weight  of  147.01  and  a melting  point 
of  53°C  (127. 4°F).  Paradichlorobenzene  is  a 
crystalline  fumigant  that  sublimes  to  give  off  vapors. 
It  is  used  as  a ‘‘constant  fumigant”  by  many  collec- 
tions of  Recent  mammals  (for  example,  ROM, 
UCONN,  UMMZ,  VMKSC,  MVZ,  OSMNH,  and 
TCWC).  The  fumes  are  not  flammable  as  ordinarily 
used.  According  to  Cotton  (1956)  “the  vapors  are 
not  considered  to  be  harmful  to  man.”  It  is  ad- 
visable, however,  not  to  remain  exposed  to  a high 
concentration  of  vapor  for  long  periods  of  time. 
Jackson  (1926)  described  the  effects  of  PDB  upon 
Dennestes  and  tenioid  (clothes)  moths.  Sufficient 
quantities  in  continuous  use  will  keep  pests  from  en- 
tering storage  cases  and  will  prevent  their  feeding 
when  present.  At  higher  concentrations,  insects  are 
killed,  as  reported  by  Dudley  and  Wilkinson  (1968) 
for  both  adult  and  larval  tenioid  moths. 
Paradichlorobenzene  is  an  effective  repellent  of  in- 
sects when  used  on  a continuous  basis  in  proper 
amounts.  The  crystals  may  be  placed  in  small  cloth 
bags  or  paper  cups  if  case  doors  are  not  equipped 
with  receptacles.  If  too  much  PDB  is  placed  in  a case, 
supersaturation  of  the  air  occurs  with  resultant 
recrystalization  on  the  case,  holding  trays,  or  even  on 
the  specimens  themselves.  In  addition,  plastic  vials 
may  become  opaque  or  even  “dissolve.”  PDB  will 
react  with  Styrofoam  and  hence  should  not  be  used  in 
connection  with  that  synthetic,  e.g.,  in  shipping 
crates.  Polyethylene  foam  is  not  affected  in  this  way. 
Paradichlorobenzene  may  also  retard  mold  for- 
mation in  humid  climates  (Van  Gelder,  1965).  It  ap- 
parently does  not  alter  pelage  color  unless  direct  con- 
tact is  made.  Because  its  volatilization  rate  is  much 
slower  than  that  of  liquid  fumigants,  it  is  more  useful 


56 


as  a repellent  than  as  a pesticide  except  when  used  in 
the  highest  concentrations.  The  crystals,  however, 
are  easier  and  safer  to  dispense  than  the  liquid  agen- 
ts. 

NAPHTHALENE  (CioHs):  This  has  a molecular 
weight  of  128.06  and  a melting  point  of  80.1°C 
(176°F)  (Monro,  1961).  Although  naphtalene  is  slow 
to  act,  its  vapor  is  quite  toxic  to  insects  (Monro, 
1961).  It  is  more  economical  to  use  than  PDB 
because  smaller  dosages  are  required.  Long  (1970) 
recommends  using  0.45  kilograms  (1  pound)  for  each 
2.83  cubic  meters  (100  cubic  feet)  of  space.  Its  use  in 
loan  shipments  is  recommended.  Naphthalene  is  also 
applied  in  the  form  of  crystals  or  flakes.  It  is  not  as 
volatile  as  PDB,  but  is  effective  in  tightly  sealed  con- 
tainers, a prerequisite  for  the  successful  use  of  any 
solid  fumigant. 

DDVP  (2,2  dichlorovinyl  dimethyl  phosphate. 
Shell  No-Pest  Strip,  Vapona):  This  moderately 
volatile  insecticide  evolves  vapors  that  are  highly 
toxic.  It  is  currently  in  use  (for  example,  FSM  and 
UPS)  as  a collection  fumigant  much  in  the  same 
manner  as  PDB.  The  solid  stick  contains  20%  DDVP 
and  related  compounds.  It  is  divided  into  appropriate 
sized  pieces  for  use  in  specimen  storage  cases.  Vapors 
are  released  at  a uniform  rate  over  a period  of  several 
months  (Monro,  1961).  Satisfactory  results  of  exten- 
ded use  of  DDVP  has  been  reported  (for  example, 
UPS).  However,  Setzer  related  the  unsuccessful  use 
of  a full  strip  of  the  fumigant  within  a small  storage 
case  containing  bird  specimens.  Dermestid  beetles 
were  still  alive  two  weeks  following  treatment.  Setzer 
doubts  its  effectiveness  against  coleopterans.  DDVP 
does  not  irritate  mucous  membranes  and  so  is  less  ob- 
jectionable to  work  with  than  other  agents,  but 
prolonged  exposure  to  the  vapors  and  contact  with 
the  skin  should  be  avoided. 

Other  fumigants  of  various  types  that  have  been  or 
are  still  in  use  by  various  institutions  include  Car- 
boxide  (for  example,  CM)  for  fumigating  fur  vaults, 
DDT  (Anderson,  1965),  and  ethyl  acetate-carbon 
tetrachloride  (Jackson,  1926). 

Fumigants  are  known  to  act  on  an  insect,  whether 
it  is  in  the  larval,  pupal,  or  adult  stage,  by  entering 
the  respiratory  system  via  the  spiracles.  Fumigants 
apparently  penetrate  the  chorion  of  the  egg  by  dif- 
fusion, or  perhaps  through  specialized  “respiratory 
channels.”  The  effectiveness  of  a given  fumigant  is  in 
part  influenced  by  the  respiratory  rate  of  the  insect, 
which  in  turn  is  directly  affected  by  the  ambient  tem- 
perature. The  importance  of  fumigant  diffusion 


through  the  external  surfaces  of  insects  is  not  well 
understood  (Monro,  1961). 

Temperature  is  the  single  most  important  factor 
determining  fumigant  effectiveness.  Less  fumigant  is 
required  at  higher  temperatures.  Temperatures  of 
21°  to  24°C  (70°  to  75°F)  seem  to  be  optimal.  At 
lower  temperatures  more  gas  is  absorbed  by  the 
material  being  fumigated,  leaving  less  available  to 
kill  the  pests. 

Precautions  that  should  be  taken  while  fumigating: 

1)  Always  follow  the  directions  for  use  and  precau- 
tions listed  on  the  fumigant  container  label 

2)  No  person  should  work  alone,  no  matter  how 
small  the  job 

3)  Respirators  (gas  masks)  fitted  with  the  appro- 
priate filter-type  canister,  and  rubber  gloves 
should  be  worn  by  fumigating  personnel 

4)  Smoking  and  other  sources  of  ignition  must  be 
strictly  forbidden  during  fumigation 

5)  A first-aid  kit  with  antidotes  and  instructions 
for  treatment  in  case  of  poisoning  should  be  avail- 
able 

6)  Be  sure  that  the  fumigant  being  used  does  not 
have  adverse  effects  on  specimens,  equipment,  or 
any  other  facilities  that  will  be  in  contact  with  the 
fumigant 

7)  Be  sure  that  all  procedures  used  in  fumigating 
comply  with  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health 
Act  of  1970,  to  avoid  liability  suits  (Anon.,  1976). 

TANNED  HIDES 

A substantial  portion  of  a collection’s  holdings 
may  be  in  the  form  of  tanned  hides.  Periodic  in- 
spection is  necessary  because  they  often  require 
oiling  to  ensure  that  they  will  remain  supple  and 
pliable,  and  so  resist  tearing.  The  effects  of 
dessication  may  be  thus  avoided.  A solution  of 
sulphonated  neatsfoot  oil  and  warm  water  in  equal 
proportions  should  be  applied  to  the  “flesh  side”  of 
the  hide  (Moyer,  1953). 

DEGREASING 

Fatty  tissues  should  be  thoroughly  removed  from 
skins  at  the  time  of  preparation.  If  this  is  not  done, 
grease  may  subsequently  ooze  from  the  specimen  by 
capillary  action.  These  natural  oils  and  constituent 
fatty  acids,  when  in  overabundance,  will  oxidize 
and  burn  the  skin  fibers  of  a prepared  specimen. 
The  weakened  skin  fibers  then  tear  easily.  In  ad- 
dition, skeletal  material  may  exude  grease  for  long 
periods  of  time  if  not  properly  handled  during 


57 


processing.  This  material  will  discolor,  give  off 
disagreeabe  odors,  readily  collect  dust,  attract  pests, 
and  generally  become  undesirable  to  handle.  Main- 
tenance of  such  specimens  may  involve  various 
degreasing  methods  more  adequately  described 
elsewhere  (Anderson,  1965;  Fleming,  1926;  Hudson, 
1935;  Sherman,  1925;  Sommer  and  Anderson, 
1974).  These  processes  normally  involve  the  immer- 
sion of  the  specimen  in  a grease  solvent  for  a given 
length  of  time  and  subsequent  removal  of  the  excess 
solvent  from  the  specimen  with  absorbent  material. 
This  is  followed  by  air  drying.  Carbon  tetrachloride 
is  the  most  commonly  used  grease  solvent  because 
of  its  excellent  and  quick  results,  and  non- 
flammability. However,  the  toxicity  of  this  solvent 
requires  good  ventilation  and  safety  precautions. 
White  gasoline  is  also  a good  grease  solvent,  but  its 
flammability  makes  it  less  desirable  for  use  (Knud- 
sen,  1972).  A new  product,  K-2  spray  powder, 
provides  a quick,  nonharmful,  and  effective  method 
for  degreasing  small  and  delicate  specimens. 
However,  this  product  is  expensive  and  does  not 
remove  deep  or  fixed  grease  (UPS).  Dirty  skeletal 
specimens  may  be  washed  in  warm  water  and 
detergent,  rinsed  with  fresh  water,  and  dried.  They 
may  be  bleached  with  a 4‘7o  solution  of  hydrogen 
peroxide  (Sommer  and  Anderson,  1974). 

When  treating  skins  with  solvents,  the  possibility 
of  changes  in  pelage  color  must  always  be  taken  into 
consideration.  The  extent  of  color  changes,  if  any, 
generally  depends  upon  the  length  of  time  the 
specimen  remains  in  the  fluid  (Fleming,  1926).  If  a 
skin  has  been  treated,  it  is  suggested  that  such  treat- 
ments be  noted  on  the  skin  tag  (UWZM). 

SPECIMEN  REFURBISHING  AND  REPAIR 

Occasionally,  mammal  specimens  require  refur- 
bishing or  repair.  A specimen’s  research  value  may 
be  greatly  enhanced  by  such  attention.  On  the  other 
hand,  repair  attempts  by  unskilled  workers  may 
result  in  still  greater  damage  to  a specimen. 

Commonly  incurred  damages  to  mammal 
specimens  include  fading  of  pelage  color  (“foxing”), 
loosening  and  loss  of  teeth,  tearing  of  prepared  skins, 
dessication,  accumulation  of  foreign  materials  (for 
example,  dust,  soot,  and  grease),  and  damage  by 
pests  (for  example,  insects  and  rodents).  Pelage 
fading  of  study  skins  and  fluid-preserved  materials, 
and  destruction  caused  by  insects  are  irreversible.  In 
cases  of  insect  damage,  a falling-hair  condition  may 
be  inhibited  to  some  extent  by  the  use  of  commercial 
hairspray. 


Torn  study  skins  and  tanned  hides  are  often 
repairable.  Separated  appendages  can  often  be  reat- 
tached with  the  use  of  certain  impervious  liquid 
adhesives  (for  example,  Duco  Cement),  when  done 
carefully.  A properly  applied  brace  will  afford  sup- 
port during  the  drying  process.  Merely  securing  the 
torn  appendage  to  the  specimen  with  string  may  be 
satisfactory  when  gluing  is  not  possible.  Small  parts 
(for  example,  bat  nose  leafs)  might  be  placed  in  an 
envelope  or  vial.  Tanned  hides  that  have  been  torn 
can  usually  be  sewn,  or  a leather  or  cloth  (for  exam- 
ple, canvas,  burlap,  etc.)  patch  may  be  applied  to  the 
flesh  side  of  the  skin  with  a liquid  adhesive  to  prevent 
further  tearing  of  the  hide. 

Accumulated  dust  can  often  be  removed  from 
specimens  by  compressed  air  if  the  dust  is  not  held  by 
grease  on  the  skin.  Warm  hardwood  sawdust,  corn- 
meal,  or  bran  may  be  employed  to  remove  dirt  and 
grease  from  skins.  After  working  the  material  into 
the  hair,  it  may  be  removed  by  the  use  of  compressed 
air  or  a vacuum  cleaner  blower  attachment  (Grantz, 
1969).  If  a skin  is  still  greasy,  it  is  possible  to  clean  it 
by  soaking  the  entire  specimen  in  naphtha  or  white 
gasoline  for  about  30  minutes.  Following  this 
procedure,  the  specimen  should  be  brushed  with 
sawdust  or  cornmeal,  and  allowed  to  dry. 

Loosening  of  teeth  and  fracturing  of  skeletal 
material,  constant  problems  in  collections  of  Recent 
mammals,  often  result  from  moisture  loss  from  the 
bones.  This  can  be  partially  prevented  by  coating 
bones  with  a sealer.  Care  should  be  taken  to  avoid 
using  sealers  in  quantities  that  would  affect  the 
dimensions  of  the  bone.  If  damage  of  skeletal 
material  has  occurred,  repairs  can  be  made  through 
the  use  of  liquid  adhesives.  The  pure  adhesive  (for 
example,  Duco  Cement)  can  often  be  thinned  with 
appropriate  liquids  (for  example,  acetone)  to  the 
desired  consistency  and  applied  with  a brush.  Care 
should  be  taken  to  keep  adhesives  off  the  crowns  of 
the  teeth.  Ambroid  Cement,  as  recommended  by 
Anderson  (1965),  may  be  dabbed  on  a wisp  of  cotton 
which  is  then  wrapped  around  the  roots  of  the  tooth 
before  its  replacement  into  the  alveolus.  This 
adhesive  is  reputed  to  have  many  uses,  depending 
upon  the  amount  of  solvent  mixed  with  it,  and  has 
the  distinction  of  not  contracting  with  the  elapse  of 
time  as  do  some  other  adhesives.  Applied  in  a thin 
coat,  it  successfully  inhibits  fracturing  and  holds 
together  already-cracked  osteological  material. 
Although  discoloration  may  result  when  too  thick,  it 
can  be  removed  easily  with  acetone  (Anderson, 


58 


1965).  Loose  teeth  may  also  be  reset,  at  least  tem- 
porarily, with  the  use  of  plasticine,  as  described  by 
Anderson  (1965).  The  teeth  are  held  effectively  and 
may  be  removed  subsequently  for  examination. 

FLUID-PRESERVED  MATERIAL 

A substantial  portion  of  the  institution’s  holdings 
are  normally  stored  in  preservatives  such  as  alcohol, 
embalming  fluid,  buffered  formalin,  glycerin,  and 
others.  Accordingly,  a proportionate  amount  of  time 
must  be  spent  in  maintaining  these  specimens  in  good 
condition. 

FLUIDS 

Fluid  levels  must  be  adequate  to  ensure  that  the 
specimens  are  covered  by  the  preservative.  A regular 
inspection  schedule  should  be  established.  During 
such  inspections,  perhaps  three  times  annually,  each 
vessel  should  be  examined  for  loss  of  preservative. 
When  the  addition  of  fluid  is  required,  concen- 
trations of  the  remaining  fluid  should  first  be  ascer- 
tained using  an  alcoholometer  or  alcohol 
hydrometer.  A stronger  additive  solution  (different 
types  of  preservative  should  not  be  mixed)  may  be 
required  to  re-establish  the  original  concentration.  A 
table  of  dilution  factors  for  alcohol  is  given  by 
Wagstaffe  and  Fidler  (1955).  Jars  and  other  storage 
vessels  should  be  filled  as  close  to  the  brim  as  possible 
to  make  any  subsequent  loss  of  fluid  more  readily 
discernible. 

Maintenance  of  the  fluid-preserved  holdings  often 
involves  replacement  of  the  storage  vessel  or  part 
thereof.  Metal  lids  rust,  some  plastic  lids  crack  or 
loosen,  glass  jars  and  earthenware  crocks  oc- 
casionally break,  and  cap  liners  and  rubber  gaskets 
require  replacement  (Palmer,  1974).  Ground-glass 
jars  require  periodic  replenishment  of  the  grease  seal 
between  lid  and  jar.  Crocks,  whose  exterior  glaze 
eventually  deteriorates  and  allows  seeping  of  preser- 
vative (Zweifel,  1966),  also  require  special  main- 
tenance. Levi  (1966)  recommends  Dow  silicone 
grease  rather  than  petroleum  jelly  as  a seal. 

Numerous  attempts  have  been  made  to  overcome 
the  fluid  evaporation  problem.  Isopropyl  alcohol 
seems  to  evaporate  more  slowly  than  ethyl  alcohol 
(Zweifel,  1966).  Use  of  Marathon  parafilm  M sheets 
in  conjunction  with  metal  Ball  jar  lids  and  others  has 
been  somewhat  successful  (Zweifel,  1966)  but 
replacement  of  the  film  liner  is  necessary  each  time  a 
jar  is  opened.  Levi  (1966)  cites  the  use  of  3M  tape 
No.  472  to  create  a better  seal  between  lid  and  jar. 
Sealed  jars  may  also  be  dipped  in  Uniroyal  Industrial 


Adhesive  No.  6273  to  create  a better  seal  (Levi, 
1966).  Such  treatment  must  be  repeated,  however, 
each  time  a vessel  is  opened. 

Storage  of  specimens  in  a smaller  receptacle  within 
a larger  one  is  hardly  feasible  with  mammal  speci- 
mens. Dessication  problems  can  be  virtually 
eliminated  by  the  use  of  good  quality  storage  vessels 
and  periodic  and  thorough  inspection. 

REFURBISHING  AND  REPAIR  OF 

ALCOHOLIC  MATERIAL 

Mummified  specimens  may  sometimes  be 
rehydrated  by  passing  through  a graded  series  of 
alcohols  to  water.  A 1%  solution  of  trisodium 
phosphate  in  water  has  been  used  to  recondition  in- 
vertebrates (Levi,  1966).  Reconstitution  of  dried- 
fish  specimens  in  a weak  solution  of  potassium 
hydroxide  was  suggested  by  Smith  (1965). 
Propylene  glycol  has  been  found  useful  in 
rehydrating  mummified  specimens.  For  rehydrating 
skin  and  other  tissues,  a diluted  laboratory  aerosol 
solution  (Dowler  and  Genoways,  1976)  is  recom- 
mended (USNM). 

Skulls  are  often  removed  from  fluid-preserved 
specimens  in  the  course  of  identification.  Cotton 
should  be  inserted  in  the  head  skin  of  the  specimen  to 
simulate  the  original  size  and  shape  of  the  head.  A 
few  carefully  placed  stitches  to  close  the  lips  will 
prevent  subsequent  tearing  of  the  head  and  facial 
features. 

MISCELLANEOUS  MAINTENANCE 

In  addition,  routine  maintenance  includes  the 
repair  and  replacement  of  a great  many  objects.  Vials 
and  vial  caps,  boxes  for  skeletal  material,  pasteboard 
trays,  glass  jars,  lids,  and  case  drawers  are  among  the 
numerous  items  that  require  such  periodic  attention. 

UPDATING  RECORDS 

It  has  been  stated  that  the  data  associated  with  a 
specimen  are  at  least  as  valuable  as  the  specimen  it- 
self (American  Society  of  Mammalogists,  1974;  Van 
Gelder,  1965).  Likewise,  availability  determines  a 
specimen’s  real  value.  A specimen  that  is  unavailable 
for  any  reason  is  for  all  practical  purposes  non- 
existent. 

The  curator  and  his  staff  must  be  aware  of  the 
taxonomic  developments  as  documented  in  the  scien- 
tific literature.  A genuine  effort  must  be  made  to  in- 
dicate such  changes  in  taxonomy  on  the  specimens  of 
the  group  affected,  whether  such  revisions  were 
gained  through  examination  of  the  literature,  direct 


59 


Taxonomy  and 


Fig.  36.  Chart  of  general  types  of  utilization  of  Recent  mammal  collections. 


examination  of  the  material  by  a specialist  in  a cer- 
tain group,  or  through  institutional  research  efforts. 
The  amount  of  time  spent  in  such  endeavors  may  be 
considerable,  especially  in  the  larger  collections 
where  specimen  numbers  and  overburdened  staffs 
may  not  allow  quick  attention.  Of  necessity,  this  up- 
dating may  be  of  low  priority  in  some  collections. 

Updating  collection  records  may  involve 
taxonomic  changes  due  to  misidentification  or 
revision,  changes  of  availability,  or  any  other 
necessary  addition  or  change  of  pertinent  infor- 


mation. When  updating,  annotations  should  be  made 
on  all  records,  such  as  skin  tags,  labels  for  skeletal 
material,  drawer  and  case  labels,  collection  catalogs, 
card  files,  and  computer  records.  The  name  of  the 
reviser  and  the  year  of  the  revision  may  be  entered  in 
the  catalogs,  or  on  specimen  labels,  so  that  sub- 
sequent investigators  will  be  able  to  refer  to  the 
original  literature.  Any  change  in  the  availability  of  a 
specimen,  such  as  loss,  exchange,  or  sale  should  be 
indicated  in  the  catalog  as  well.  A red  pencil  is  often 
used  for  indicating  permanent  changes. 


60 


■"  — ^ ' 

COLLECTIONS  OF  RECENT  MAMMALS,  TEXAS  TECH 
SLIP  FOR  WITHDRAWAL  OF  SPECIMEN  (S)  FROM  THE  COLLECTION 

fsjQ5_  ^ " 3s  j * '^£^oMYSc,iJS 

J^c.mia.»us  : ¥-q  T>fZ-  2>^y/i>  SaAA^ieJ ly^jiejcBs 


Fig.  37.  Slip  for  withdrawal  of  specimens  from  the  collection.  This  slip  is 
left  in  the  place  of  specimens  removed  from  the  collection.  Original  color 
of  slip  was  blue,  but  any  conspicuous  color  will  suffice.  Original  size  of 
slip  was  23  by  89  millimeters. 


UTILIZATION 


Genoways  et  al.  (1976)  have  undertaken  a search  to 
identify  mammalian  systematists  and  other  users  of 
collections  of  Recent  mammals.  These  collections,  as 
well  as  the  biology  libraries  associated  with  them, 
receive  usage  from  a great  variety  of  sources  and  for 
a great  many  endeavors  (Irwin  et  al.,  1973;  Con- 
ference of  Directors  of  Systematic  Collections,  1971). 
Research,  reference,  education,  and  exhibition  are 
among  the  major  uses  (Fig.  36). 

INTERNAL  USAGE 

STAFF  AND  VISITOR  USAGE 

The  primary  function  of  most  collections  of 
Recent  mammals  is  one  of  research  and  documen- 
tation. The  prudent  and  appropriate  use  of  un- 
cataloged specimens  in  other  endeavors  (for  example, 
education)  should  not,  however,  be  underestimated. 

Research  specimens  should  always  be  handled  with 
due  respect,  in  a careful,  conscientious  manner.  Per- 
sons not  trained  to  appreciate  specimen  value  or  who 
are  otherwise  unfamiliar  with  proper  procedures 
should  refrain  from  handling  research  material. 
Specimens  should  never  be  picked  up  by  a single  ap- 
pendage; in  fact,  they  should  be  handled  as  in- 
frequently as  possible.  It  is  good  practice  to  return 
specimens  to  their  appropriate  storage  areas  at  times 
when  they  are  not  being  examined  or  curated.  At  the 
very  least,  specimens  ought  to  be  shielded  from  dust 
and  light  in  some  manner  while  outside  of  the  cases. 

It  may  be  advisable  to  have  all  specimens  removed 
and  reinstalled  by  one  individual  who  is  responsible 
for  their  whereabouts.  It  is  standard  procedure  with 
most  collections  to  leave  a withdrawal  slip  with  per- 
tinent information  each  time  a specimen  is  removed 


from  its  place  of  storage  (Fig.  37).  The  Mammalogy 
Department  of  The  University  of  Kansas  asks  that 
specimens  removed  from  a case  be  placed  on  a 
“holding  cart”  when  ready  for  reinstallation,  rather 
than  returned  directly  and  perhaps  improperly.  This 
is  a wise  procedure,  staff  size  permitting.  Most  other 
institutions  (for  example,  USNM,  UMMZ,  AMNH,  | 
TTU,  and  UPS)  have  written  regulations  regarding 
use,  as  well  as  other  aspects  of  curation,  to  the 
benefit  of  staff  and  visitors  alike.  Such  guidelines 
may  include  directions  as  to  the  availability,  location, 
and  use  of  facilities  and  equipment,  as  well  as  for  ' 
proper  specimen  removal,  handling,  and 
replacement.  The  manual  might  also  include  infor- 
mation regarding  institutional  hours,  policies  for  key 
acquisition,  property  passes,  and  floor  plans. 
Regulations  pertaining  to  the  use  of  type  specimens 
and  loan  procedures  are  likewise  usually  included  in 
such  a manual. 

Researchers  are  urged  to  examine  specimens  at  the 
institutions  where  they  are  housed.  Outside  in- 
vestigators should  follow  proper  procedures  in 
making  such  visits.  They  should  make  contact  with 
the  person  in  charge,  relating  the  purpose,  time,  and 
length  of  the  planned  visit.  Through  this  courtesy, 
researchers’  needs  for  equipment  and  staff  assist- 
ance, if  any,  may  best  be  met.  The  visitor  may  be 
requested  to  reciprocate  by  helping  to  curate  the  taxa 
in  question  through  his  investigations.  Most  collec- 
tions maintain  guest  registers  that  allow  for  easy 
compilation  of  collection  use  for  annual  reports, 
grant  requests,  and  the  like. 

INTRA-INSTITUTIONAL  LOANS 

Specimens  loaned  to  various  divisions  or  depart- 


THE  MUSEUM  OF  TEXAS  TECH  UNIVERSITY 
DEPARTMENT  OF  MAMMALOGY 
INTRACAMPUS  LOAN 


Requested  by  

Signature  Full-time  Faculty/Staff  Member 


Dat  e 1 March  1975 


To  be  used  by 
Purpose  


JiX- Robert  L. Packard 


Fyami  nat  1 on  for  ph  Q t Q r ap  h i c purposes 


Specimens  will  be  kept  at 
Date  to  be  returned  


Personal  storage  facilities  of  Packard  in 
Room  42 i of  Biology  Buildirtg 
15  March  1975 


Authorized  by 
Packaged  by  _ 


Date  2 Mar . 19  75 

Date  2 Mar . 19  75 


Description  of  material 


Five  skins  and  skulls  of  male  Peromys  cus  pectoral  is  1 ace i anus 
from  Texas:  Brewster  County,  as  follows: 


TTU 

22962-18.6 

mi  . 

N . 

, 1.2 

mi  . 

E 

M 

22963-18.5 

mi  . 

N . 

, 1.3 

m i . 

E 

II 

22964-  " 

t f 

II 

22970-18.0 

mi  . 

N . 

, 3.0 

mi  . 

E 

II 

22971-17.3 

mi  . 

N . 

, 0.6 

mi  . 

E 

Marathon-mandible  separated 
Marathon -0 . K . 

Tf  _ t1 

Marathon -skin  has  torn  left  ear 
M arath  on -C . K . 


Loan  picked  up  by 


Loan  received  by 
Loan  checked  by 


Date 

3 

Mar  . 

1975 

Date 

15 

Mar . 

1975 

Date 

15 

Mar  . 

1975 

Date 

15 

Mar . 

1975 

Material  found  in  satisfactory  (j(),  unsatisfactory  ( ) condition 


Fig.  38.  Intracampus  loan  form  used  at  Texas  Tech  University.  Original  size  was  280  by  217  millimeters. 


62 


ments  within  a single  institution  are  sometimes  han- 
dled in  a rather  casual  manner.  It  is  necessary, 
especially  in  large  institutions,  to  keep  some  record 
of  these  transactions  to  avoid  misunderstandings  and 
possible  loss  (Fig.  38).  Such  procedures  help  control 
and  reemphasize  the  functions  and  standards  of  the 
collection,  and  therefore  will  encourage  proper  han- 
dling and  care  of  specimens  on  loan  to  local  users. 

EXTERNAL  USAGE 

The  processing  of  loan  requests  is  among  routine 
procedures  at  most  collections  with  sizable  holdings. 
Because  the  institution  is  prepared  to  take  on  the 
responsibility  of  loans,  such  material  is  always 
loaned  to  the  institution  instead  of  to  the  individual. 
Loan  shipments  are  usually  sent  to  any  qualified 
student  or  professional  upon  request.  Holotypes 
should  never  leave  their  institutions  and  so  are  never 
loaned  (American  Society  of  Mammalogists,  1974). 
Some  institutions  (for  example,  USNM)  wisely  prefer 
that  type  materials  be  examined  in  the  same  room  in 
which  they  are  housed.  It  is  poor  policy  to  send  all 
holdings  of  a given  taxa  or  generally  more  than  50 
specimens  at  one  time.  Both  lender  and  borrower 
have  obligations  to  the  specimens,  as  discussed 
below.  Specimen  loans  are  normally  arranged  for  a 
six-month  period  among  most  institutions,  with 
renewal  usually  granted  upon  request.  Borrowers  are 
urged  to  return  specimens  promptly  following  exami- 
nation. Regulations  regarding  loan  material  have, 
unfortunately,  often  not  been  strictly  enforced. 

Few  collections  levy  fees  for  the  use  of  research 
material  to  bona  fide  professionals.  The  borrower 
may  be  assessed  a fee  for  labor  costs  (for  example, 
UMMZ)  when  requests  involve  large  numbers  of 
specimens.  Some  museums  levy  consultation  fees  on 
profit-making  concerns  for  the  use  of  collections  and 
libraries.  The  Royal  Ontario  Museum  charges  a 
variable  fee  of  approximaely  $25.00  per  skin  or 
mount  for  such  short-term  loans. 

Specimens  received  on  loan  must  be  given  diligent 
care.  Specimens  should  not  be  physically  altered  in 
any  way,  such  as  removing  skulls  from  alcoholic 
specimens,  unless  prior  consent  to  such  alterations 
has  been  received  from  the  lender.  It  is  wise  to  store 
fluid-preserved  specimens  in  the  same  fluid  in  which 
they  were  originally  maintained.  A note  to  that  effect 
might  be  included  on  the  invoice.  Damage  incurred 
during  shipment  must  be  reported  to  the  lender  and 
the  carrier  immediately  (Long,  1970). 


A loan  transaction  (Fig.  39)  usually  begins  with  a 
written  request  for  specimens.  The  request  should  in- 
clude the  reason  for  the  request,  the  nature  and  num- 
ber of  specimens  desired,  the  length  of  time  for 
which  the  material  is  required,  and  any  pertinent 
additional  information.  A reply  letter  approving  or 
disapproving  the  request  is  then  sent  to  the  potential 
borrower.  If  the  loan  is  approved  it  will  include  in- 
formation as  to  when  the  material  will  be  forwarded. 
Following  assembly  of  the  requested  specimens,  an 
invoice  (Fig.  40)  should  be  completed  in 
quadruplicate  and  include  the  lender’s  and 
borrower’s  names  and  addresses,  authorizing 
signatures,  packer’s  initials,  shipping  date,  shipping 
cost,  carrier’s  name,  amount  of  insurance,  and  a 
detailed  description  of  the  nature  and  condition  of 
the  contents.  The  original  is  retained  by  the  lending 
institution.  The  borrower  receives  a second  and  a 
third  copy,  maintaining  one  for  their  records  and 
returning  the  other  signed.  The  borrower  indicates 
any  damage  to  the  specimens  in  transit  on  the  signed 
copy  that  is  returned.  For  this  reason,  loan  material 
should  be  thoroughly  examined  with  regard  to  con- 
dition upon  receipt.  A fourth  copy  should  be  at- 
tached to  the  outside  of  the  crate  in  an  envelope  in 
accordance  with  the  Lacey  Act  of  1903  and  the 
Department  of  Interior  regulation  concerning  “Im- 
port, Export,  and  Interstate  Transportation  of 
Wildlife.’’  The  latter  is  a more  concise  form  of  the 
Lacey  Act  and  states, 

“.  . . no  person  shall  ship,  transport,  carry,  bring 
or  convey  any  wildlife  in  interstate  or  foreign  com- 
merce unless  the  package  or  container  in  which 
such  wildlife  is  contained  has  the  name  and  ad- 
dress of  the  shipper  and  the  consignee  and  an  accu- 
rate statement  of  the  contents  by  species  and  num- 
bers of  each  species  of  wildlife  therein  contained 
clearly  and  conspicuously  marked  on  the  outside 
thereof.’’  (CFR  50.14) 

Address  labels  should  be  placed  inside  and  on  the 
outside  of  the  package.  Such  labels  should  indicate 
the  contents  as  being,  “SCIENTIFIC  SPECIMENS; 
NO  ENDANGERED  SPECIES;  NO  COMMER- 
CIAL VALUE”  (Genoways  and  Choate,  1976)  (Fig. 
41).  The  post  office  or  latest  edition  of  the  Postal 
Service  Manual  (available  from  the  United  States 
Government  Printing  Office),  should  be  consulted 
regarding  size  and  weight  limitations  or  other 
regulations.  Similar  procedures  should  be  followed 
when  using  private  carriers  (for  example.  United 
Parcel  Service). 

Packing  costs  and  one-way  shipping  and  insurance 


Letter  notifying  sending  of  shipment 


63 


f-  ^ 

O 

o 

fD 

> 

. 

Q-  i:: 
o £ 
o 

O 

E 

o> 

Q1 

C 

o 

c 

o 


o 

o 


< 

o 


o 


o 

CJ> 


cn 

c 


cn 

c 


o 

c 


o 

> 

c 


a> 

E 

o. 


c 

o 

1 

y 

o 

Tf. 

■o 

o> 

c: 

KTi 

LU 

r) 

cy 

Uj 

c 

' 

f 

O .O 

> 

C 

C o 

o 

■o 

— o> 

I— 

u. 

b o 

o 

on 

>».  ^ 

h— 

<D 

o> 

Q. 

MM 

O O 

O 

fU 

C 

o 

■CJ 

o> 

o 

o 

c 

o 

1 > 

I 

3 

£ 

E 

E 

c 

cj 

a> 

/V 


.2? 


Card  acknowledging  return  of  shipment 


64 


ounicATi  The  Museum 

COLLECTION  of  MAMMALS 

TEXAS  TECH  UNIVERSITY 

LUBBOCK.  TEXAS  79409 


INVOICE  OF  SPECIMENS 


To: 


Texas  Cooperative  Wildlife  Collection 
Department  of  Wildlife  and  Date  shipped:. 


Fisheries  Sciences 
Texas  A 8f  M University 
College  Station,  Texas 

(ATTN.;  Dr.  David  J.  Schmidly) 

Purpose: 

Loan  at  .your  request 


Shipped  via:. 
Checked  by:_ 


Approved  by: . 


1 April  1Q75 


Prepaid  Parcel Post 


4I. 


Number,  description,  & condition  of  specimens: 


10  skins  and  skulls  of  Peromyscus  pectoralis  laceianus 


from  Texas;  Brewster  County,  as  follows: 


Males: 

TTU 

22962  - 18.6 

mi.  N. , 

1 .2 

mi.  E.  Marathon-mandible 

separated 

tt 

22963  - 18.5 

mi.  N. , 

1.3 

mi.  E.  Marathon-0. K. 

tt 

22964  - " 

II 

" -O.K. 

ft 

22970  - 18.0 

mi.  N. , 

3.0 

mi.  E.  Marathon-skin  has 

torn  left  ear 

fi 

22971  - 17.3 

mi.  N. , 

0.6 

mi.  E.  Marathon-0. K. 

Females: 


TTU 

22961  - 

18.6 

mi.  N. , 

1.2  mi . 

E.  Marathon-0. K. 

It 

22965  - 

18.5 

mi.  N. , 

1.3  mi. 

E.  Marathon-nasals  broken  anteriorly 

II 

22966  - 

It 

II 

" -skin  without  tail 

II 

22967  - 

II 

11 

" -O.K. 

It 

22968  - 

II 

It 

" -O.K. 

NO  ENDANGERED  SPECIES;  NO  COMMERCIAL  VALUE 


UPON  RECEIPT  OF  SPECIMENS  RETURN 
A SIGNED  COPY  (YELLOW)  OF  THE 
INVOICE.  PLEASE  REPORT  ANY 
SPECIMEN  DAMAGE  IMMEDIATELY. 


Received: 


.192il 


Conc^ion:  GmS\ 

iLjl 


7 


IGNED 


Fig.  40.  Form  used  for  external  loans  at  Texas  Tech  University.  This  form  is  completed  in  triplicate.  One  copy  is  retained  by  the 
loaner,  and  two  copies  are  sent  to  the  borrower.  The  borrower  signs  and  returns  one  copy,  and  retains  one  copy  for  the  collection 
files.  Original  size  was  280  by  217  millimeters. 


65 


Collection  of  Mammals 

The  Museum  ot 

Texas  Tech  University 

Lubbock,  Texas  79409 

TO: 

Texas  Cooperative  Wildlife 
Collection 

Department  of  Wildlife  and 
Fisheries  Sciences 
Texas  A&M  University 
College  Station,  Texas  77843 

ATTN. : 

Dr,  David  J.  Schmidly 

MAIL 

X Insured  150. 

Special  4th  Class 
Rate 

EXPRESS 

CONTENTS:  SCIENTIFIC 

SPECIMENS;  NO  ENDANGERED 

Prepaid 

SPECIES;  NO  COMMERCIAL  VALUE 

Collect 

POSTMASTER:  This  parcel  may 

be  opened  for  postal  inspection 

Value 

if  necessary.  Return  requested . 

( see  sealed  invoice  ) 

Fig.  41.  Label  used  for  mailing  a loan  of  scientific  specimens  of  mammals.  Note  that  the  loan  is  made  to  an 
institution  and  not  an  individual.  Original  size  of  label  was  102  by  141  millimeters. 


costs  are  usually  paid  by  the  lending  institution.  The 
borrower,  of  course,  pays  these  expenses  when  retur- 
ning the  material.  Shipments  valued  above  $200.00 
(the  maximum  allowable  postal  insurance  per  con- 
tainer) should  be  sent  registered  mail,  private  carrier, 
or  in  several  smaller  containers,  if  possible.  If  a 
shipment  is  sent  as  registered  mail,  it  can  be  insured 
for  over  $200.00  and  such  shipments  have  greater 
security.  The  carrier  should  be  notified  immediately 
if  insured  shipments  are  damaged  enroute.  In- 
stitutions (for  example,  ROM,  MHP,  VMKSC,  and 
TTU)  normally  insure  individual  specimens  for  at 
least  $5.00.  This  should  probably  be  a base  figure, 
whereas  very  valuable  specimens  should  probably  not 
be  loaned  at  all.  Size  of  shipment,  destination,  num- 
ber of  specimens,  and  nature  of  the  specimens  are 
factors  to  be  considered  for  insurance  purposes.  If  a 
shipment  is  sent  to  a country  outside  of  the  United 
States,  the  Postal  Service  should  be  consulted  about 
necessary  forms  and  differences  in  insuring,  wrap- 
ping, and  labeling  procedures.  In  addition,  state  and 
federal  regulations  of  the  United  States  should  be 
considered  and  followed  for  all  exported  and  impor- 
ted shipments.  Generally,  such  shipments  require  ap- 


propriate permits,  federal  inspection,  and  ap- 
propriate forms  (for  example.  Form  3-177 — Declara- 
tion for  Importation  of  Wildlife;  and  Form  7523  — 
Entry  and  Manifest  of  Merchandise  Free  of  Duty, 
Carrier’s  Certificate  and  Release  — Figs.  42  and  43, 
respectively).  For  more  detail,  see  Genoways  and 
Choate  (1976)  or  the  Federal  Register  (for  example, 
CFR  50.10,  50.13,  50.14,  50.17,  50.18,  and  50.216). 

Specimens  must  be  packed  in  such  a manner  as  to 
protect  them  from  shock  and  excessive  heat  or 
moisture.  Packing  facilities  should  ideally  be  located 
near  collection  storage  areas.  Crates  should  be  of 
wood,  with  a wooden  lid  that  is  screwed  rather  than 
nailed  in  place  (Keck,  1970).  Packing  of  research 
specimens  is  of  necessity  a rather  slow  process.  Cot- 
ton, paper,  excelsior,  straw,  and  other  materials  have 
classically  been  utilized  for  this  purpose.  Today,  a 
host  of  excellent,  industrial  synthetic  packing 
materials  (for  example,  polyethylene  foam)  is 
available  (Fall,  1965;  Long,  1970).  Packing  materials 
should  be  non-abrasive,  non-staining,  non-linting, 
strong,  lightweight,  resilient,  and  water,  mold,  and 
flame  resistant  (Fall,  1965). 


66 


U.S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR  orm  Approved 

Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  bureau  No,  42-R1476 

Bureau  of  Sport  Fisheries  and  Wildlife 
Washington,  D.  C.  20240 

’ION  FOR  IMPORTATION  OF  WILDLIFE 

(50  CFR  13. 12) 


INSTRUCTIONS:  Submit  original  and  copy  to  Collector  of  Customs,  at  the  port  of  entry  where  inspection  occurs. 


Name  of  Importer 

Address  (Street,  city , state,  and  ziD  code) 

Name  of  Broker  (If  any) 

Address  (Street,  city,  state,  and  zip  code) 

Name  of  Consignor 

Address  (Street,  city,  state,  and  zip  code) 

List  below  by 
NUMBER 

species,  giving  number  imported  with  common  a nc 
COMMON  NAME 

scientific  names  of  each.  Continue  on  reverse  side,  if  necessary 
SCIENTIFIC  NAME 

Signature  of  Importer  or  Broker 

Date  submitted 

CUSTOMS  OFFICER 

Port  of  Entry 

Signature 

Date 

Form  3-177 
(August  1965) 

Bureau  of  Customs: 

Mail  originals  at  the  end  of  the  month  to:  Director,  Bureau  of  Sport 
Fisheries  and  Wildlife,  United  States  Department  of  the  Interior, 
Washington,  D.  C.  20240  'i'’'’ 

DECLARAT 


Fig.  42.  U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior  Form  3-177 — Declaration  for  Importation  of  Wildlife.  This  form  must  be 
completed  at  least  in  duplicate  with  each  importation  or  exportation  of  scientific  specimens  of  mammals. 


67 


DEI'ARTMENT  OF  THE  TREASURY 
U.  S.  CUSTOMS  SERVICE 
6.1,  8.61a,  C.K.;  6.1,  8.51a  C.M. 


ENTRY  AND  MANIFEST  OF  MERCHANDISE  FREE  OF  DUTY. 
CARRIER’S  CERTIFICATE  AND  RELEASE 


PREPARE 
IN  DUPLICATE 

No. 

Tlie  uiRicrsig.'ied,  as  the  importer  of  merchandise  described  below,  which  arrived  at  the  port  or  station  identified,  hereby 
claims  free  entry  therefor  under  the  provisions  of  the  applicable  law  indicated. 


DISTRICT  NO. 

PORT  OR  STATION 

DATE 

VESSEL  OR  OTHER  CONVEYANCE 

ARRrVALDATE 

COUNTRY  OF  EXPORTATION 

MARKS  AND  NUMBERS 

DESCRIPTION  AND  QUANTITY  OF  MERCHANDISE 

VALUE 

T.S.U.S.  I’reM  OR  P.L.  NO 

IMPORTER  !N4mt  Addfmf 

AGENTS  SiCNATVRE 

INSPECTED  AND  PASSED  PREI  OP  DLOT  BY: 


signature 


CARRIER’S  CERTIFICATE  AND  RELEASE  ORDER 

The  undersigned  carrier,  to  whom  or  upon  whose  order  the  articles  described  above  must  be  released,  hereby  certifies 
that  the  person  or  firm  named  above  as  the  importer  is  the  owner  or  consignee  of  such  articles  within  the  purview  of 
section  484  (h).  Tariff  Act  of  1930.  In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  section  484  0).  Tariff  Act  of  1930,  authority 
is  hereby  given  to  release  the  articles  to  such  consignee. 


CARRIER 

AGENTS  signature 

Duplicate  copy  shall  be  sent  weekly  on  Friday  to  the  Import  Statistics  Section,  Foreign  Trade  Division,  Bureau  of  the  Census,  Waihiirgton,  D.C.  20233 

(This  form  may  be  printed  by  private  parties  provided  it  conforms  to  official  form  in  size, 

wording,  arrangement,  and  quality  and  color  of  paper.) 

GPO  95J-573 

Customs  Form  7323  (11-2-73) 

Form  Approved 
O.M.B.  No.  4S-R0461 


Fig.  43.  U.S.  Customs  Form  7523 — Entry  and  Manifest  of  Merchandise  Free  of  Duty,  Carrier’s  Certificate  and  Release.  This 
must  be  completed  at  least  in  duplicate  when  importing  scientific  specimens. 


68 


Skulls  and  skeletal  material  must  be  protected 
from  breakage.  Containers  (for  example,  vials  and 
boxes)  for  skeletal  material  must  be  padded  inside  to 
prevent  damage  to  the  contents.  Padding  material 
may  be  tissue  paper  or  cotton.  However,  cotton  is 
less  desirable  because  skeletal  parts  may  become  en- 
tangled or  lost  in  such  material.  Containers  for 
skeletal  material,  particularly  vials,  should  be  in- 
dividually wrapped  in  paper  to  help  prevent  breakage 
and  loss  or  mixing  of  skeletal  material  if  breakage 
occurs.  Hoffmeister  (1973)  suggests  using  Styrofoam 
blocks  for  protecting  vials.  In  the  case  of  large  skulls, 
resilient  material  should  be  placed  between  teeth  to 
prevent  chipping.  Specimens  must  not  be  crowded 
together,  as  damage  may  result.  Layers  of  specimens 
should  be  separated  by  padding. 

Fluid-preserved  material  should  be  wrapped  in 
cheesecloth  moistened  with  the  appropriate  fluid  to 
prevent  dessication  and  subsequently  placed  and 
sealed  in  several  plastic  bags  (Fall,  1965;  Quay, 
1974).  Further  protection  calls  for  the  wrapped 
specimens  to  be  placed  in  a metal  can  with  airtight 
lids.  Data  sheets  must  be  included  with  alcoholic 
specimens  that  lack  such  tags.  The  loan  material 
should  then  be  packed  in  a wooden  box  of  ap- 
propriate size  (American  Society  of  Mammalogists, 
1974).  It  is  recommended  that  the  top  of  such  boxes 
be  marked  for  unpacking  purposes.  Wooden  boxes 
are  reusable  more  often  when  covered  with  wrapping 
paper  before  addressing.  Sturdy  twine  should  encir- 
cle the  wrapping  paper  as  well. 


If  possible,  original  packing  materials  should  be 
reused  when  repacking  a loan  for  return.  Care  must 
be  exercised  when  unpacking  shipments.  Specimens 
may  inadvertently  be  discarded  with  the  packing 
material. 

Prior  to  return  of  the  material  by  the  borrower,  a 
letter  announcing  the  subsequent  return  of  the 
specimens  should  be  sent  to  the  loaning  institution. 
At  this  time,  the  borrower  should  include  in  the 
shipment  a self-addressed  postcard,  which  the 
loaning  institution  should  return,  notifying  of  safe 
arrival  and  satisfactory  condition  of  the  shipment.  It 
is  also  possible  to  request  a “receipt  of  delivery” 
notice  from  the  receiver,  via  the  postal  service.  Upon 
receipt  of  the  specimens,  the  lender  must  ascertain 
the  condition  of  the  material  and  return  the  enclosed 
self-addressed  postcard  to  the  borrower.  The  transac- 
tion is  completed  when  the  invoice  is  “closed”  and 
the  specimens  have  been  properly  returned  to  their 
storage  areas,  following  fumigation.  All  packing 
materials  should  be  removed  from  the  specimens 
prior  to  their  reinstallation,  at  which  time  loan  slips 
are  removed. 

Complete  records  of  loan  transactions  should  be 
kept  on  file.  Such  documentation  includes  copies  of 
the  initial  request  and  authorization,  specimen  in- 
voice, inventory  receipt  of  borrower  (a  copy  of  in- 
voice returned  to  lender),  lender’s  return 
acknowledgement,  carrier’s  receipts,  and  insurance 
records. 


CONCLUSION 


Over  the  past  several  years,  acquisition  of 
specimens,  as  well  as  equipment  and  supplies,  has,  in 
many  instances,  become  increasingly  difficult.  Inter- 
national, national,  state,  and  local  legislation,  in- 
timately affecting  all  our  endeavors,  has  become 
more  prevalent  and  complex.  Mammalogy  as  a 
discipline  is  compelled  to  develop  the  most  efficient, 
economical,  and  responsible  management  procedures 
possible  under  these  circumstances. 

We  have  attempted  in  this  manual  to  consolidate 


the  existing  literature,  the  thoughtful  and 
knowledgeable  suggestions  of  professionals  in  the 
field,  and  our  own  philosophies  regarding  standard- 
izing major  aspects  of  collection  management.  A 
great  deal  of  research  into  curatorial  techniques  still 
remains  to  be  done.  We  hope  that  this  preliminary 
work  represents  progress  in  that  direction.  It  has 
likewise  been  our  goal  throughout  this  paper  to  relay 
“the  museum  conscience”  so  eloquently  stated  by 
Joseph  Grinnell  (1922). 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


We  extend  our  sincere  appreciation  to  Drs.  S.  An- 
derson (AMNH),  E.  C.  Birney  (MMNH),  J.  R. 
Choate  (MHP),  R.  E.  Cole  (WFBM),  R.  E.  Dubos 
(UCONN),  J.  P.  Farney  (VMKSC),  R.  S.  Hoffmann 
(KU),  E.  T.  Hooper  (UMMZ),  S.  R.  Humphrey 


(FSM),  F.  A.  Iwen  (UWZM),  M.  L.  Johnson  (UPS), 
P.  M.  Lais  (OSMNH),  R.  E.  Mumford  (PUWL),  W. 
Z.  Lidicker  (MVZ),  R.  L.  Peterson  (ROM),  D.  A. 
Schlitter  (CM),  D.  J.  Schmidly  (TCWC),  R.  M.  Wet- 
zel (UCONN),  D.  E.  Wilson  (USNM),  and  Ms.  S. 


69 


M.  Kortiucke  (MVZ)  for  responding  to  the  question- 
naire; to  Drs.  S.  Anderson  (AMNH),  R.  J.  Baker 
(TTU),  G.  B.  Corbett  (British  Museum  of  Natural 
History;  London),  C.  Jones  (National  Bird  and 
Mammal  Laboratories;  Washington,  D.C.),  D.  J. 
Schmidly  (TCWC),  H.  W.  Setzer  (USNM),  R.  W. 
Wilson  (TTU),  C.  M.  McLaughlin  (TTU),  J.  Miles 
(USNM),  Ms.  R.  S.  Montgomery  (TTU),  R.  R.  Pat- 
terson (KU),  and  D.  Sanford  (Sanford  Insurance 
Agency;  Lubbock,  Texas)  for  consultation  services; 
and  to  Drs.  R.  E.  Dubos  (UCONN),  J.  P.  Farney 


(VMKSC),  R.  S.  Hoffmann  (KU),  F.  A.  Iwen 
(UWZM),  M.  L.  Johnson  (UPS),  R.  E.  Mumford 
(PUWL),  R.  L.  Peterson  (ROM),  H.  W.  Setzer 
(USNM),  R.  C.  Dowler  (TTU),  and  Ms.  R.  L.  Hen- 
dricksen  (TTU,  CM)  for  reviewing  the  manuscript 
and  providing  helpful  suggestions. 

This  publication  is  the  result  of  a joint  project  that 
began  as  partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for 
the  Collection  Management  II  course  of  the  Museum 
Science  Program  at  Texas  Tech  University. 


LITERATURE  CITED 


Allen,  C.  G.,  and  H.  T.  Block.  1974.  Should  museums  form  a 
buyer’s  pool  for  insurance?  Museum  News,  52:32-35. 

Allen,  E.  R.,  and  W.  T.  Neill  1950.  Cleaning  mammal  skeletons 
with  meal  worms.  J.  Mamm.,  31 :464. 

American  Society  of  Mammalogists.  1974.  Report  and 
recommendations  of  the  advisory  committee  for  systematic  re- 
sources in  mammalogy.  American  Society  of  Mammalogists, 
published  independently,  30  pp. 

Anderson,  R.  M.  1965.  Methods  of  collecting  and  preserving 
vertebrate  animals.  Bull.  Nat.  Mus.  Canada,  69:viii  + 1-199. 

Anderson,  S.  1973.  It  costs  more  to  store  a whale  than  a mouse: 
libraries,  collections,  and  the  cost  of  knowledge.  Curator, 
16:30-44. 

Anderson,  S.,  and  J.  K.  Jones,  Jr.  (eds.)  1967.  Recent  mammals 
of  the  World,  Ronald  Press  Co.,  New  York,  viii  + 453. 

Anonymous.  1958.  How  to  make  skeletons.  Turtox  Service  Leaf- 
let, 9:1-4. 

1962.  Solving  storage  problems.  Museum  News, 

41  (4):24-29. 

1974.  The  SELGEM  system  for  information 

management:  an  introduction.  Printed  for  the  Smithsonian  by 
the  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office  (MB-GPO-11),  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  6 pp. 

1976.  Fumigants ...  procedures,  precautions 

and  institutional  responsibility  for  their  safe  use.  Assoc.  Syst. 
Collect.  Newsletter,  4(l):5-6. 

Baker,  R.  H,  1970,  The  status  of  study  collections  and  type  speci- 
mens of  North  American  mammals,  J.  Mamm.,  51:212. 

Banta.  B.  H.  1961.  The  use  of  clothes  moth  larvae  (Lepidoptera: 
Tineidae)  to  prepare  osteological  specimens,  with  an  annotated 
bibliography  on  the  use  of  other  arthropods  for  vertebrate  skel- 
etal preparation.  Wasmann  J.  Biol.,  19:265-268. 

Bolin,  R,  L,  1935,  A method  for  preparing  skeletons  of  small 
vertebrates.  Science,  82:446. 

Borell.  a.  E.  1938.  Cleaning  small  collections  of  skulls  and  skele- 
tons with  dermestid  beetles.  J.  Mamm.,  19: 102-103. 

Brown,  J.  C.,  and  G,  I,  Twigg.  1967,  The  rapid  cleaning  of  bones 
in  quantity,  J.  Zool.,  153:566-567, 

Burns,  S,,  and  N.  J,  Root.  1975.  Restoring  and  cataloging  a rare 
motion  picture  collection.  Curator,  18:77-81. 

Case,  L,  D,,  Sr.  1959.  Preparing  mummified  specimens  for  clean- 
ing by  dermestid  beetles.  J.  Mamm.,  40:620. 

Chenhall,  R.  G.  1975.  Museum  cataloging  in  the  computer  age. 
Amer.  Assoc.  State  Local  Hist.,  Nashville,  Tennessee,  viii  -t- 

261  pp. 

Choate,  J.  R,,  and  H,  H.  Genoways.  1975.  Collections  of  Recent 
mammals  in  North  America.  J.  Mamm.,  56:452-502. 


Colbert,  E.  H.  1961.  Inexpensive  racks  for  the  storage  of  large 
specimens.  Curator,  4:368-370. 

Conference  of  Directors  of  Systematic  Collections.  1971. 
The  systematic  biology  collections  of  the  United  States:  an  es- 
sential resource.  2 pts.  New  York  Botanical  Garden,  New  York, 
xi  -F  iv,  85  pp. 

Cotton,  R.  T.  1956.  Pests  of  stored  grain  and  grain  products. 
Burgess  Publ.  Co.,  Minneapolis,  i -F  306  pp. 

DeBlase,  a.  F.,  and  R.  E.  Martin.  1974.  A manual  of  mam- 
malogy with  keys  to  families  of  the  World.  Wm.  C.  Brown  Co., 
Publ.,  Dubuque,  Iowa,  xv  -F  329  pp. 

Dice,  L.  R.  1925.  The  care  of  books,  pamphlets,  and  bibliog- 
raphies. J.  Mamm.,  6:250-256. 

Dimpel,  H.  1971.  Tanning  large  skins  for  museum  collections. 
Commonwealth  Scientific  and  Industrial  Research  Organiza- 
tion, Division  of  Wildlife  Research,  Tech.  Mem.,  7: 1-25. 

Dowler,  R.  C,,  and  H.  H.  Genoways.  1976.  Supplies  and  sup- 
pliers for  vertebrate  collections.  Museology,  Texas  Tech  Univ., 
4:1-83. 

Du  Bose,  B.  M.,  Jr  1969.  Insuring  against  loss.  History  News, 
Tech.  Leaflet,  50:1-4. 

Duckett,  K.  W.  1975.  Modern  manuscripts.  Amer.  Assoc.  State 
Local  Hist.,  Nashville,  Tennessee,  xvi  -f  375  pp. 

Dudley,  D.  H.,  and  1.  B,  Wilkinson  1968.  Museum  registration 
methods.  Amer.  Assoc.  Mus.  and  Smithsonian  Inst.,  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  viii  -F  294  pp. 

Dundee.  H.  A.  1962.  A low-cost  storage  tank  for  preserved  ani- 
mals. Turtox  News,  40:298-299. 

Ellin,  E.  1970/71,  Consideration  in  the  formation  of  museum 
data  banks  in  the  United  States  of  America.  Museum,  23:20-21 . 

Elwood,  j.  W.  (undated).  Lessons  in  taxidermy.  Northwestern 
School  of  Taxidermy,  Omaha,  Nebraska,  160  pp. 

Fall,  F.  K.  1965.  New  industrial  packing  materials:  their  possible 
uses  for  museums.  Museum  News,  Tech.  Supp.,  10:47-52. 

Farnham,  a.  B.  1944.  Home  taxidermy  for  pleasure  and  profit. 
A.  R.  Harding  Publ.  Co.,  Columbus,  Ohio,  246  pp. 

1950.  Home  tanning  and  leather  making  guide. 

A.  R.  Harding  Publ.  Co.,  Columbus,  Ohio,  176  pp. 

(undated).  Home  manufacture  of  furs  and  skins. 

A.  R.  Harding  Publ.  Co.,  Columbus,  Ohio,  283  pp. 

Finlayson,  H.  H.  1932.  A simple  apparatus  for  degreasing  bones 
for  museum  purposes.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  South  Australia, 
56:172-174. 

Fleming,  J.  H.  1926.  Lloyd’s  degreasing  apparatus.  J.  Mamm., 
7:62. 


70 


Foote,  R.  H.,  and  J.  Zidar.  1975.  A preliminary  annotated  bib- 
liography of  information  handling  activities  in  biology.  J. 
Washington  Acad.  Sci.,  65:19-32. 

Fries,  G.  E.  1973.  Indian,  pioneer,  and  home  tanning  methods. 
Buffalo  Bull  Press,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa,  56  pp. 

Friley,  C.  E.,  Jr.  1947.  Preparation  and  preservation  of  the  bacu- 
lum  of  mammals.  J.  Mamm.,  28:395-397. 

Funk,  F.,  and  K.  Sherfey.  1975.  Uses  of  Edolan  U in  museum 
preparation  and  conservation  of  zoological  material.  Curator, 
18:68-76. 

Gennaro,  a.  L.,  and  T.  j.  Salb.  1972.  An  outdoor  enclosure  for 
dermestid  defleshing  operations.  Southwestern  Nat.,  17:95-96. 

Genoways,  H.  H.,  and  j.  R.  Choate.  1976.  Federal  regulations 
pertaining  to  import,  export,  and  transport  of  scientific  speci- 
mens of  mammals.  J.  Mamm.,  57  (suppl.  2):l-9. 

Genoways,  H.  H.,  J.  R.  Choate,  E.  F.  Pembleton,  1.  F.  Green- 
baum,  and  j.  W.  Bickham.  1976.  Systematists,  other  users,  and 
uses  of  North  American  collections  of  Recent  mammals.  Muse- 
ology, Texas  Tech  Univ.,  3:1-87. 

Giles,  R.  H.,  Jr.  (ed.).  1971.  Wildlife  management  techniques. 
Edwards  Brothers,  Inc.,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan,  vii  + 633  pp. 

Grady,  A.  G.  1928.  Studies  in  breeding  insects  throughout  the 
year  for  insecticide  tests.  J.  Econ.  Ent.,  21:604-608. 

Grantz,  G.  j.  1960.  Amateur  tanning.  Grantz  Taxidermy,  Allen- 
town, Pennsylvania,  36  pp. 

1969.  Home  book  of  taxidermy  and  tanning. 

Stackpole  Books,  Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania,  160  pp. 

Grinnell,  j.  1922.  The  museum  conscience.  Museum  Work, 
4:62-63. 

Griswald,  G.  H.  1933.  Fish  meal  as  a food  for  clothes  moths.  J. 
Econ.  Ent.,  26:720-722. 

Gross,  J.  E.,  and  B.  L.  Gross.  1966.  Jackrabbit  humeri  cleaned 
with  clorox.  J.  Wildlife  Mgmt.,  30:212. 

Hairston,  N.  G.  1970.  Biological  field  work.  Science,  169:8. 

Hall.  E.  R.  1962.  Collecting  and  preparing  study  specimens  of 
vertebrates.  Univ.  Kansas  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Misc.  Pub!.,  30:1-46. 

Hall,  E.  R.,  and  K.  R.  Kelson.  1959.  The  mammals  of  North 
America.  2 vol.  Ronald  Press  Co.,  New  York,  1 : xxx  + 1-546 
+ 79;  2:  viii  + 547-1083  -F  79. 

Hall,  E.  R.,  and  W.  C.  Russell.  1933.  Dermestid  beetles  as  an  aid  in 
cleaning  bones.  J.  Mamm.,  14:372-374. 

Heal,  R.  E.  1942.  Evaluating  protection  of  fabrics  from  clothes 
moth  and  carpet  beetle  attack.  J.  Econ.  Ent.,  35:249-255. 

Hildebrand,  M.  1968.  Anatomical  preparations.  Univ.  California 
Press,  Berkeley,  California,  viii  + 100  pp. 

Hislop,  R.  1967.  Information  retrieval  and  computer  printed  in- 
dexes. Museums  J.,  67:91-97. 

Hoffmeister,  D.  F.  1973.  A suggested  method  of  shipping  skulls 
in  vials.  J.  Mamm.,  54:293-294. 

Hoffmeister,  D.  F.,  and  M.  R.  Lee.  1963.  Cleaning  mammalian 
skulls  with  ammonium  hydroxide.  J.  Mamm.,  44:283-284. 

Holden,  F.  H.  1914.  A method  of  cleaning  skulls  and  disarticulated 
skeletons.  Condor,  16:239-241. 

1916.  Cleaning  skulls  and  skeletons:  a supple- 
mentary note.  Condor,  18:231. 

Hollister,  N.  1923.  Museum  preservation  of  incisor  teeth  of  Ru- 
minantia.  J.  Mamm.,  4:123-125. 

Hooper,  E.  T.  1950.  Use  dermestid  beetles  instead  of  cooking 
pots.  J.  Mamm.,  31:100-102. 

1956.  Selection  of  fats  by  dermestid  beetles, 

Dermestidae.  J.  Mamm.,  37:125-126. 


Howell,  A.  B.  1919.  An  easy  method  of  cleaning  skulls.  J. 
Mamm.,  1:40-41. 

1920.  A supplementary  note  on  cleaning  skulls. 

J.  Mamm.,  1:145. 

Hudson,  G.  E.  1935.  A practical  method  of  degreasing  study 
skins.  J.  Mamm.,  16:329-330. 

Irwin,  H.  S.,  W.  W.  Payne,  D.  M.  Bates,  and  P.  S.  Humphrey 
(eds.).  1973.  America’s  systematics  collections:  a national  plan. 
Assoc.  Systematics  Collections,  xiii  -f  63  pp. 

Iverson,  S.  L.,  and  R.  W.  Seabloom.  1963.  A rapid  method  for 
cleaning  small  mammal  skulls.  Proc.  North  Dakota  Acad.  Sci., 
17:101-103. 

Jackson,  H.  H.  T.  1926.  The  care  of  museum  specimens  of  Recent 
mammals.  J.  Mamm.,  7:113-118. 

Jakway,  G.  E.,  W.  Raskin,  and  T.  Tyle.  1970.  Sodium  perborate 
process  for  preparation  of  skeletons.  Turtox  News,  48:65-67. 

Johnson,  E.  L.  1973.  Small  shop  tanning.  Wilderness  Studios 
(location  unknown),  18  pp. 

Keck,  C.  K.  1970.  Safeguarding  your  collection  in  travel.  Amer. 
Assoc.  State  Local  Hist.,  Nashville,  Tennessee,  78  pp. 

Keck,  C.  K.,  H.  T.  Block,  J.  Chapman,  J.  B.  Lawton,  and  N. 
Stolow.  1966.  A primer  on  museum  security.  New  York  State 
Hist.  Assoc.,  Cooperstown,  vii  ■+•  85  pp. 

Knudsen,  j.  W.  1966.  Biological  techniques.  Collecting,  preserv- 
ing, and  illustrating  plants  and  animals.  Harper  and  Row,  New 
York,  xi  + 525  pp. 

1972.  Collecting  and  preserving  plants  and 

animals.  Harper  and  Row,  New  York,  viii  + 320  pp. 

KUng,  K.,  R.  Bahler,  and  W.  Huber.  1970.  Field  work  techniques 
in  zoology.  Pp.  155-171,  in  Field  Manual  for  Museums  by  United 
Nations  Educational,  Scientific,  and  Cultural  Organization, 
171  pp. 

Laurie,  E.  M.  O.,  and  J.  E.  Hill.  1951.  Use  of  dermestid  beetles 
for  cleaning  mammalian  skeletons.  Museum  J.,  51:206-207. 

Lawton,  J.  B.  1966.  Museum  insurance.  Curator,  9:289-297. 

Levi,  H.  W.  1966.  The  care  of  alcoholic  collections  of  small  inver- 
tebrates. Syst.  Zool.,  15:183-188. 

Lewis,  S.  D.,  and  A.  Redfield.  1970.  Care  of  osteological  col- 
lections. Mus.  Anthro.,  Univ.  Missouri-Columbia,  Mus.  Briefs, 
4:i  H-  1-18. 

Lidicker,  W.  Z.,  j.  L.  Patton,  and  S.  Y.  Yang.  1974.  Announc- 
ing the  development  of  a frozen  tissue  collection.  J.  Mamm., 
55:263-264. 

Lloyd-Thomas  Company.  1958.  What  the  business  man  should 
know  about  fire  insurance.  Lloyd-Thomas  Co.,  Chicago,  99  pp. 

Long,  C.  J.  1970.  Museum  workers  notebook.  Privately  pub- 
lished, 931  W.  Elsmere  PL,  San  Antonio,  Texas,  183  pp. 

Luther,  P.  G.  1949.  Enzymatic  maceration  of  skeletons.  Proc. 
Linn.  Soc.  London,  161:146-147. 

Madsen,  J.  H.,  Jr.  1974.  Derakane  vinyl  ester  resins — an  alterna- 
tive to  Plaster -of-Paris.  Curator,  17:64-75. 

Martin,  A.  C.  1949.  Procedures  in  wildlife  food  studies.  U.S. 
Dept.  Interior,  Pish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Wildlife  Leaflet, 
325:1-10. 

Martin,  R.  L.  1964.  Skull  degreasing  technique.  Turtox  News, 
42:248-249. 

McGaugh,  M.  H.,  and  H.  H.  Genoways.  1976.  State  laws  as  they 
pertain  to  scientific  collecting  permits.  Museology,  Texas  Tech 
Univ.,  2:1-81. 

McGrath,  K.  1974.  Are  your  trustees  protected?  Museum  News, 
52:36. 


71 


Miller,  G.  S.  1924.  List  of  North  American  Recent  mammals, 
1923.  Bull.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  128:xvi  + 673  pp. 

Miller,  G.  S.,  and  R.  Kellogg.  1955.  List  of  North  American 
Recent  mammals.  Bull.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  205:xii  + 1-954. 

Monro.  H.A.U.  1961.  Manual  of  fumigation  for  insect  control. 
Food  and  Agriculture  Organization  of  the  United  Nations, 
Agricultural  Studies,  56:xi  -i-  1-294. 

Moyer,  J.  W.  1953.  Practical  taxidermy,  a working  guide.  Ronald 
Press  Co.,  New  York,  vii  -i-  126  pp. 

Murie,  O.  J.  1954.  A field  guide  to  animal  tracks.  Houghton  Mif- 
flin Co.,  Boston,  xxii  + 374  pp. 

OssiAN,  C.  R.  1970.  Preparation  of  disarticulated  skeletons  using 
enzyme-based  laundry  “pre-soakers.”  Copeia,  pp.  199-200. 

Palmer,  W.  M.  1974.  Inexpensive  jars  for  museum  specimens. 
Curator,  17:321-324. 

Peterson,  A.  1964.  Entomological  techniques.  Edwards  Brothers, 
Inc.,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan,  v -E  435  pp. 

Pfeffer,  L,  and  E.  B.  Uhr.  1974.  The  truth  about  art  museum  in- 
surance. Museum  News,  52:23-31. 

Quay,  W.  B.  1974.  Bird  and  mammal  specimens  in  fluid — objec- 
tives and  methods.  Curator,  17:91-104. 

Roth,  L.  M.,  and  E.  R.  Willis.  1950.  The  oviposition  of  Dermes- 
tes  ater  Degeer,  with  notes  on  bionomics  under  laboratory  con- 
ditions. Amer.  Midland  Nat.,  44:427-447. 

Russell,  W.  C.  1947.  Biology  of  the  dermestid  beetle  with  refer- 
ence to  skull  cleaning.  J.  Mamm.,  28:284-287. 

Sawyer,  J.  L.  1974.  Nalgene  Poly-paper  as  a label  material.  The 
Progressive  Fish-Culturist,  36:238. 

Schantz,  V.  S.  1949.  A war-time  fumigant  successful.  J.  Mamm., 
30:82-83. 

Scheffer,  V.  B.  1940.  A tip  on  cleaning  mamma!  skulls  with  the 
aid  of  dermestid  beetles.  Murrelet,  21:10. 

ScHRiMPER,  G.  D.  1973.  Hollow  casting  of  fossil  skulls  in  epoxy 
plastic.  Curator,  16:286-305. 

Sealander.  j.  a.,  and  R.  G.  Leonard.  1954.  Use  of  crayfish  for 
cleaning  skeletal  material.  J.  Mamm.,  35:428-429. 

Setzer,  H.  W.  1963.  Directions  for  preserving  mammals  for 
museum  study.  Smithsonian  Inst.,  Information  Leaflet,  380:1-19. 

Sherman,  H.  B.  1925.  A degreasing  apparatus.  J.  Mamm., 
6:182-184. 

Simpson,  G.  G.  1945.  The  principles  of  classification  and  a classifi- 
cation of  mammals.  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  85:xvi  -F  1-350. 

Smith,  C.  L.  1965.  Maintaining  inactive  fish  collections.  Curator, 
8:248-255. 

Sommer,  H.  G.,  and  S.  Anderson.  1974.  Cleaning  skeletons  with 
dermestid  beetles — two  refinements  in  the  method.  Curator, 
17:290-298. 

Squires,  D.  F.  1970.  An  information  storage  and  retrieval  system 
for  biological  and  geological  data.  Curator,  13:43-62. 


Stolow,  N.  1966.  The  action  of  environment  on  museum  objects 
part  ILlight.  Curator,  9:298-306. 

Storer,  T.  I.  1916.  The  care  of  pamphlet  collections.  Science, 
44:735-739. 

1931.  Amount  of  carbon  disulphid  needed  in 

fumigating  museum  cases.  J.  Mamm.,  12:321-322. 

Taylor,  W.  R.  1967o.  An  enzyme  method  of  clearing  and  staining 
small  vertebrates.  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  122  (3596):  1-17. 

1967ft.  Outline  of  a method  of  clearing  tissues 

with  pancreatic  enzymes  and  staining  bones  of  small  vertebrates. 
Turtox  News,  45:308-309. 

Thompson,  M.  P.,  and  R.  J.  Robel.  1968.  Skeletal  measurements 
and  maceration  techniques  for  aging  bobwhite  quail.  J.  Wildlife 
Mgmt.,  32:247-255. 

Tiemeier,  O.  W.  1940.  The  dermestid  method  of  cleaning  skele- 
tons. Univ,  Kansas  Sci.  Bull.,  26:377-383. 

DE  LA  Torre,  L.  1951.  A method  for  cleaning  skulls  of  specimens 
preserved  in  alcohol.  J.  Mamm.,  32:231-232. 

Vance,  D.  1969.  A proposed  standard  insurance  policy.  Museum 
News,  48:21-26. 

Vance,  D.,  IBM,  and  C.  Corson,  1973.  Computers  in  the  muse- 
em.  IBM  Corp.,  White  Plains,  New  York,  ii  + 69  pp. 

Vanderbilt,  P.  1966.  Filing  your  photographs:  some  basic  pro- 
cedures. History  News,  Tech.  Leaflet,  36:1-8. 

Van  Gelder,  R.  G.  1965.  “Another  Man’s  Poison.”  Curator, 
8:55-71. 

Van  Gelder,  R.  G.,  and  S.  Anderson.  1967.  An  information  re- 
trieval system  for  collections  of  mammals.  Curator,  10:32-42. 

VoRHiES,  C.  T.  1948.  A chest  for  dermestid  cleaning  of  skulls.  J. 
Mamm.,  29:188-189. 

Wagstaffe,  R.,  and  j.  H.  Fidler.  1955.  The  preservation  of  na- 
tural history  specimens.  Philosophical  Library,  Inc.,  New 
York,  xiii  -F  205  pp. 

Walker,  E.  P.  1975.  The  mammals  of  the  World.  Johns  Hopkins 
Univ.  Press,  Baltimore,  Maryland,  Uxlviii  -F  1-646;  2:viii  -F 
647-1500. 

Waters,  B.  T.,  and  D.  E.  Savage.  1971.  Making  duplicates  of 
small  vertebrate  fossils  for  teaching  and  for  research  collections. 
Curator,  14:123-132. 

Watson,  G.  E.,  and  A.  B.  Amerson,  Jr.  1967.  Instructions  for 
collecting  bird  parasites.  Smithsonian  Inst.,  Information  Leaflet, 
477:1-12. 

White.  D.  A.,  and  E.  J.  Peters.  1969.  A method  of  preserving 
color  in  acquatic  vertebrates  and  invertebrates.  Turtox  News, 
47:296-297. 

White,  J.  A.  1951 . A practical  method  for  mounting  the  bacula  of 
small  mammals.  J.  Mamm.,  32:125. 

ZwEiFEL,  R.  G.  1966.  Guidelines  for  the  care  of  a herpetological 
collection.  Curator,  9:24-35. 


72 


APPENDIX  A:  Two  methods  for  arrangement  of  collections  of  Recent  mammals  based  on  Simpson  (1945) 
with  recent  taxonomic  changes.  The  left  column  follows  Simpson’s  arrangement  of  living  mammals  to  the 
subfamilial  level,  the  genera  being  arranged  alphabetically.  The  right  column  follows  Simpson’s  arrangement 
to  the  generic  level. 


Class  MAMMALIA 
Order  MONOTREMATA 
F.  Tachyglossidae 
G.  Tachyglossus 
Zaglossus 

F.  Ornithorhynchidae 
G.  Ornithorhynchus 
Order  MARSUPIALIA 
F.  Didelphidae 
SF.  Microbiotheriinae 
G.  Caluromys 
Caluromysiops 
SF.  Didelphinae 
G.  Chironectes 
Didelphis 
Dromiciops 
Glironia 
Lestodelphis 
Lutreolina 
Marmosa 
Metachirops 
Metachirus 
Monodelphis 
Notodelphis 
Philander 
F.  Dasyuridae 
SF.  Phascogalinae 
G.  Antechinomys 
Antechinus 
Dasycercus 
Dasyuroides 
Murexia 
Myoictis 
Neophascogale 
Parantechinus 
Phascogale 
Phascolosorex 
Plant  gale 
Pseudoan  tech  inus 
Sminthopsis 
SF.  Dasyurinae 
G.  Dasyurinus 
Dasyurops 
Dasyurus 
Sarcophilus 
Satanellus 
SF.  Thylacininae 
G.  Thy  I acinus 
SF.  Myrmecobiinae 
G.  Myrmecobius 
F.  Notoryctidae 
G.  Notoryctes 


Class  MAMMALIA 
Order  MONOTREMATA 
F.  Tachglossidae 

G.  Tachyglossus 
Zaglossus 

F.  Ornithorhychidae 
G.  Ornithorhychus 
Order  MARSUPIALIA 
F.  Didelphidae 

SF.  Microbiotheriinae 
G.  Caluromys 
Caluromysiops 
SF.  Didelphinae 
G.  Monodelphis 
Dromiciops 
Glironia 
Notodelphis 
Lestodelphis 
Marmosa 
Metachirops 
Metachirus 
Philander 
Lutreolina 
Didelphis 
Chironectes 
F.  Dasyuridae 
SF.  Phascogalinae 
G.  Phascogale 
Antechinus 
Planigale 
Murexia 
Neophascogale 
Parantechinus 
Phascolosorex 
Pseudoan  techin  us 
Myoictis 
Dasyuroides 
Dasycercus 
Sminthopsis 
Antechinomys 
SF.  Dasyurinae 
G.  Dasyurus 
Dasyurinus 
Satanellus 
Dasyurops 
Sarcophilus 
SF.  Thylacininae 
G.  Thylacinus 
SF.  Myrmecobiinae 
G.  Myrmecobius 
F.  Notoryctidae 
G.  Notoryctes 


73 


F.  Peramelidae 
G.  Chaeropus 
Echymipera 
Isoodon 

Microperoryctes 
Perameles 
Peroryctes 
Rhynchomeles 
Thy  lads 
Thylacomys 
F.  Caenolestidae 
SF.  Caenolestinae 
G.  Caenolestes 
Lestoros 
Orolestes 
Rhyncholestes 
F.  Phalangeridae 
SF.  Phalangerinae 
G.  Acrobates 
Cercartetus 
Dadytonax 
Dactylopsila 
Distoechurus 
Eudromida 
Gymnobelideus 
Petaurus 
Phalanger 
Spilocuscus 
Trichosurus 
IVyulda 

SF.  Tarsipedinae 
G.  Tarsipes 
SF.  Phascolarctinae 
G.Hemibelideus 
Phascolarctos 
Petropseudes 
Pseudocheirus 
Schoinobales 
Sf.  Burramyinae 
G.  Burramys 
F.  Phascolomidae 
G.  Lasiorhinus 
Phascolomis 
Wombatula 
F.  Macropodidae 
SF.  Macropodinae 
G.  Dendrolagus 
Dorcopsis 
Dorcopsulus 
Lagorchestes 
Lagostrophus 
Macropus 
Onychogaiea 
Peradorcas 
Petrogale 
Protemnodon 
Setonix 
Thylogale 
Wallabia 
SF.  Potoroinae 
G.  Aepyprymnus 
Bettongia 


F.  Peramelidae 
G.  Perameles 
Peroryctes 
Thytads 
Microperoryctes 
Echymipera 
Thylacomys 
Chaeropus 
Isoodon 
Rhynchomeles 
F.  Caenolestidae 
SF.  Caenolestinae 
G.  Caenolestes 
Lestoros 
Orolestes 
Rhyncholestes 
F.  Phalangeridae 
SF.  Phalangerinae 
G.  Phalanger 
Trichosurus 
Acrobates 
Distoechurus 
Cercartetus 
Eudromida 
Gymnobelideus 
Petaurus 
Dactylopsila 
Dactylonax 
IVyulda 
Spilocuscus 
SF.  Tarsipedinae 
G . Tarsipes 
SF.  Phascolarctinae 
G.  Phascolarctos 
Pseudocheirus 
Hemibelideus 
Petropseudes 
Schoinobates 
SF.  Burramyinae 
G.  Burramys 
F.  Phascolomidae 
G.  Phascolomis 
Lasiorhinus 
Wombatula 
F.  Macropodidae 
SF.  Macropodinae 
G.  Lagorchestes 
Lagostrophus 
Petrogale 
Peradorcus 
Onychogaiea 
Thylogale 
Protemnodon 
Wallabia 
Macropus 
Setonix 
Dendrolagus 
Dorcopsis 
Dorcopsulus 
SF.  Potoroinae 
G.  Bettongia 
Aepyprymnus 


Caloprymnus 

Hypsiprymnodon 

Polorous 

Order  INSECTIVORA 
F.  Solenodontidae 
SF.  Solenodontinae 
G.  Solenodon 
F.  Tenrecidae 
SF.  Tenrecinae 
G.  Dasogale 
Echinops 
Hemicentetes 
Setifer 
Tenrec 

SF.  Oryzorictinae 
G.  Cryptogale 
Geogale 
Limnogale 
Microgale 
Oryzorictes 
F.  Potamogalidae 

G.  Micropotamogale 
Potamogale 
F.  Chrysochloridae 
G.  Amblysomus 
Chlorotalpa 
Chrysochloris 
Chrysospalax 
Cryptochloris 
Eremitalpa 
F.  Erinaceidae 
SF.  Echinosoricinae 
G.  Echinosorex 
Hylomys 
Neohylomys 
Neotetracus 
Podogymnura 
SF.Erinaceinae 
G.  Aethechinus 
A telerix 
Erinaceus 
Hemiechinus 
Paraechinus 
F.  Macroscelididae 
G.  Elephantulus 
Macroscelides 
Nasilio 
Petrodromus 
Rhynchocyon 
F.  Soricidae 
SF.  Soricinae 
G.  Blarina 
Blarinella 
Cryptotis 
Megasorex 
Microsorex 
Neomys 
Notiosorex 
Podihik 
Sorex 
Soriculus 
SF.  Crocidurinae 


Caloprymnus 
Potorous 
Hypsiprymnodon 
Order  INSECTIVORA 
F.  Solenodontidae 
SF.  Solenodontinae 
G.  Solenodon 
F.  Tenrecidae 

SF.  Tenrecinae 
G.  Tenrec 
Setifer 

Hemicentetes 
Dasogale 
Echinops 
SF.  Oryzorictinae 
G.  Oryzorictes 
Microgale 
Cryptogale 
Limnogale 
Geogale 

F.  Potamogalidae 
G.  Potamogale 
Micropo  tamogale 
F.  Chrysochloridale 
G.  Chrysochloris 
Eremitalpa 
Amblysomus 
Chlorotalpa 
Chrysospalax 
Cryptochloris 
F.  Erinaceidae 
SF.  Echinosoricinae 
G.  Echinsorex 
Hylomys 
Neohylomys 
Podogymnura 
Neotetracus 
SF.  Erinaceinae 
G.  Aethechinus 
Erinaceus 
A telerix 
Hemiechinus 
Paraechinus 
F.  Macroscelididae 
G.  Macroscelides 
Nasilio 
Elephantulus 
Petrodromus 
Rhynchocyon 
F.  Soricidae 
SF.  Soricinae 
G.  Sorex 
Microsorex 
Soriculus 
Podihik 
Neomys 
Blarina 
Blarinella 
Cryptotis 
Notiosorex 
Megasorex 
SF.  Crocidurinae 


75 


G.  Anoiirosorex 
Chimarrogale 
Crocidura 
Diplomesodon 
Feroculus 
Myosorex 
Nectogale 
Paracrocidura 
Praesorex 
Solisorex 
Suncus 
Surdisorex 
Sylvisorex 
SF.  Scutisoricinae 
G.  Scuiisorex 
F.  Talpidae 
SF.  Uropsilinae 
G.  Nasillus 
Uropsilus 
SF.  Desmaninae 
G.  Desmana 
Galemys 
SF.  Talpinae 
G.  Mogera 
Parascaplor 
Scaptochirus 
Tatpa 

SF.  Scaiopinae 
G.  Dymecodon 
Neurotrichus 
Parascalops 
Scalopus 
Scapanulus 
Scapanus 
Scaplonyx 
Urotrichus 
SF.  Condylurinae 
G.  Condylura 
Order  DERMOPTERA 
F.  Cynocephalidae 
G.  Cynocephalus 
Order  CHIROPTERA 
F.  Pteropidae 
SF.  Pteropinae 
G.  Acerodon 
Aethalops 
Balionycteris 
Boneia 
Casinycteris 
Chironax 
Cynonycteris 
Cynopterus 
Dobsonia 
Dyacopterus 
Eidolon 
Epomophorus 
Epomops 
Haplonycteris 
Hypsignathus 
Lissonycteris 
Megaerops 


G.  Crocidura 
Paracrocidura 
Praesorex 
Suncus 
Eeroculus 
Solisorex 
Sylvisorex 
Myosorex 
Surdisorex 
Diplomesodon 
A nourosorex 
Chimarrogale 
Nectogale 
SF.  Scutisoricinae 
G.  Scuiisorex 
F.  Talpidae 

SF.  Uropsilinae 
G.  Uropsilus 
Nasillus 

SF.  Desmaninae 
G.  Desmana 
Galemys 
SF.  Talpinae 
G.  Talpa 
Mogera 
Parascaplor 
Scaptochirus 
SF.  Scaiopinae 
G.  Scaptonyx 
Dymecodon 
Neurotrichus 
Urotrichus 
Scapanulus 
Parascalops 
Scapanus 
Scalopus 

SF.  Condylurinae 
G.  Condylura 
Order  DERMOPTERA 
F.  Cynocephalidae 
G.  Cynocephalus 
Order  CHIROPTERA 
F.  Pteropidae 
SF.  Pteropinae 
G.  Cynopterus 
Niadius 
Thoopterus 
Chironax 
Dyacopterus 
Penthetor 
Sphaerias 
Ptenochirus 
Megaerops 
Balionycteris 
Rousettus 
Cynonycteris 
Myonycteris 
Lissonycteris 
Pteropus 
Neopteryx 
Acerodon 


Micropleropus 
Myonycteris 
Nanonycteris 
Neopteryx 
Ni  ad  ills 
Pen  the  tor 
Plerotes 
Ptenochirus 
Pteralopex 
Pteropus 
Rousettus 
Scotonycteris 
Sericonycteris 
Sphaerias 
Stylocteniiim 
Thoopterus 
SF.  Macroglossinae 
G.  Callinycteris 
Eonycteris 
Macroglossiis 
Megaloglossus 
Melonycteris 
Nesonycteris 
Notopteris 
Odontonycteris 
Syconycteris 
SF.  Nyctimeninae 
G.  Nyctimene 
Paranyctimene 
SF.  Flarpyionycterinae 
G.  Harpyionycteris 
F.  Rhinopomatidae 
G.  Rhinopoma 
F.  Emballonuridae 
SF.  Emballonurinae 
G.  Balantiopteryx 
Centronycteris 
Coleura 
Cormura 
Emballonura 
Liponycteris 
Myropteryx 
Peronymus 
Peropteryx 
Rhynchonycteris 
Saccopteryx 
Taphozous 
SF.  Diclidurinae 
G.  Cyttarops 
Depanycteris 
Diclidurus 
F.  Noctilionidae 
G.  Noctilio 
F.  Nycteridae 
G.  Nycteris 
F.  Megadermatidae 
G.  Lavia 

Macroderma 
Megaderma 
F.  Rhinolophidae 
G.  Rhinolophus 
Rhinomegatophus 


Pteralopex 

Sericonycteris 

Aethalops 

Boneia 

Stylocteniiim 

Dobsonia 

Haplonycteris 

Epomophorus 

Epomops 

Hypsignathus 

Scotonycteris 

Micropleropus 

Nanonycteris 

Plerotes 

Casinycteris 

Eidolon 

SF.  Macroglossinae 
G.  Eonycteris 
Callinycteris 
Macroglossiis 
Odon  tony  c ter  Is 
Syconycteris 
Megaloglossus 
Melonycteris 
Nesonycteris 
Notopteris 
SF.  Nyctimeninae 
G.  Nyctimene 
Paranyctimene 
SF.  Harpyionycterinae 
G.  Harpyionycteris 

F.  Rhinopomatidae 
G.  Rhinopoma 
F.  Emballonuridae 
SF.  Emballonurinae 
G.  Emballonura 
Coleura 

R hynchonycteris 
Saccopteryx 
Cormura 
Peropteryx 
Peronymus 
Centronycteris 
Balantiopteryx 
Myropteryx 
Taphozous 
Liponycteris 
SF.  Diclidurinae 
G.  Cyttarops 
Depanycteris 
Diclidurus 
F.  Noctilionidae 
G.  Noctilio 
F.  Nycteridae 
G.  Nycteris 
F.  Megadermatidae 
G.  Megaderma 
Macroderma 
Lavia 

F.  Rhinolophidae 
G.  Rhinolophus 
Rhinomegalophus 


77 


F.  Hipposideridae 
SF.  Flipposiderinae 
G.  Anthops 
Asellia 
Aselliscus 
Cloeotis 
Coelops 
Hipposideros 
Paracoelops 
Rhinonicteris 
Triaenops 
F.  Mormoopidae 
G.  Mormoops 
Pteronotus 
F.  Phyllostomatidae 
SF.  Phyllostomatinae 
G.  Chroloplerus 
Lonchorhina 
Macrophyllum 
Macrotus 
Micronycteris 
Mimon 
Phylloderma 
Phyllostomus 
Tonatia 
Trachops 
Vampyrum 
SF.  Glossophaginae 
G.  Anoura 

Choeroniscus 
Choeronycteris 
Glossophaga 
Hylonycteris 
Leptonycleris 
Lichonycteris 
Lionycteris 
Lonchophylla 
Monophyllus 
Musonycteris 
Platalina 
Scieronycteris 
SF.  Carolliinae 
G.  Carollia 
Rhinophylla 
SF.  Stenoderminae 
G.  Ametrida 
A rdrops 
Arileus 
Artibeus 
Centuho 
Chiroderma 
Corvira 
Eclophylla 
Enchislhenes 
Mesophylla 
Phyllops 
Pygoderma 
Sphaeronycteris 
Stenoderma 
Sturnira 
Uroderma 
Vampyressa 


F.  Hipposideridae 
SF.  Hipposiderinae 
G.  Hipposideros 
Anthops 
Asellia 
Aselliscus 
Coelops 
Paracoelops 
Cloeotis 
Rhinonicteris 
Triaenops 
F.  Mormoopidae 
G.  Pteronotus 
Mormoops 
F.  Phyllostomatidae 
SF.  Phyllostomatinae 
G.  Micronycteris 
Macrotus 
Lonchorhina 
Macrophyllum 
Tonatia 
Mimon 
Phyllostomus 
Phylloderma 
Trachops 
Chrotopterus 
Vampyrum 
SF.  Glossophaginae 
G.  Glossophaga 
Lionycteris 
Lonchophylla 
Platalina 
Monophyllus 
Anoura 
Musonycteris 
Choeronycteris 
Choeroniscus 
Scieronycteris 
Hylonycteris 
Leptonycteris 
Lichonycteris 
SF.  Carolliinae 
G.  Carollia 
Rhinophylla 
SF.  Stenoderminae 
G.  Uroderma 
Vampyrops 
Vampyrodes 
Vampyressa 
Vampyriscus 
Chiroderma 
Ectophylla 
Mesophylla 
Artibeus 
Enchisthenes 
Sturnira 
Corvira 
Stenoderma 
Ariteus 
Phyllops 
Ardops 
Pygoderma 


Vampyriscus 
Vampyrodes 
Vampyrops 
SF.  Phyllonycterinae 
G.  Brachyphylla 
ErophyUa 
Phyllonycteris 
SF.  Desmodontinae 
G.  Desmodus 
Diaemus 
Diphylla 
F.  Natalidae 
G.  Na  talus 
F.  Furipteridae 

G.  Amorphochilus 
Furipterus 
F.  Thyropteridae 
G.  Thyroptera 
F.  Myzopodidae 
G.  Myzopoda 
F.  Vespertilionidae 
SF.  Vespertilioninae 
G.  Baeodon 
Barbastella 
Chalinolobus 
Cistugo 
Eptesicus 
Euderma 
Eudiscopus 
Glauconycteris 
Glischropus 
Hesperoptenus 
Histiotus 
Idionycteris 
Laephotis 
Lasionycteris 
Lasiurus 
Mimetillus 
Myotis 
Nyctalus 
Nycticeius 
Olonycteris 
Philetor 
Pipistrellus 
Pizonyx 
Plecotus 
Rhinopterus 
Rhogeessa 
Scotomanes 
Scotophilus 
Tylonycteris 
Vespertilio 
SF.  Miniopterinae 
G.  Miniopterus 
SF.  Murininae 
G.  Harpiocephalus 
Murina 

SF.  Kerivoulinae 
G.  Kerivoula 
SF.  Nyctophilinae 
G.  Antrozous 
NyctophUus 


Centurio 
A me tr Ida 
Sphaeronycteris 
SF.  Phyllonycterinae 
G.  Brachyphylla 
Phyllonycteris 
ErophyUa 
SF.  Desmodontinae 
G.  Desmodus 
Diaemus 
Diphylla 
F.  Natalidae 
G.  Na  talus 
F.  Furipteridae 
G.  Furipterus 
Amorphochilus 
F.  Thyropteridae 
G.  Thyroptera 
F.  Myzopodidae 
G.  Myzopoda 
F.  Vespertilionidae 
SF.  Vespertilioninae 
G.  Myotis 
Pizonyx 
Lasionycteris 
Pipistrellus 
Glischropus 
Nyctalus 
Eudiscopus 
Eptesicus 
Rhinopterus 
Hesperoptenus 
Tylonycteris 
Mimetillus 
Philetor 
Histiotus 
Laephotis 
Vespertilio 
Olonycteris 
Nycticeius 
Scotomanes 
Rhogeessa 
Baeodon 
Scotophilus 
Chalinolobus 
Glauconycteris 
Cistugo 
Lasiurus 
Barbastella 
Plecotus 
Idionycteris 
Euderma 
SF.  Miniopterinae 
G.  Miniopterus 
SF.  Murininae 
G.  Murina 

Harpiocephalus 
SF.  Kerivoulinae 
G.  Kerivoula 
SF.  Nyctophilinae 
G.  Antrozous 
NyctophUus 


79 


Pharotis 

SF.  Tomopeatinae 
G.  Tomopeas 
F.  Mystacinidae 
G.  Mystacina 
F.  Molossidae 

G.  Cheirotneles 
Eomops 
Eumops 
Molossops 
Molossus 
Mops 

Mormopterus 
Neoplatymops 
Otomops 
Platymops 
Promops 
Tadarida 
Xiphonycteris 
Order  PRIMATES 
F.  Tupaiidae 
SF.  Tupaiinae 
G.  Anathana 
Dendrogale 
Tana 
Tupaia 
Urogale 

SF.  Ptilocercinae 
G.  Ptilocercus 
F.  Lemuridae 
SF.  Lemurinae 
G.  Hapalemur 
Lemur 
Lepilemur 
SF.  Cheirogaleinae 
G.  Cheirogaleus 
Microcebus 
Phaner 
F.  Indridae 
G.  Avahi 
Indri 

Prophithecus 
F.  Daubentoniidae 
G.  Daubentonia 
F.  Lorisidae 
SF.  Lorisinae 
G.  Arctocebus 
Loris 

Nycticebus 
Perodicticus 
SF.  Galaginae 
G.  Euoticus 
Galago 
F.  Tarsiidae 
G.  Tarsius 
F.  Cebidae 
SF.  Aotinae 
G.  Aotes 
Callicebus 
SF.  Pitheciinae 
G.  Cacajao 
Chiropotes 


Pharotis 

SF.  Tomopeatinae 
G.  Tomopeas 
F.  Mystacinidae 
G.  Mystacina 
F.  Molossidae 
G.  Eomops 
Molossops 
Cheiromeles 
Xiphonycteris 
Tadarida 
Mops 

Mormopterus 
Platymops 
Neoplatymops 
Otomops 
Molossus 
Promops 
Eumops 
Order  PRIMATES 
F.  Tupaiidae 
SF.  Tupaiinae 
G.  Tupaia 
Anathana 
Dendrogale 
Tana 
Urogale 

SF.  Ptilocercinae 
G.  Ptilocercus 
F.  Lemuridae 
SF.  Lemurinae 
G.  Hapalemur 
Lemur 
Lepilemur 
SF.  Cheirogaleinae 
G.  Cheirogaleus 
Microcebus 
Phaner 
F.  Indridae 
G.  Avahi 
Indri 

Propithecus 
F.  Daubentoniidae 
G.  Daubentonia 
F.  Lorisidae 
SF.  Lorisinae 
G.  Loris 
Nycticebus 
Arctocebus 
Perodicticus 
SF.  Galaginae 
G.  Galago 
Euoticus 
F.  Tarsiidae 
G.  Tarsius 
F.  Cebidae 
SF.  Aotinae 
G.  Aotes 
Callicebus 
SF.  Pitheciinae 
G.  Cacajao 
Pithecia 


Pithecia 
SF.  Alouattinae 
G.  Alouatta 
SF.  Cebinae 
G.  Cebus 
Saimiri 
SF.  Atelinae 
G.  A teles 
Brachyteles 
Lagothrix 
SF.  Callimiconinae 
G.  Callimico 
F.  Callithricidae 
G.  Callithrix 
Cebuella 
Leontideus 
Saguinus 

F.  Cercopithecidae 
SF.  Cercopithecinae 
G.  Allenopithecus 
Cercocebus 
Cercopithecus 
Chaeorpithecus 
Comopithecus 
Cynomacaca 
Cynopithecus 
Erythrocebus 
Macaca 
Mandrillus 
Miopithecus 
Papio 

Theropithecus 

SF.  Colobinae 
G.  Colobus 
Nasalis 
Presbytis 
Pygathrix 
Rhinopithecus 
Simias 
F.  Pongidae 
SF.  Hylobatinae 
G.  Hylo bates 
Symphalangus 
SF.  Ponginae 
G.  Gorilla 
Pan 
Pongo 
F.  Hominidae 
G.  Homo 
Order  EDENTATA 
F.  Myrmecophagidae 
G.  Cyclopes 

Myrmecophaga 
Tamandua 
F.  Bradypodidae 
G.  Brady  pus 
Choleopus 
F.  Dasypodidae 
SF.  Dasypodinae 
G.  Cabassous 
Chaetophractus 
Dasypus 


Chiropotes 
SF.  Alouattinae 
G.  Alouatta 
SF.  Cebinae 
G.  Cebus 
Saimiri 
SF.  Atelinae 
G.  A teles 
Brachyteles 
Lagothrix 
SF.  Callimiconinae 
G.  Callimico 
F.  Callithricidae 
G.  Callithrix 
Cebuella 
Saguinus 
Leontideus 
F.  Cercopithecidae 
SF.  Cercopithecinae 
G.  Macaca 
Cynomacaca 
Cynopithecus 
Cercocebus 
Papio 

Chaeropithecus 
Comopithecus 
Mandrillus 
Theropithecus 
Cercopithecus 
Miopithecus 
Allenopithecus 
Erythocebus 
SF.  Colobinae 
G.  Presbytis 
Pygathrix 
Rhinopithecus 
Simias 
Nasalis 
Colobus 
F.  Pongidae 
SF.  Hylobatinae 
G.  Hylobates 
Symphalangus 
SF.  Ponginae 
G.  Pongo 
Pan 
Gorilla 

F.  Hominidae 
G.  Homo 
Order  EDENTATA 
F.  Myrmecophagidae 
G.  Myrmecophaga 
Tamandua 
Cyclopes 
F.  Bradypodidae 
G.  Bradypus 
Choleopus 
F.  Dasypodidae 
SF.  Dasypodinae 
G.  Chaetophractus 
Euphractus 
Zaedyus 


Euphractus 

Priodontes 

Tolypeutes 

Zaedyus 

SF.  Chlamyphorinae 
G.  Burmeisteria 
Chlamyphorus 
Order  PHOLIDOTA 
F.  Manidae 
G.  Manis 

Order  LAGOMORPHA 
F.  Ochotonidae 
G.  Ochotona 
F.  Leporidae 

SF.  Palaeolaginae 
G.  Pentalagus 
Pronolagus 
Romerolagus 
SF.  Leporinae 
G.  Brachylagus 
Caprolagus 
Lepus 
Nesolagus 
Oryctolagus 
Poelagus 
Sylvilagus 
Order  RODENTIA 
F.  Aplodontidae 
G.  Aplodontia 
F.  Sciuridae 
SF.  Sciurinae 
G.  Ammospermophilus 
A tlantoxerus 
Callosciurus 
Cynomys 
Dremomys 
Epixerus 
Eutamias 
Euxerus 
Exilisciurus 
Eunambulus 
Eunisciurus 
Geosciurus 
Glyphotes 
Heliosciurus 
Hyosciurus 
Lariscus 
Marmota 
Menetes 
Microsciurus 
Myosciurus 
Nannosciurus 
Paraxerus 
Prosciurillus 
Protoxerus 
Ratufa 

Rheithrosciurus 

Rhinosciurus 

SciuriUus 

Sciurotamias 

Sciurus 

Spermophilopsis 


Priodontes 

Cabassous 

Tolypeutes 

Dasypus 

SF.  Chlamyphorinae 
G.  Chlamyphorus 
Burmeisteria 
Order  PHOLIDOTA 
F.  Manidae 
G.  Manis 

Order  LAGOMORPHA 
F.  Ochotonidae 
G.  Ochotona 
F.  Leporidae 
SF.  Palaeolaginae 
G.  Pentalagus 
Pronolagus 
Romerolagus 
SF.  Leporinae 
G.  Caprolagus 
Lepus 
Poelagus 
Sylvilagus 
Oryctolagus 
Brachylagus 
Nesolagus 
Order  RODENTIA 
F.  Aplodontidae 
G.  Aplodontia 
F.  Sciuridae 
SF.  Sciurinae 
G.  Sciurus 

Syntheosciurus 

Mircosciurus 

SciuriUus 

Prosciurillus 

Rheithrosciurus 

Tamiasciurus 

Eunambulus 

Ratufa 

Protoxerus 

Epixerus 

Eunisciurus 

Paraxerus 

Heliosciurus 

Hyosciurus 

Myosciurus 

Callosciurus 

Tamiops 

Sundasciurus 

Menetes 

Rhinosciurus 

Lariscus 

Dremomys 

Sciurotamias 

Glyphotes 

Nannosciurus 

Exilisciurus 

Atlantoxerus 

Xerus 

Euxerus 

Geosciurus 


Spennophilus 

Sundasciurus 

Syntheosciurus 

Tamias 

Tamiasciurus 

Tamiops 

Xerus 

SF.  Petauristinae 
G.  Aeretes 
A eromys 
Betomys 
Eoglaucomys 
Eupetaurus 
Glaiicomys 
Hylopetes 
loinys 
Pelaurillus 
Petaurista 
Petinomys 
Pteroinys 
Pteromyscus 
Sciuropterus 
Trogopterus 
F.  Geomyidae 
SF.  Geomyinae 
G.  Geomys 
Orlhogeoinys 
Pappogeomys 
Thomomys 
Zygogeomys 
F.  Fleteromyidae 
SF.  Perognathinae 
G.  Microdipodops 
Perognathus 
SF.  Dipodomyinae 
G.  Dipodomys 
SF.  Fleteromyinae 
G.  Heteromys 
Liomys 
F.  Castoridae 
SF.  Castorinae 
G.  Castor 
F.  Anomaluridae 
SF.  Anomalurinae 
G.  Anomalurops 
Anomalurus 
SF.  Zenkerellinae 
G.  Idiurus 
Zenkerella 
F.  Pedetidae 
G.  Pedetes 
F.  Cricetidae 
SF.  Cricetinae 
G.  Akodon 
Andinomys 
Anotomys 
Baiomys 
Blarinomys 
Calomys 
Calomyscus 
Chelemyscus 
Chilomys 


Spermophilopsis 
Marmota 
Cynomys 
Spermophilus 
Ammospermophilus 
Tamias 
Eutamias 
SF.  Petauristinae 
G.  Petaurista 
Pteromys 
Aeromys 
Eupetaurus 
Sciuropterus 
Glaucomys 
Eoglaucomys 
Hylopetes 
Petinomys 
Aeretes 
Trogopterus 
Belomys 
Pteromyscus 
Petaurillus 
lomys 
F.  Geomyidae 
SF.  Geomyinae 
G.  Geomys 
Thomomys 
Pappogeomys 
Orthogeomys 
Zygogeomys 
F.  Heteromyidae 
SF.  Perognathinae 
G.  Perognathus 
Microdipodops 
SF.  Dipodomyinae 
G.  Dipodomys 
SF.  Heteromyinae 
G.  Liomys 
Heteromys 
F.  Castoridae 
SF.  Castorinae 
G.  Castor 
F.  Anomaluridae 
SF.  Anomalurinae 
G.  Anomalurus 
Anomalurops 
SF.  Zenkerellinae 
G.  Idiurus 
Zenkerella 
F.  Pedetidae 
G.  Pedetes 
F.  Cricetidae 
SF.  Cricetinae 
G.  Oryzomys 
Megalomys 
Melanomys 
Neacomys 
Scolomys 
Nectomys 
Rhipidomys 
Thomasomys 
Wilfredomys 


83 


Chinchillula 
Cricetulus 
Cricetus 
Daptomys 
Eligomodontia 
Euneomys 
Craomys 
Hesperomys 
Holochilus 
Ichtohyomys 
Irenomys 
Lenoxus 
Megalomys 
Melanomys 
Mesocricetus 
Microxus 
Myospalax 
Mystromys 
Neacomys 
Nectomys 
Nelsonia 
Neotoma 
Neotomodon 
Neotomys 
Neusticomys 
Notiomys 
Nyctomys 
Ochrotomys 
Onychomys 
Oryzomys 
Otonyctomys 
Olotylomys 
Oxymycterus 
Peromyscus 
Phaenomys 
Phodopus 
Phyllotis 
Podoxymys 
Pseudoryzomys 
Punomys 
Reilhrodon 
Reithrodontomys 
Rhagomys 
Rheomys 
Rhipidomys 
Scapteromys 
Scolomys 
Scotinomys 
Sigmodon 
Sigmomys 
Thomasomys 
Tylomys 
Wiedomys 
Wilfredomys 
Xenomys 
Zygodontomys 
SF.  Nesomyinae 

G.  Brachytarsomys 
Brachyuromys 
Eliurus 
Gymnuromys 
Hypogeomys 


Phaenomys 
Chilomys 
Tylomys 
Olotylomys 
Nyctomys 
Otonyctomys 
Rhagomys 
Reithrodontomys 
Peromyscus 
Ochrotomys 
Baiomys 
Onychomys 
Akodon 
Zygodontomys 
Microxus 
Podoxymys 
Lenoxus 
Oxymycterus 
Blarinomys 
Notiomys 
Scapteromys 
Scotinomys 
Calomys 
Hesperomys 
Eligmodontia 
Graomys 
Wiedomys 
Pseudoryzomys 
Phyllotis 
Irenomys 
Chinchillula 
Punomys 
Neotomys 
Reilhrodon 
Euneomys 
Chelemyscus 
Holochilus 
Sigmodon 
Sigmomys 
Andinomys 
Neotomodon 
Neotoma 
Nelsonia 
Xenomys 
Ichihyomys 
Anotomys 
Daptomys 
Rheomys 
Neusticomys 
Calomyscus 
Phodopus 
Cricetus 
Cricetulus 
Mesocricetus 
Mystromys 
Myospalax 
SF.  Nesomyinae 
G.  Macrotarsomys 
Nesomys 
Brachytarsomys 
Eliurus 
Gymnuromys 


Macrotarsomys 

Nesomys 

SF.  Lophiomyinae 
G.  Lophiomys 
SF.  Microtinae 
G.  Allicola 
A nieliomys 
Arvicola 
Aschizomys 
Blanfordimys 
Clethrionomys 
Dicrostonyx 
Doloniys 
EUobius 
Eothenomys 
Hyperacrius 
Lagurus 
Lenunus 
Microtus 
Myopiis 
Neofiber 
Ondatra 
Phenacomys 
Pitymys 
Promeiheomys 
Synaptomys 
SF.  Gerbillinae 
G.  Ammodillus 
Brachiones 
Desmodilliscus 
Desmodillus 
Gerbillurus 
Gerbiltus 
Meriones 
Monodia 
Pachyuromys 
Psammomys 
Rhombomys 
Sekeetamys 
Tatera 
Taterillus 
F.  Spalacidae 
G.  Spa  lax 
F.  Rhizomyidae 
G.  Cannomys 
Rhizomys 
Tachyoryctes 
F.  Muridae 
SF.  Murinae 
G.  Acomys 
Aethomys 
Ammomys 
Anisomys 
Apodemus 
Apomys 
A rv  icon  this 
Bandicota 
Batomys 
Beamys 
Carpomys 
Chiromyscus 
Coelomys 
Colomys 


Hypogeomys 
Brachyuromys 
SF.  Lophiomyinae 
G.  Lophiomys 
SF.  Microtinae 
G.  Dicrostonyx 
Synaptomys 
Myopus 
Lemmas 
Clethrionomys 
Aschizomys 
Eothenomys 
Anteliomys 
Alticola 
Hyperacrius 
Dolomys 
Arvicola 
Ondatra 
Neofiber 
Phenacomys 
Pitymys 
Blanfordimys 
Microtus 
Lagurus 
Prometheomys 
EUobius 
SF.  Gerbillinae 
G.  Gerbillus 
Monodia 
Tatera 
Taterillus 
Gerbillurus 
Desmodillus 
Desmodilliscus 
Pachyuromys 
Ammodillus 
Meriones 
Sekeetamys 
Brachiones 
Psammomys 
Rhombomys 
F.  Spalacidae 
G.  Spalax 
F.  Rhizomyidae 

G.  Tachyoryctes 
Rhizomys 
Cannomys 
F.  Muridae 
SF.  Murinae 
G.  Hapalomys 
Vernaya 
Vandeleuria 
Micromys 
Apodemus 
Thamnomys 
Grammomys 
Carpomys 
Mindanaomys 
Batomys 
Pithecheir 
Hyomys 
Conilurus 
Zyzomys 


85 


Conilurus 

Cricetomys 

Crunomys 

Dacnomys 

Dasymys 

Diomys 

Echiothrix 

Eropeplus 

Golunda 

Crarnmomys 

Gyomys 

Hadromys 

Haeromys 

Hapalomys 

Hybomys 

Hylomyscus 

Hyomys 

Laomys 

Leggadina 

Leimacomys 

Lemniscomys 

Leporillus 

Lophuromys 

Lorentzimys 

Macruromys 

Malacomys 

Mastacomys 

Mastomys 

Maxomys 

Melasmothrix 

Melomys 

Mesembriomys 

Micromys 

Millardia 

Mindanaomys 

Muriculus 

Mus 

Mycteromys 

Mylomys 

Myomys 

Nesokia 

Nesoromys 

Nilopegamys 

Nolo  my  s 

Oenomys 

Pelomys 

Pithecheir 

Pogonomelomys 

Praomys 

Pseudomys 

Pyromys 

Rattus 

Rhabdomys 

Saccostomus 

Solomys 

Stenocephalemys 

Stochomys 

Thallomys 

Thamnomys 

Tokudaia 

Tryphomys 

Uranomys 


Laomys 

Mesembriomys 

Oenomys 

Ammomys 

Mylomys 

Dasymys 

Arvicanthis 

Hadromys 

Golunda 

Pelomys 

Lemniscomys 

Rhabdomys 

Hybomys 

Millardia 

Pyromys 

Dacnomys 

Eropeplus 

Stenocephalemys 

Aelhomys 

Thallomys 

Rattus 

Maxomys 

Hylomyscus 

Mastomys 

Praomys 

Myomys 

Stochomys 

Tokudaia 

Nilopegamys 

Tryphomys 

Gyomys 

Leporillus 

Pseudomys 

Apomys 

Melomys 

Solomys 

Pogonomelomys 

Xenuromys 

Uromys 

Coelomys 

Malacomys 

Haeromys 

Chiromyscus 

Zelotomys 

Diomys 

Muriculus 

Mus 

Mycteromys 

Leggadina 

Colomys 

Nesoromys 

Crunomys 

Macruromys 

Lorentzimys 

Lophuromys 

Leimacomys 

Notomys 

Mastacomys 

Echiothrix 

Melasmothrix 

Acomys 

Uranomys 


Uromys 

Vandeleuria 

Vernaya 

Xenuromys 

Zelotomys 

Zyzomys 

SF.  Dendromurinae 
G.  Deanymys 
Dendromus 
Deomys 
Malcothrix 
Petromyscus 
Prionomys 
Steatomys 
SF.  Otomyinae 
G.  Myotomys 
Otomys 
Parotomys 
SF.  Phloeomyinae 
G.  Chiropodomys 
Crateromys 
Lenomys 
Mallomys 
Papagomys 
Phloeomys 
Pogonomys 
SF.  Rhynchotnyinae 
G.  Rhynchotnys 
SF.  Hydromyinae 
G.  Baiyankamys 
Celaenomys 
Chrotomys 
Crossomys 
Hydromys 
Leptomys 
Mayermys 
Microhydromys 
Neohydromys 
Parahydromys 
Paraleptomys 
Pseudohydromys 
Xeromys 
F.  Gliridae 
SF.  Glirinae 
G.  Dryomys 
Eliomys 
Glirulus 
Glis 

Muscardinus 
Myomimus 
SF.  Graphiurinae 
G.  Graphiurus 
F.  Platacanthomyidae 
G.  Platacanthomys 
Typhlomys 
F.  Seleveniidae 
G.  Selevinia 
F.  Zapodidae 
SF.  Sicistinae 
G.  Sicista 
SF.  Zapodinae 
G.  Eozapus 


Bandicota 
Nesokia 
Beamys 
Saccostomus 
Cricetomys 
Anisomys 
SF.  Dendromurinae 
G.  Dendromus 
Malcothrix 
Prionomys 
Petromyscus 
Delanymys 
Steatomys 
Deomys 
SF.  Otomyinae 
G.  Otomys 
Myotomys 
Parotomys 
SF.  Phloeomyinae 
G.  Lenomys 
Pogonomys 
Chiropodomys 
Mallomys 
Papagomys 
Phloeomys 
Crateromys 
SF.  Rhynchomyinae 
G.  Rhynchomys 
SF.  Hydromyinae 
G.  Chrotomys 
Celaenomys 
Crossomys 
Xeromys 
Hydromys 
Parahydromys 
Neohydromys 
Leptomys 
Microhydromys 
Paraleptomys 
Baiyankamys 
Pseudohydromys 
Mayermys 
F.  Gliridae 
SF.  Glirinae 
G.  Glis 

Muscardinus 
Eliomys 
Dryomys 
Glirulus 
Myomimus 
SF.  Graphiurinae 
G.  Graphiurus 
F.  Platacanthomyidae 
G.  Platacanthomys 
Typhlomys 
F.  Seleviniidae 
G.  Selevinia 
F.  Zapodidae 
SF.  Sicistinae 
G.  Sicista 
SF.  Zapodinae 
G.  Zapus 


87 


Napaeozapus 

Zapus 

F.  Dipodidae 
SF.  Dipodinae 
G.  Alactagulus 
A llaclaga 
Dipus 

Eremodipus 
Jaculus 
Paradipus 
Pygeretmus 
Scarturus 
Scirtopoda 
Stylodipus 
SF.  Cardiocraniinae 
G.  Cardiocranius 
Salpingotus 
SF.  Euchoreutinae 
G.  Euchoreutes 

F.  Hystricidae 
SF.  Hystricinae 
G.  Acanthion 
Hyslrix 
Thecurus 
SF.  Atherurinae 
G.  Atherurus 
Trichys 

F.  Erethizontidae 
SF.  Erethizontinae 
G.  Coendou 
Echinoprocta 
Erethizon 
SF.  Chaetomyinae 
G.  ‘Chaetomys 
F.  Caviidae 
SF.  Caviinae 
G.  Cavia 
Galea 
Kerodon 
Microcavia 
SF.  Dolichotinae 
G.  Dolichotis 
F.  Hydrochoeridae 
SF.  Hydrochoerinae 
G.  Hydrochoerus 
F.  Dinomyidae 
G.  Dinomys 
F.  Dasyproctidae 
SF.  Cuniculinae 

G . Cuniculus  ( = Agouti) 
Stictomys 
SF.  Dasyproctinae 
G.  Dasyprocta 
Myoprocta 
F.  Chinchillidae 
G.  Chinchilla 
Lagidium 
Lagostomus 
F.  Capromyidae 
G.  Capromys 
Geocapromys 
Myocastor 


Eozapus 
Napaeozapus 
F.  Dipodidae 
SF.  Dipodinae 
G.  Dipus 
Paradipus 
Eremodipus 
Jaculus 
Scirtopoda 
Stylodipus 
Scarturus 
Allactaga 
Alactagulus 
Pygeretmus 
SF.  Cardiocraniinae 
G.  Cardiocranius 
Salpingotus 
SF.  Euchoreutinae 
G.  Euchoreutes 
F.  Hystricidae 
SF.  Hystricinae 
G.  Acanthion 
Thecurus 
Hystrix 

SF.  Atherurinae 
G.  Atherurus 
Trichys 

F.  Erethizontidae 
SF.  Erethizontinae 
G.  Erethizon 
Coendou 
Echinoprocta 
SF.  Chaetomyinae 
G.  Chaetomys 
F.  Caviidae 
SF.  Caviinae 
G.  Cavia 
Kerodon 
Galea 
Microcavia 
SF.  Dolichotinae 
G.  Dolichotis 
F.  Hydrochoeridae 
SF.  Hydrochoerinae 
G.  Hydrochoerus 
F.  Dinomyidae 
G.  Dinomys 
F.  Dasyproctidae 
SF.  Cuniculinae 
G.  Cuniculus  ( = Agouti) 
Stictomys 
SF.  Dasyproctinae 
G.  Dasyprocta 
Myoprocta 
F.  Chinchillidae 

G.  Lagostomus 
Lagidium 
Chinchilla 
F.  Capromyidae 
G.  Capromys 
Geocapromys 
Procapromys 


88 


Plagiodontia 
Procapromys 
F.  Octodontidae 
G.  Aconaemys 
Octodon 
Octodontomys 
Octomys 
Spalacopus 
F.  Ctenomyidae 
G.  Ctenomys 
F.  Abrocomidae 
G.  Abrocoma 
F.  Echimyidae 
SF.  Echimyinae 
G.  Carterodon 
Cercomys 
Clyotnys 
Diplomys 
Echimys 

Euryzygomatomys 
Hoplomys 
Isothrix 
Loncothrix 
Mesomys 
Proechimys 
SF.  Dactylomyinae 
G.  Dactylomys 
Kannabateomys 
Lachnomys 
Thrinacodus 
F.  Thryonomyidae 
G.  Thryonomys 
F.  Petromyidae 
G.  Petromus 
F.  Bathyergidae 
G.  Bathyergus 
Cryptomys 
Georychus 
Heliophobius 
Heterocephalus 
F.  Ctenodactylidae 
G.  Ctenodactylus 
Felovia 
Massoutiera 
Pectinator 
Order  CETACEA 
F.  Platanistidae 
SF.  Platanistinae 
G.  Platanista 
SF.  Iniinae 
G.  Inia 
Lipotes 

SF.  Stenodelphininae 
G.  Stenodelphis 
F.  Ziphiidae 

G.  Berardius 
Hyperoodon 
Mesoplodon 
Tasmacetus 
Ziphius 
F.  Physeteridae 
SF.  Physeterinae 


Plagiodontia 
Myocastor 
F.  Octodontidae 
G.  Octodon 

Octodontomys 
Spalacopus 
Aconaemys 
Octomys 
F.  Ctenomyidae 
G.  Ctenomys 
F.  Abrocomidae 
G.  Abrocoma 
F.  Echimyidae 
SF.  Echimyinae 
G.  Proechimys 
Hoplomys 
Euryzygomatomys 
Clyomys 
Carterodon 
■Cercomys 
Mesomys 
Lonchothrix 
Isothrix 
Diplomys 
Echimys 

SF.  Dactylomyinae 
G.  Dactylomys 
Kannabateomys 
Lachnomys 
Thrinacodus 
F.  Thryonomyidae 
G.  Thryonomys 
F.  Petromyidae 
G.  Petromus 
F.  Bathyergidae 
G.  Georychus 
Cryptomys 
Heliophobius 
Bathyergus 
Heterocephalus 
F.  Ctenodactylidae 
G.  Ctenodactylus 
Pectinator 
Massoutiera 
Felovia 
Order  CETACEA 
F.  Platanistidae 
SF.  Platanistinae 
G.  Platanista 
SF.  Iniinae 
G.  Inia 
Lipotes 

SF.  Stenodelphininae 
G.  Stenodelphis 
F.  Ziphiidae 

G.  Mesoplodon 
Ziphius 
Tasmacetus 
Berardius 
Hyperoodon 
F.  Physeteridae 
SF.  Physeterinae 


89 


G.  Physeler 
SF.  Kogiinae 
G.  Kogia 
F.  Monodontidae 

G.  Delphinapterus 
Monodon 
F.  Delphinidae 

G.  Cephalarhynchus 
Delphinus 
Feresa 

Globicephala 
Grampus 
Lagenodelphis 
Lagenorhynchus 
Lissodelphis 
Orcaella 
Ore  in  us 
Prodelphinus 
Pseudorca 
Sotalia 
Sousa 
Stenella 
Steno 
Tursiops 
F.  Phocaenidae 
G.  Neomeris 
Phocaena 
Phocaenoides 
F.  Eschrichtiidae 
G.  Eschrichtius 
F.  Balaenopteridae 
G.  Balaenoptera 
Megaptera 
Sibbaldus 
F.  Balaenidae 
G.  Balaena 
Eubalaena 
Neobalaena 
Order  CARNIVORA 
F.  Canidae 
SF.  Caninae 
G.  Alopex 
Atelocynus 
Can  is 
Cerdocyon 
Chrysocyon 
Dusicyon 
Eennecus 
Nyctereutes 
Urocyon 
Vuipes 

SF.  Simocyoninae 
G.  Cuon 
Lycaon 
Speothos 
SF.  Octocyoninae 
G.  Otocyon 
F.  Ursidae 

G.  Ailuropoda 
Euarctos 
Helarctos 
Melursus 


G.  Physeter 
SF.  Kogiinae 
G.  Kogia 
F.  Monodontidae 

G.  Delphinapterus 
Monodon 
F.  Delphinidae 
G.  Steno 
Sousa 
Sotalia 
Stenella 
Prodelphinus 
Delphinus 
Grampus 
Tursiops 
Lagenorhynchus 
Feresa 

Cephalorhynchus 
Ore  in  us 
Pseudorca 
Orcaella 
Globicephala 
Lissodelphis 
Lagenodelphis 
F.  Phocaenidae 
G.  Phocaena 
Phocaenoides 
Neomeris 
F.  Eschrichtiidae 
G.  Eschrichtius 
F.  Balaenopteridae 
G.  Balaenoptera 
Megaptera 
Sibbaldus 
F.  Balaenidae 
G.  Balaena 
Eubalaena 
Neobalaena 
Order  CARNIVORA 
F.  Canidae 
SF.  Caninae 
G.  Canis 
Alopex 
Vuipes 
Eennecus 
Urocyon 
Nyctereutes 
Dusicyon 
Cerdocyon 
Atelocynus 
Chrysocyon 
SF.  Simocyoninae 
G.  Speothos 
Cuon 
Lycaon 

SF.  Otocyoninae 
G.  Otocyon 
F.  Ursidae 

G.  Tremarctos 
Selenarctos 
Ursus 
Euarctos 


90 


Selenarctos 

Thalarctos 

Tremarctos 

Ursus 

F.  Procyonidae 
SF.  Procyoninae 
G.  Bassaricyon 
Bassariscus 
Nasua 
Nasuella 
Pot  os 
Procyon 
SF.  Ailurinae 
G.  Ailurus 
F.  Mustelidae 
SF.  Mustelinae 
G.  Charronia 
Eira 
Galera 
Orison 
Grisonella 
Gulo 

Lyncodon 

Martes 

Mustela 

Poeciiictis 

Poecilogale 

Vormela 

Zorilla 

SF.  Mellivorinae 
G.  Mellivora 
SF.  Melinae 
G.  Arc  tony X 
Helictis 
Meles 
Melogale 
Mydaus 
Suillotaxus 
Taxidea 
SF.  Mephitinae 
G.  Conepatus 
Mephitis 
Spilogale 
SF.  Lutrinae 
G.  Amblonyx 
Aonyx 
En  hydra 
Lontra 
Lutra 
Paraonyx 
Pteronura 
F.  Viverridae 
SF.  Viverrinae 
G.  Civettictis 
Genetta 
Osbornictis 
Pardictis 
Poiana 
Prionodon 
Viverra 
Viverricula 
SF.  Paradoxurinae 
G.  Arctictis 


Thalarctos 
Heiarctos 
Melursus 
Ailuropoda 
F.  Procyonidae 
SF.  Procyoninae 
G.  Bassariscus 
Procyon 
Nasua 
Nasuella 
Pot  os 

Bassaricyon 
SF.  Ailurinae 
G.  Ailurus 
F.  Mustelidae 
SF.  Mustelinae 
G.  Mustela 
Vormela 
Martes 
Charronia 
Galera 
Eira 
Grison 
Grisonella 
Lyncodon 
Zorilla 
Poeciiictis 
Poecilogale 
Gulo 

SF.  Mellivorinae 
G.  Mellivora 
SF.  Melinae 
G.  Meles 
Arctonyx 
Mydaus 
Suillotaxus 
Taxidea 
Helictis 
Melogale 
SF.  Mephitinae 
G.  Mephitis 
Spilogale 
Conepatus 
SF.  Lutrinae 
G.  Lutra 
Lontra 
Lutrogale 
Pteronura 
Amblonyx 
Paraonyx 
Enhydra 
F.  Viverridae 
SF.  Viverrinae 
G.  Poiana 
Genetta 
Viverricula 
Osbornictis 
Viverra 
Civettictis 
Prionodon 
Pardictis 

SF.  Paradoxurinae 
G.  Nandinia 


91 


Arctogalidia 
Marcogalidia 
Nandinia 
Paguma 
Paradoxurus 
SF.  Hemigalinae 
G.  Chrotogale 
Cy  nogale 
Diplogale 
Eupleres 
Fossa 
Galidia 
Galidictis 
He  mi  gal  us 
Mungotictis 
Salanoia 
SF.  Herpestinae 
G.  A tilax 
Bdeogale 
Crossarchus 
Cynictis 
Dologale 
Helogale 
Herpestes 
Ichneumia 
Liberiicitis 
Mungos 
Paracynictis 
Rhynchogale 
Suricata 
Xenogale 

SF.  Cryptoproctinae 
G.  Cryptoprocta 
F.  Hyaenidae 
SF.  Protelinae 
G.  Pro  teles 
SF.  Hyaeninae 
G.  Crocuta 
Hyaena 
F.  Felidae 
SF.  Felinae 
G.  Acinonyx 
Felis 
Lynx 
Neofelis 
Panthrera 
Uncia 

Order  PINNIPEDIA 
F.  Otariidae 

G.  Arctocephalus 
Callorhinus 
Fumetopias 
Neophoca 
Otaria 
Zalophus 
F.  Odobenidae 
G.  Odobenus 
F.  Phocidae 
SF.  Phocinae 
G.  Frignathus 
Halichoerus 
Histriophoca 


Arctogalidia 
Paradoxurus 
Paguma 
Macrogalidia 
Arctictis 
SF.  Hemigalinae 
G.  Fossa 
Hemigalus 
Chrotogale 
Diplogale 
Cynogale 
Fupleres 
Galidia 
Galidictis 
Mungotictis 
Salanoia 
SF.  Herpestinae 
G.  Suricata 
Herpestes 
Helogale 
Dologale 
A tilax 
Mungos 
Crossarchus 
Liberiicitis 
Ichneumia 
Bdeogale 
Rhynchogale 
Cynictis 
Paracynictis 
Xenogale 

SF.  Cryptoproctinae 
G.  Cryptoprocta 
F.  Hyaenidae 
SF.  Protelinae 
G.  Pro  teles 
SF.  Hyaeninae 
G.  Crocuta 
Hyaena 
F.  Felidae 
SF.  Felinae 
G.  Felis 
Lynx 
Pant  her  a 
Neofelis 
Uncia 
Acinonyx 
Order  PINNIPEDIA 
F.  Otariidae 

G.  Arctocephalus 
Callorhinus 
Zalophus 
Neophoca 
Fumetopias 
Otaria 
F.  Odobenidae 
G.  Odobenus 
F.  Phocidae 
SF.  Phocinae 
G.  Phoca 
Pusa 

Histriophoca 


Pagophilus 

Phoca 

Pusa 

SF.  Lobodontinae 
G.  Hydrurga 
Leptonychotes 
Lobodon 
Ommalophoca 
SF.  Monachinae 
G.  Monachus 
SF.  Cystophorinae 
G.  Cystophora 
Mirounga 

Order  TUBULIDENTATA 
F.  Orycteropodidae 
G.  Orycteropus 
Order  PROBOSCIDEA 
F.  Elephantidae 
SF.  Elephantinae 
G.  Elephas 
Loxodonta 

Order  HYRACOIDEA 
F.  Procaviidae 

G.  Dendrohyrax 
Heterohyrax 
Procavia 
Order  SIRENIA 
F.  Dugongidae 
SF.  Dugonginae 
G.  Dugong 
F.  Trichechidae 
G.  Trichechus 
Order  PERISSODACTYLA 
F.  Equidae 
SF.  Equinae 
G.  Equus 
F.  Tapiridae 
G.  Tapirus 
F.  Rhinocerotidae 
SF.  Rhinocerotinae 
G.  Rhinoceros 
SF.  Dicerorhininae 
G.  Ceratotherium 
Dicerorhinus 
Diceros 

Order  ARTIODACTYLA 
F.  Suidae 
SF.  Suinae 
G.  Babirussa 
Hylochoerus 
Phacochoerus 
Potamochoerus 
Sus 

F.  Tayassuidae 
SF.  Tayassuinae 
G.  Dicotyles 
Tayassu 

F.  Hippopotamidae 
G.  Choeropsis 
Hippopotamus 
F.  Camelidae 
SF.  Camelinae 


Pagophilus 
Halichoerus 
Erignathus 
SF.  Lobodontinae 
G.  Lobodon 
Ommalophoca 
Hydrurga 
Leptonychotes 
SF.  Monachinae 
G.  Monachus 
SF.  Cystophorinae 
G.  Cystophora 
Mirounga 

Order  TUBULIDENTATA 
F.  Orycteropodidae 
G.  Orycteropus 
Order  PROBOSCIDEA 
F.  Elephantidae 
SF.  Elephantinae 
G.  Loxodonta 
Elephas 

Order  HYRACOIDEA 
F.  Procaviidae 

G.  Dendrohyrax 
Heterohyrax 
Procavia 
Order  SIRENIA 
F.  Dugongidae 
SF.  Dugonginae 
G.  Dugong 
F.  Trichechidae 
G.  Trichechus 
Order  PERISSODACTYLA 
F.  Equidae 
SF.  Equinae 
G.  Equus 
F.  Tapiridae 
G.  Tapirus 
F.  Rhinocerotidae 
SF.  Rhinocerotinae 
G.  Rhinoceros 
SF.  Dicerorhininae 
G.  Dicerorhinus 
Ceratotherium 
Diceros 

Order  ARTIODACTYLA 
F.  Suidae 
SF.  Suinae 
G.  Potamochoerus 
Sus 

Phacochoerus 
Hylochoerus 
Babirussa 
F.  Tayassuidae 
SF.  Tayassuinae 
G.  Tayassu 
Dicotyles 

F.  Hippopotamidae 
G.  Hippopotamus 
Choeropsis 
F.  Camelidae 
SF.  Camelinae 


93 


G . Camelus 
Lama 
Vicugna 
F.  Tragulidae 

G.  Hyemoschus 
Tragulus 
F.  Cervidae 
SF.  Moschinae 
G.  Moschus 
SF.  Muntiacinae 
G.  Elaphodus 
Muntiacus 
SF.  Cervinae 
G.  Axis 
Cervus 
Dam  a 
Elaphurus 
SF.  Odocoileinae 
G.  A Ices 

Blastoceros 
Blastocerus 
Capreolus 
Hippocamelus 
Hydropotes 
Mazama 
Odocoileus 
Ozotoceras 
Pudu 
Rangifer 
F.  Giraffidae 

SF.  Palaeotraginae 
G.  Okapia 
SF.  Giraffinae 
G.  draff  a 
F.  Antilocapridae 
SF.  Antilocaprinae 
G.  Antilocapra 
F.  Bovidae 
SF.  Bovinae 
G.  Anoa 
Bibos 
Bison 
Boocercus 
Bos 

Boselaphus 
Bubalus 
Slrepsiceros 
Syncerus 
Taurotragus 
Tetracerus 
Tragelaphus 
SF.  Cephalophinae 
G.  Cephalophus 
Philantomba 
Sylvicapra 
SF.  Hippotraginae 
G.  Addax 
Adenota 
Alcelaphus 
Beatragus 
Connochaetes 
Damaliscus 
Gorgon 


G.  Lama 
Vicugna 
Camelus 
F.  Tragulidae 

G.  Hyemoschus 
Tragulus 
F.  Cervidae 
SF.  Moschinae 
G.  Moschus 
SF.  Muntiacinae 
G.  Muntiacus 
Elephodus 
SF.  Cervinae 
G.  Dama 
Axis 
Cervus 
Elaphurus 
SF.  Odocoileinae 
G.  Odocoileus 
Mazama 
Hippocamelus 
Blastocerus 
Blastoceros 
Ozotoceras 
Pudu 
A Ices 
Rangifer 
Hydropotes 
Capreolus 
F.  Giraffidae 

SF.  Palaeotraginae 
G.  Okapia 
SF.  Giraffinae 
G.  draff  a 
F.  Antilocapridae 
SF.  Antilocaprinae 
G.  Antilocapra 
F.  Bovidae 
SF.  Bovinae 
G.  Strepsiceros 
Tragelaphus 
Taurotragus 
Boocercus 
Boselaphus 
Tetracerus 
Bubalus 
Anoa 
Bos 
Bibos 
Syncerus 
Bison 

SF.  Cephalophinae 
G.  Cephalophus 
Philantomba 
Sylvicapra 
SF.  Hippotraginae 
G.  Kobus 
Adenota 
Onotragus 
Redunca 
Pelea 

Hippotragus 

Oryx 


Hippoiragus 
Kobus 
Onolragus 
Oryx 
Pelea 
Redunca 
SF.  Antilopinae 
G.  Aepyceros 
Ammodorcas 
Antidorcas 
Aniilope 
Dorcatragus 
Gazella 
Litocranius 
Madoqua 
Neotragus 
Nesotragus 
Oreotragus 
Ourebia 
Procapra 
Raphicerus 
Rhynchotragus 
SF.  Caprinae 
G.  Ammotragus 
Budorcas 
Capra 
Capricornis 
Hemitragus 
Naemorhedus 
Oreamnos 
Ovibos 
Ovis 

Pantholops 

Pseudois 

Rupicapra 

Saiga 


Addax 

Damaliscus 

Alcelaphus 

Beatragus 

Connochaetes 

Gorgon 

SF.  Antilopinae 
G.  Oreotragus 
Ourebia 
Raphicerus 
Nesotragus 
Neotragus 
Madoqua 
Rhynchotragus 
Dorcatragus 
Antilope 
Aepyceros 
Ammodorcas 
Litocranius 
Gazella 
Antidorcas 
Procapra 

SF.  Caprinae 
G.  Pantholops 
Saiga 

Naemorhedus 

Capricornis 

Oreamnos 

Rupicapra 

Budorcas 

Ovibos 

Hemitragus 

Capra 

Pseudois 

Ammotragus 

Ovis 


APPENDIX  B.  — Unmodified  phylogenetic  arrangements  of  North  American  Recent  mammals  as  used  by 
Miller  (1924),  Miller  and  Kellogg  (1955),  and  Hall  and  Kelson  (1959). 


95 


Miller,  1924 

CLASS  MAMMALIA 
Order  MARSUPIALIA 
F.  Didelphidae 
G.  Didelphis 
Marmosa 
Monodelphis 
Metachirops 
Metachirus 
Philander 
Chironectes 
Order  INSECTIVORA 
F.  Nesophontidae 
G.  Nesophontes 
F.  Solenodontidae 
G.  Solenodon 
F.  Taipidae 
SF.  Scalopinae 
G.  Scapanus 
Parascalops 
Scalopus 
SF.  Uropsilinae 
G.  Neurotrichus 
SF.  Condylurinae 
G.  Condylura 
F.  Soricidae 
SF.  Soricinae 
G.  Sorex 
Neosorex 
Microsorex 
Cryptotis 
Blarina 
Notiosorex 

Order  CHIROPTERA 
F.  Emballonuridae 
SF.  Emballonurinae 
G.  Rhynchonycteris 
Saccopteryx 
Cormura 
Peropteryx 
Centronycteris 
Balantiopteryx 
SF.  Diclidurinae 
G.  Diclidurus 
F.  Noctilionidae 
G.  Noctilio 
Diras 

F.  Phyllostomatidae 
SF.  Chilonycterinae 
G.  Chilonycteris 
Pteronotus 
Mormoops 
SF.  Phyllostomatinae 
G.  Micronycteris 
Xenoctenes 
Glyphonycteris 
Macrotus 
Lonchorhina 


Miller  and  Kellogg,  1955 

CLASS  MAMMALIA 
Order  MARSUPIALIA 
F.  Didelphidae 
G.  Didelphis 
Marmosa 
Monodelphis 
Philander 
Metachirus 
Calurotnys 
Chironectes 
Order  INSECTIVORA 
F.  Solenodentidae 
G.  Solenodon 
A topogale 
F.  Soricidae 
SF.  Soricinae 
G.  Sorex 
Microsorex 
Blarina 
Cryptotis 
Notiosorex 
Megasorex 
F.  Taipidae 
SF.  Scalopinae 
G.  Neurotrichus 
Scapanus 
Parascalops 
Scalopus 

SF.  Condylurinae 
G.  Condylura 
F.  Nesophontidae 
G.  Nesophontes 
Order  CHIROPTERA 
F.  Emballonuridae 
SF.  Emballonurinae 
G.  Rhynchonycteris 
Saccopteryx 
Cormura 
Peropteryx 
Centronycteris 
Balantiopteryx 
SF.  Diclidurinae 
G.  Diclidurus 
F.  Noctilionidae 
G.  Noctilio 

F.  Phyllostomatidae 
SF.  Chilonycterinae 
G.  Chilonycteris 
Pteronotus 
Mormoops 
SF.  Phyllostomatinae 
G.  Micronycteris 
Macrotus 
Lonchorhina 
Macrophyllum 
Tonatia 


Hall  and  Kelson,  1959 

CLASS  MAMMALIA 
Order  MARSUPIALIA 
F.  Didelphidae 
G.  Didelphis 
Chironectes 
Philander 
Marmosa 
Calurotnys 
Monodelphis 
Metachirus 
Order  INSECTIVORA 
F.  Solenodontidae 
G.  Solenodon 
A topogale 
F.  Soricidae 
SF.  Soricinae 
G.  Sorex 

Microsorex 

Blarina 

Cryptotis 

Notiosorex 

F.  Taipidae 
SF.  Scalopinae 
G.  Neurotrichus 
Scapanus 
Parascalops 
Scalopus 
SF.  Condylurinae 
G.  Condylura 
F.  Nesophontidae 
G.  Nesophontes 
Order  CHIROPTERA 
F.  Emballonuridae 
SF.  Emballonurinae 
G.  Rhynchonycteris 
Saccopteryx 
Cormura 
Peropteryx 
Centronycteris 
Balantiopteryx 
SF.  Diclidurinae 
G.  Diclidurus 
F.  Noctilionidae 
G.  Noctilio 

F.  Phyllostomatidae 
SF.  Chilonycterinae 
G.  Chilonycteris 
Pteronotus 
Mormoops 
SF.  Phyllostomatinae 
G.  Micronycteris 
Macrotus 
Lonchorhina 
Macrophyllum 
Tonatia 


96 


Macrophylluni 

Mimon 

Mimon 

Tonatia 

Phyllostomus 

Phyllostomus 

Mimon 

Phylloderma 

Phylloderma 

Phyllostomus 

Trachops 

Trachops 

Trachops 

Chrotopterus 

Chrotopterus 

Chrotopterus 

Vampyrum 

Vampyrum 

Vampyrum 

SF.  Glossophaginae 

SF.  Glossophaginae 

SF.  Glossophaginae 

G.  Glossophaga 

G.  Glossophaga 

G.  Glossophaga 

Lonchophylla 

Lonchophylla 

Lonchophylla 

Monophyllus 

Monophyllus 

Monophyllus 

Anoura 

Anoura 

Anoura 

Choeronycteris 

Choeronycteris 

Choeronycteris 

Hylonycteris 

Choeroniscus 

Choeroniscus 

Leptonycleris 

Hylonycteris 

Hylonycteris 

Lichonycteris 

Leptonycteris 

Leptonycteris 

Lichonycteris 

Lichonycteris 

SF.  Carolliinae 

SF.  Carolliinae 

SF.  Carolliinae 

G.  Caro  Ilia 

G.  Carollia 

G.  Carollia 

SF.  Sturnirinae 

SF.  Sturnirinae 

SF.  Sturnirinae 

G.  Sturnira 

G.  Sturnira 

G.  Sturnira 

Sturnirops 

Sturnirops 

SF.  Stenoderminae 

SF.  Stenoderminae 

SF.  Stenoderminae 

G.  Brachyphylla 

G.  Brachyphylla 

G.  Brachyphylla 

Uroderma 

Uroderma 

Uroderma 

Vampyrops 

Vampyrops 

Platyrrhinus 

Vampyrodes 

Vampyrodes 

Vampyrodes 

Vampyressa 

Vampyressa 

Vampyressa 

Chiroderma 

Chiroderma 

Chiroderma 

Ectophylla 

Ectophylla 

Ectophylla 

Artibeus 

Artibeus 

Artibeus 

A rdops 

Enchisthenes 

Enchisthenes 

Phyllops 

A rdops 

A rdops 

Ariteus 

Phyllops 

Phyllops 

Stenoderma 

A riteus 

Ariteus 

Pygoderma 

Stenoderma 

Stenoderma 

Centurio 

Pygoderma 

Pygoderma 

Centurio 

Centurio 

SF.  Phyllonycterinae 

SF.  Phyllonycterinae 

SF.  Phyllonycterinae 

G.  Phyllonycleris 

G.  Erophylla 

G.  Erophylla 

Erophylla 

Phyllonycleris 

Phyllonycleris 

Reithronycteris 

Reithronycteris 

. Desmodontidae 

F.  Desmodontidae 

F.  Desmodontidae 

G.  Desmodus 

G.  Desmodus 

G.  Desmodus 

Diphylla 

Diphylla 

Diphylla 

. Natalidae 

F.  Natalidae 

F.  Natalidae 

G.  Na  talus 

G.  Na  talus 

G.  Natal  us 

Chilonatalus 

Nyctiellus 

. Thyropteridae 

F.  Thyropteridae 

F.  Thyropteridae 

G.  Thyroptera 

G.  Thyroptera 

G.  Thyroptera 

. Vespertilionidae 

F.  Vespertilionidae 

F.  Vespertillionidae 

SF.  Vespertilioninae 

SF.  Vespertilioninae 

SF.  Vespertilioninae 

G.  My  Otis 

G.  My  Otis 

G.  My  Otis 

Pizonyx 

Pizonyx 

Pizonyx 

Lasionycteris 

Lasionycteris 

Lasionycteris 

Pipistrellus 

Pipistrellus 

Pipistrellus 

Eptesicus 

Eptesicus 

Eptesicus 

Nycteris 

Lasiurus 

Lasiurus 

Dasypterus 

Dasypterus 

Dasypterus 

Nycticeius 

Nycticeius 

Nycticeius 

Rhogeessa 

Rhogeessa 

Rhogeessa 

Baeodon 
Euderma 
Corynorhinus 
Idionycteris 
SF.  Nyctophilinae 
G.  Antrozous 
F.  Molossidae 
G.  Molossops 
Tadarida 
Mormopterus 
Promops 
Eumops 
Molossus 
Order  CARNIVORA 
F.  Ursidae 

G.  Euarctos 
Ursus 
Thalarctos 
F.  Procyonidae 
G.  Procyon 
Nasua 
Bassaricyon 
Pot  os 
F.  Mustelidae 
SF.  Mustelinae 
G.  Martes 
Mustela 
SF.  Guloniae 
G.  Gulo 
SF.  Lutrinae 
G.  Lutra 
SF.  Enhydrinae 
G.  En hydra 
SF.  Tayrinae 
G.  Tayra 
SF.  Grisoninae 
G.  Orison 
SF.  Mephitinae 
G.  Spilogale 
Mephitis 
Conepatus 
SF.  Taxidiinae 
G.  Taxidea 
F.  Viverridae 
SF.  Mungotinae 
G.  Mangos 
F.  Canidae 
SF.  Caninae 
G.  Vulpes 
Urocyon 
Alopex 
Can  is 

SF.  Cuoninae 
G.  let  icy  on 
F.  Felidae 
G.  Eel  is 
Lynx 

Order  PINNIPEDIA 
F.  Otariidae 

G.  Zalophus 
Eumetopias 
Callorhinus 


Baeodon 
Euderma 
Corynorhinus 
Idionycteris 
SF.  Nyctophilinae 
G.  Antrozous 
F.  Molossidae 

G.  Cynomops 
Tadarida 
Mormopterus 
Promops 
Eumops 
Molossus 

Order  PRIMATES 
F.  Cebidae 
SF.  Aotinae 
G.  Aotus 
SF.  Alouattinae 
G.  Alouatta 
SF.  Cebinae 
G.  Cebus 
Saimiri 
SF.  Atelinae 
G.  A teles 
F.  Callithricidae 
G.  Marikina 
F.  Cercopithecidae 
SF.  Cercopithecinae 
G.  Cercopithecus 
F.  Hominidae 
G.  Homo 


Order  EDENTATA 
F.  Megalonychidae 
G.  Acratoenus 
Paroenus 

F.  Myrmecophagidae 


Baeodon 
Euderma 
Corynorhinus 
Idionycteris 
SF.  Nyctophilinae 
G.  Antrozous 
F.  Molossidae 

G.  Cynomops 
Tadarida 
Mormopterus 
Eumops 
Promops 
Molossus 
Order  PRIMATES 
F.  Cebidae 
SF.  Aotinae 
G.  Aotus 
SF.  Alouattinae 
G.  Alouatta 
SF.  Cebinae 
G.  Cebus 
Saimiri 
SF.  Atelinae 
G.  A teles 
F.  Callithricidae 
G.  Saguinus 
F.  Cercopithecidae 
SF.  Ceropithecinae 
G.  Cercopithecus 
F.  Hominidae 
G.  Homo 


Order  EDENTATA 
F.  Megalonychidae 
G.  Acratoenus 
Paroenus 

F.  Myrmecophagidae 


98 


Arctocephalus 
F.  Phocidae 
G.  Phoca 
Erignathus 
Monachus 
Halichoerus 
Cystophora 
Mirounga 

F.  Odobenidae 
G.  Odobenus 
Order  PRIMATES 
F.  Callitrichidae 

G.  Cedipomidas 
F.  Alouattidae 
G.  Alouatta 
F.  Aotidae 
G.  Aotus 
F.  Cebidae 
SF.  Cebinae 
G.  Cebus 
SF.  Atelinae 
G.  A teles 
F.  Saimiridae 
G.  Saimiri 
F.  Lasiopygidae 
SF.  Lasiopyginae 
G.  Lasiopyga 
F.  Hominidae 
G.  Homo 
Order  RODENTIA 


F.  Sciuridae 
SF.  Sciurinae 
G.  Mar  mot  a 

Ot  os  perm  oph  it  us 

Callospermophilus 

Citellus 

A mmospermophilus 
Cynomys 
Eutamias 
Tamias 
Sciurus 
Microsciurus 
Syntheosciurus 
SF.  Pteromyinae 
G.  Glaucomys 
F.  Geomyidae 
SF.  Geomyinae 
G.  Thomomys 
Geomys 
Pappogeomys 
Cratogeomys 
Platygeomys 
Orthogeomys 
Hetergeomys 
Macrogeomys 
Zygogeomys 
F.  Heteromyidae 
G.  Heteromys 


G.  Myrmecophaga 
Tamandua 
Cyclopes 
F.  Bradypodidae 
G.  Brady  pus 
Choloepus 
F.  Dasypodidae 
SF.  Cabassouinae 
G.  Cabassous 
SF.  Dasypodinae 
G.  Dasypus 
Order  LAGOMORPHA 
F.  Ochotonidae 
G.  Ochotona 
F.  Leporidae 
SF.  Palaeolaginae 
G.  Romerolagus 
SF.  Leporinae 
G.  Lepus 
Sylvilagus 


Order  RODENTIA 
F.  Aplodontidae 
G.  Aplodontia 
F.  Sciuridae 
SF.  Sciurinae 
G.  Marmota 
Cynomys 
Citellus 
Tamias 
Eutamias 
Sciurus 
Tamiasciurus 
Microsciurus 
Syntheosciurus 


SF.  Pteromyinae 
G.  Glaucomys 
F.  Geomyidae 
SF.  Geomyinae 
G.  Thomomys 
Geomys 
Pappogeomys 
Cratogeomys 
Orthogeomys 
Heterogeomys 
Macrogeomys 
Zygogeomys 

F.  Heteromyidae 
SF.  Perognathinae 


G.  Myrmecophaga 
Tamandua 
Cyclopes 
F.  Bradypodidae 
G.  Brady  pus 
Choloepus 
F.  Dasypodidae 
SF.  Dasypodinae 
G.  Cabassous 
Dasypus 

Order  LAGOMORPHA 
F.  Ochotonidae 
G.  Ochotona 
F.  Leporidae 

SF.  Palaeolaginae 
G.  Romerolagus 
SF.  Leporinae 
G.  Sylvilagus 
Lepus 


Order  RODENTIA 
F.  Aplodontidae 
G.  Aplodontia 
F.  Sciuridae 
SF.  Sciurinae 
G.  Tamias 
Eutamias 
Marmota 

A mmospermophilus 
Spermophilus 
Cynomys 
Sciurus 

Syntheosciurus 

Microsciurus 

Tamiasciurus 

SF.  Pteromyinae 
G.  Glaucomys 
F.  Geomyidae 
SF.  Geomyinae 
G.  Thomomys 
Geomys 
Zygogeomys 
Orthogeomys 
Heterogeomys 
Macrogeomys 
Pappogeomys 
Cratogeomys 

F.  Heteromyidae 
SF.  Perognathinae 


99 


Liomys 

Perognathus 

Dipodomys 

Microdipodops 


F.  Castoridae 
G.  Castor 
F.  Cricetidae 
SF.  Cricetinae 
G.  Onychomys 
Reithrodon  tomys 
Baiomys 
Peromyscus 
Oryzomys 
Neacomys 
Zygodontomys 
Megalomys 
Tylomys 
Ototylomys 
Nectomys 
Rheomys 
Nyctomys 
Rhipidomys 
Cecomys 
Sigmodon 
Scotinomys 
Neotomodon 
Nelsonia 
Teanopus 
Neotoma 
Hodomys 
Xenomys 
SF.  Microtinae 
G.  Synaptomys 
Lemmas 
Dicrostonyx 
Phenacomys 
Evotomys 
Microtus 
Lagurus 
Pitymys 
Neofiber 
Ondatra 


F.  Muridae 
SF.  Murinae 
G.  Rattus 
Mas 

F.  Aplodontidae 
G.  Aplodontia 
F.  Zapodidae 
SF.  Zapodinae 
G.  Zapus 

Napaeozapus 
F.  Erethizontidae 
G.  Erethizon 
Coendou 


G.  Perognathus 

SF.  Dipodomyinae 
G.  Dipodomys 
Microdipodops 
SF.  Heteromyinae 
G.  Heteromys 
Liomys 
F.  Castoridae 
G.  Castor 
F.  Cricetidae 
SF.  Cricetinae 
G.  Oryzomys 
Oecomys 
Megalomys 
Neacomys 
Nectomys 
Rhipidomys 
Tylomys 
Ototylomys 
Nyctomys 
Otonyctomys 
Reithrodontomys 
Peromyscus 
Baiomys 
Onychomys 
Zygodontomys 
Scotinomys 
Sigmodon 
Neotomodon 
Neotoma 
Teanopus 
Nelsonia 
Rheomys 
Xenomys 
SF.  Microtinae 
G.  Dicrostonyx 
Synaptomys 
Lemmus 
Clethrionomys 
Phenacomys 
Orthriomys 
Herpetomys 
Microtus 
Pedomys 
Pitymys 
Lagurus 
Neofiber 
Ondatra 
F.  Muridae 

G.  Rattus 
Mus 


F.  Zapodidae 
SF.  Zapodinae 
G.  Zapus 

Napaeozapus 
F.  Erethizontidae 
G.  Erethizon 
Coendou 


G.  Perognathus 
Microdipodops 
SF.  Dipodomyinae 
G.  Dipodomys 

SF.  Fleteromyinae 
G.  Liomys 
Heteromys 
F.  Castoridae 
G.  Castor 
F.  Cricetidae 
SF.  Cricetinae 
G.  Oryzomys 
Megalomys 
Neacomys 
Nectomys 
Rhipidomys 
Tylomys 
Ototylomys 
Nyctomys 
Otonyctomys 
Reithrodontomys 
Peromyscus 
Baiomys 
Onychomys 
Zygodontomys 
Scotinomys 
Sigmodon 
Neotomodon 
Neotoma 
Xenomys 
Nelsonia 
Rheomys 

SF.  Microtinae 
G.  Clethrionomys 
Phenacomys 
Microtus 
Lagurus 
Neo fiber 
Ondatra 
Lemmus 
Synaptomys 
Dicrostonyx 


F.  Muridae 

G.  Rattus 
Mus 


F.  Zapodidae 
SF.  Zapodinae 
G.  Zapus 

Napaeozapus 
F.  Erethizontidae 
G.  Erethizon 
Coendou 


100 


F.  Echimyidae 
SF.  Echimyinae 
G.  Hoplomys 
Proechimys 
Echimys 
Diplomys 
Brotornys 
Boromys 
Capromys 
Plagiodontia 
Isolobodon 


F.  Dasyproctidae 
G.  Dasyprocta 
F.  Cuniculidae 
G.  Cuniculus 
F.  Hydrochaeridae 
G.  Hydrochaerus 


Order  LAGOMORPHA 
F.  Ochotonidae 
G.  Ochotona 
F.  Leporidae 
G.  Lepus 
Sylvilagus 
Brachylagus 
Romerolagus 


F.  Hydrochaeridae 
SF.  Hydrochaerinae 
G.  Hydrochaeris 
F.  Heptaxodontidae 
SF.  Heptaxodontinae 
G.  Heptaxodon 
Elasmodontomys 
Quemisia 
F.  Dasyproctidae 
SF.  Cuniculinae 
G.  Cuniculus 
SF.  Dasyproctinae 
G.  Dasyprocta 
F.  Capromyidae 
SF.  Capromyinae 
G.  Capromys 
Geocapromys 
Hexolobodon 
SF.  Plagiodontinae 
G.  Plagiodontia 
Isolobodon 
Aphaetreus 
SF.  Myocastorinae 
G.  My  ocas  tor 
F.  Echimyidae 
SF.  Echimyinae 
G.  Hoplomys 
Proechimys 
Echimys 
Diplomys 
Heteropsomys 
Homopsomys 
Brotornys 
Boromys 
Order  CETACEA 
F.  Ziphiidae 

G.  Berardius 
Mesoplodon 
Ziphius 
Hyperoodon 
F.  Physeteridae 
G.  Physeter 
F.  Kogiidae 
G.  Kogia 
F.  Monodontidae 
SF.  Delphinapterinae 
G.  Delphinapterus 
SF.  Monodontinae 
G.  Monodon 
F.  Delphinidae 
SF.  Delphininae 
G.  Stenella 
Steno 
Delphinus 
Tursiops 
Lissodelphis 
Lagenorhynchus 
Grampus 
Grampidelphis 
Pseudorca 
Globicephala 
Phocoena 
Phocoenoides 


F.  Hydrochaeridae 
SF.  Hydrochaerinae 
G.  Hydrochaeris 
F.  Heptaxodontidae 
SF.  Heptaxodontinae 
G.  Heptaxodon 
Elasmodontomys 
Quemisia 
F.  Dasyproctidae 
SF.  Agoutinae 
G.  Agouti 
SF.  Dasyproctinae 
G.  Dasyprocta 
F.  Capromyidae 
SF.  Capromyinae 
G.  Capromys 
Geocapromys 
Hexolobodon 
SF.  Plagiodontinae 
G.  Plagiodontia 
Isolobodon 
Aphaetreus 
SF.  Myocastorinae 
G.  My  ocas  tor 
F.  Echimyidae 
SF.  Echimyinae 
G.  Hoplomys 
Proechimys 
Echimys 
Diplomys 
Heteropsomys 
Homopsomys 
Brotornys 
Boromys 

Order  CETACEA 
F.  Ziphiidae 

G,  Berardius 
Mesoplodon 
Ziphius 
Hyperoodon 
F.  Physeteridae 
G.  Physeter 
F.  Kogiidae 
G.  Kogia 
F.  Monodontidae 
SF.  Delphinapterinae 
G.  Delphinapterus 
SF.  Monodontinae 
G.  Monodon 
F.  Delphinidae 
SF.  Delphininae 
G.  Stenella 
Steno 
Delphinus 
Tursiops 
Lissodelphis 
Lagenorhynchus 
Grampus 
Grampidelphis 
Pseudorca 
Globicephala 
Eeresa 
Phocoena 


101 


Order  ARTIODACTYLA 
F.  Tayassuidae 
G.  Pecari 
Tayassu 
F.  Cervidae 
SF.  Cervinae 
G.  Cervus 
Odocoileus 
Mazama 
A Ices 
Rangifer 
F.  Antilocapridae 
G.  Antilocapra 
F.  Bovidae 
G.  Bison 
Ovibos 
Ovis 

Oreamnos 


Order  PERISSODACTYLA 
F.  Tapiridae 

G.  Tapirella 


F.  Eschrichtidae 
G.  Eschrichtius 
F.  Balaenopteridae 
SF.  Balaenopterinae 
G.  Balaenoplera 
Sibbaldus 
SF.  Megapterinae 
G.  Megaptera 
F.  Balaenidae 

G.  Eubalaena 
Balaena 
Order  CARNIVORA 
F.  Canidae 
SF.  Caninae 
G.  Canis 
Alopex 
Vulpes 
Urocyon 

SF.  Simocyoninae 
G.  let  icy  on 
F.  Ursidae 

G.  Euarctos 
Ursus 
Thalarctos 
F.  Procyonidae 
SF.  Procyoninae 
G.  Bassariscus 
Jentinkia 
Procyon 
Nasua 
Pot  os 

Bassaricyon 
F.  Mustelidae 
SF.  Mustelinae 
G.  Martes 
Mustela 
SF.  Tayrinae 
G.  Tayra 
SF.  Grisoninae 
G.  Grison 
SF.  Guloninae 
G.  Gulo 
SF.  Taxidiinae 
G.  Tax  idea 
SF.  Mephitinae 
G.  Spitogale 
Mephitis 
Conepatus 
SF.  Lutrinae 
G.  Lutra 
SF.  Enhydrinae 
G.  Enhydra 
F.  Viverridae 
SF.  Herpestinae 
G.  Herpestes 
F.  Felidae 
G.  Felis 
Lynx 

Order  PINNIPEDIA 
F.  Otariidae 
SF.  Arctocephalinae 
G.  Callorhinus 
Arctocephalus 
SF.  Otariinae 
G.  Eumetopias 
Zalophus 


F.  Eschrichtidae 
G.  Eschrichtius 
F.  Balaenopteridae 
SF.  Balaenopterinae 
G.  Balaenoptera 
Sibbaldus 
SF.  Megapterinae 
G.  Megaptera 
F.  Balaenidae 

G.  Eubalaena 
Balaena 
Order  CARNIVORA 
F.  Canidae 
SF.  Caninae 
G.  Canis 
Alopex 
Vulpes 
Urocyon 

SF.  Simocyoninae 
G.  Speothos 
F.  Ursidae 
G . Ursus 
Thalarctos 

F.  Procyonidae 
SF.  Procyoninae 
G.  Bassariscus 
Procyon 
Nasua 
Pot  os 

Bassaricyon 

F.  Mustelidae 
SF.  Mustelinae 
G.  Martes 
Mustela 
SF.  Tayrinae 
G.  Eira 
SF.  Grisoninae 
G.  Galictis 
SF.  Guloninae 
G.  Gulo 
SF.  Taxidiinae 
G.  Taxidea 
SF.  Mephitinae 
G.  Spilogale 
Mephitis 
Conepatus 
SF.  Lutrinae 
G.  Lutra 
SF.  Enhydrinae 
G.  Enhydra 
F.  Viverridae 
SF.  Herpestinae 
G.  Herpestes 
F.  Felidae 
G.  Felis 
Lynx 

Order  PINNIPEDIA 
F.  Otariidae 
SF.  Arctocephalinae 
G.  Callorhinus 
Arctophoca 
SF.  Otariinae 
G.  Eumetopias 
Zalophus 


102 


Order  XENARTHA 
F.  Bradypodidae 
G.  Brady  pus 
F.  Choloepodidae 
G.  Choloepus 
F.  Myrmecophagidae 
G.  Cyclopes 
Tamandua 
Myrmecophaga 
F.  Dasypodidae 
SF.  Dasypodinae 
G.  Dasypus 
SF.  Cabassouinae 
G.  Cabassous 
Order  SIRENIA 
F.  Trichechidae 
G.  Trichechus 
Order  CETACEA 
F.  Balaenidae 

G.  Eubaiaena 
Balaena 

F.  Rhachianectidae 
G.  Rhachianectes 
F.  Blaenopteridae 
SF.  Balaenopterinae 
G.  Balaenoptera 
Sibbaldus 
SF.  Megapterinae 
G.  Megaptera 
F.  Physeteridae 
G.  Physeter 
F.  Kogiidae 
G.  Kogia 
F.  Delphinidae 
SF.  Delphininae 
G.  Prodelphinus 
Steno 
Delphinus 
Tursiops 
Lissodelphis 
Lagenorhynchus 
Orcinus 
Grampus 
Pseudorca 
Globicephala 
Phocaena 
Phocoenoides 
SF.  Delphinapterinae 
G.  Delphinaplerus 
SF.  Monodontinae 
G.  Monodon 
F.  Ziphiidae 

G.  Beraridus 
Mesoplodon 
Ziphius 
Hyperoodon 


F.  Odobenidae 
G.  Odobenus 
F.  Phocidae 
SF.  Phocinae 
G.  Phoca 
Erignathus 
Halkhoerus 
SF.  Monachinae 
G.  Monachus 
SF.  Cystophorinae 
G.  Cystophora 
Mirounga 
Order  SIRENIA 
F.  Trichechidae 
G.  Trichechus 


Order  PERISSODACTYLA 
F.  Tapiridae 

G.  Tapirella 

Order  ARTIODACTYLA 
F.  Tayassuidae 
G.  Pecari 
Tayassu 
F.  Cervidae 
SF.  Cervinae 
G.  Cervus 
SF.  Odocoileinae 
G.  Odoco  ileus 
Mazama 
A Ices 
Rangifer 
F.  Antilocapridae 
G.  Antilocapra 
F.  Bovidae 
SF.  Bovinae 
G.  Bison 
SF.  Caprinae 
G.  Oreamnos 
Ovibos 
Ovis 


F.  Odobenidae 
G.  Odobenus 
F.  Phocidae 
SF.  Phocinae 
G.  Phoca 
Erignathus 
Halkhoerus 
SF.  Monachinae 
G.  Monachus 
SF.  Cystophorinae 
G.  Cystophora 
Mirounga 
Order  SIRENIA 
F.  Trichechidae 
G.  Trichechus 


Order  PERISSODACTYLA 
F.  Tapiridae 
G.  Tapirus 

Order  ARTIODACTYLA 
F.  Tayassuidae 
G.  Tayassu 

F.  Cervidae 
SF.  Cervinae 
G.  Cervus 
SF.  Odocoileinae 
G.  Dama 
Mazama 
A Ices 
Rangifer 
F.  Antilocapridae 
G.  Antilocapra 
F.  Bovidae 
SF.  Bovinae 
G.  Bison 
SF.  Caprinae 
G.  Oreamnos 
Ovibos 
Ovis 


103 


APPENDIX  c.  — Geographical  arrangement  of  North  American  localities  based  on  the  system  originating  at  the 
Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology  at  Berkeley. 

Country  State 


Canada 

1 . Northwest  Territories 

7. 

Ontario 

2.  Yukon  Territory 

8. 

Quebec 

3.  British  Columbia 

9. 

Newfoundland  - Labrador 

4.  Alberta 

10. 

New  Brunswick 

5.  Saskatchewan 

11. 

Prince  Edward  Island 

Greenland 

Iceland 

6.  Manitoba 

12. 

Nova  Scotia 

United  States 

1.  Alaska 

26. 

Hawaii 

2.  Washington 

27. 

California 

3.  Montana 

28. 

Nevada 

4.  North  Dakota 

29. 

Utah 

5.  South  Dakota 

30. 

Colorado 

6.  Minnesota 

31. 

Kansas 

7.  Wisconsin 

32. 

Missouri 

8.  Michigan 

33. 

Kentucky 

9.  Maine 

34. 

West  Virginia 

10.  New  York 

35. 

Maryland 

11.  Vermont 

36. 

Delaware 

12.  New  Hampshire 

37. 

Virginia 

13.  Massachusetts 

38. 

Arizona 

14.  Connecticut 

39. 

New  Mexico 

15.  Rhode  Island 

40. 

Oklahoma 

16.  Oregon 

41. 

Arkansas 

17.  Idaho 

42. 

Tennessee 

18.  Wyoming 

43. 

North  Carolina 

29.  Nebraska 

44. 

Texas 

20.  Iowa 

45. 

Louisiana 

21.  Illinois 

46. 

Mississippi 

22.  Indiana 

47. 

Alabama 

23.  Ohio 

48. 

Georgia 

24.  Pennsylvania 

49. 

South  Carolina 

25.  New  Jersey 

50. 

Florida 

Mexico 

1.  Baja  California 

17. 

Guanajuato 

2.  Sonora 

18. 

Queretaro 

3.  Chihuahua 

19. 

Hidalgo 

4.  Coahuila 

20. 

Colima 

5.  Nuevo  Leon 

21. 

Michoacan 

6.  Tamaulipas 

22. 

Mexico 

7.  Sinaloa 

23. 

Mexico,  Distrito  Federal 

8.  Durango 

24. 

Tlaxcala 

9.  Zacatecas 

25. 

Puebla 

10.  San  Luis  Potosf 

26. 

Morelos 

11.  Nayarit 

27. 

Tabasco 

12.  Aguascalientes 

28. 

Campeche 

13.  Veracruz 

29. 

Guerrero 

14.  Yucatan 

30. 

Oaxaca 

15.  Quintana  Roo 

16.  Jalisco 

31. 

Chiapas 

Cuba 

Haiti 

Dominican  Republic 

Jamaica 

Puerto  Rico 

Belize 

Guatemala 

Honduras 

El  Salvador 

Nicaragua 

Costa  Rica 

Panama 


104 


APPENDIX  D.  — Alphabetical  arrangement  of  North  American  localities. 
Country  State 


Belize 

Canada 


Costa  Rica 
Cuba 

Dominican  Republic 

El  Salvador 

Greenland 

Guatemala 

Haiti 

Honduras 

Iceland 

Jamaica 

Mexico 


Nicaragua 
Panama 
Puerto  Rico 
United  States 


1.  Alberta 

2.  British  Columbia 

3.  Manitoba 

4.  New  Brunswick 

5.  Newfoundland-Labrador 

6.  Northwest  Territories 


1.  Aguascalientes 

2.  Baja  California 

3.  Campeche 

4.  Chiapas 

5.  Chihuahua 

6.  Coahuila 

7.  Colima 

8.  Durango 

9.  Guanajuato 

10.  Guerrero 

11.  Hidalgo 

12.  Jalisco 

13.  Mexico 

14.  Mexico,  Distrito  Federal 

15.  Michoacan 

16.  Morelos 


1.  Alabama 

2.  Alaska 

3.  Arizona 

4.  Arkansas 

5.  California 

6.  Colorado 

7.  Connecticut 

8.  Delaware 

9.  Florida 

10.  Georgia 

11.  Hawaii 

12.  Idaho 

13.  Illinois 

14.  Indiana 

15.  Iowa 

16.  Kansas 

17.  Kentucky 

18.  Louisiana 

19.  Maine 

20.  Maryland 

21.  Massachusetts 

22.  Michigan 

23.  Minnesota 

24.  Mississippi 

25.  Missouri 


7.  Nova  Scotia 

8.  Ontario 

9.  Prince  Edward  Island 

10.  Quebec 

11.  Saskatchewan 

12.  Yukon  Territory 


17.  Nayarit 

18.  Nuevo  Leon 

19.  Oaxaca 

20.  Puebla 

21.  Queretaro 

22.  Quintana  Roo 

23.  San  Luis  Potosi 

24.  Sinaloa 

25.  Sonora 

26.  Tabasco 

27.  Tamaulipas 

28.  Tlaxcala 

29.  Veracruz 

30.  Yucatan 

31.  Zacatecas 


26.  Montana 

27.  Nebraska 

28.  Nevada 

29.  New  Hampshire 

30.  New  Jersey 

31.  New  Mexico 

32.  New  York 

33.  North  Carolina 

34.  North  Dakota 

35.  Ohio 

35.  Oklahoma 

36.  Oregon 

38.  Pennsylvania 

39.  Rhode  Island 

40.  South  Carolina 

41.  South  Dakota 

42.  Tennessee 

43.  Texas 

44.  Utah 

45.  Vermont 

46.  Virginia 

47.  Washington 

48.  West  Virginia 

49.  Wisconsin 

50.  Wyoming 


105 


DEFINITION 


WHEN 

DEVELOPED 

WHERE 

DEVELOPED 


WHY 

DEVELOPED 

LANGUAGE 

USED 

COMPUTER 

HARDWARE 

USED 


MAJOR 

FUNCTIONS 


COST 


REMARKS 


Comparisc 


CORSAIR  II 

SELF  Glomputer  Oriented 
Master  eference  System  for 
utomatic  Information 
etrieval 

I960’s 
esearch  Institute 
Informal  Swedish  National 
Division:  efense 
Institutic 
D.  C. 

'ide  range  of 

General  iDcumental  services, 
documer 
utilizatio 


IRGMA 

Information 
Retrieval  Group  of 
the  Museum 
Association 

1967 

Great  Britain 


General  data 
documentation  and 
utilization. 


COBOL 


nknown 

JM  7090/1401; 
ilexowriter  2301 


Widely  u 
lections; 
modifica 
improvei 
broadly 
highly  fl( 
can  inter 
other  pr< 
associate 
program 
remote  ti 
capabilit 


64  K me 
drives;  3 
has  been 
UNIVAC 
1110,  GI 
IBM  370 

CDC  31(jpyj.  index  production 
well  201fjf  name,  place. 

Input;  u][id  subject; 
nance;  e(bject  description, 
writing; 
indexing 
utility  fu 
Free  acq 
-$5000  ft 
ration;  u 
about  31 


nknown 


imited  utilization 
y other  collections; 
oes  not  interact 
ith  other  programs. 


Unknown 
IBM  360 


Input;  file  merging; 
inventory;  catalog 
output. 


Unknown 


Designed  for 
efficient  interaction 
with  other  programs. 


MARK  IV 

None 


1968 

Informatics  Incorporated; 
Canoga  Park, 

California 


Information  retrieval; 
inventory  control  for 
business  oriented  data. 

Non-procedural 

language 

IBM  360;  OS,  DOS, 
or  TDOS  operating 
systems. 


Input;  updating; 
maintenance;  editing; 
report  writing;  query; 
retrieval;  indexing; 
utility  functions. 

$70,000  or  $40,000 
(for  non-profit 
organizations)  for 
acquisition  of  program. 
Marketed  through  the 
Service  Bureau 
Corporation;  broadly 
applicable;  highly 
flexible;  can  interact 
with  other  programs. 


i 


I 


s. 


1 


1 


0 


I 


I 


I 


\ ■' 


1 


1 

<1 

V 

i' 


I 


^ / 


I 


I 

i 

I , 


'! 

) 

} 


I 

1 


( 

\ 

V 

\ 

I 

I 


I 

■ I 


,F-' 


.'  .■;■■.■.  i:-*; 

, .tv..'.  ..-■*■  ■ 


■H 


f 


/ 


APPENDIX  E 


Comparison  chart,  nine  computerized  information  retrieval  programs. 


SELGEM 

GRIPHOS 

GIPSY 

GIS 

DEFINITION 

SELF  GEneraiing 
Master 

General  Information 
Processor  for 
Humanities-Oriented 
Studies 

Generalized  Information 
Processing  System 

Generalized 
Information  System 

WHEN 

DEVELOPED 

1970 

1967 

1968 

1971 

WHERE 

DEVELOPED 

Information  Systems 
Division;  Smithsonian 
Institution,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

State  University  of 
New  York;  Stony 
Brook,  New  York 

Research  Institute 
and  Merrick  Computer 
Center;  University  of 
Oklahoma;  Norman, 
Oklahoma 

International 
Business  Machines 
Corporation  (IBM); 
White  Plains,  New  York 

WHY 

DEVELOPED 

General  collection 
documentation  and 
utilization. 

General  collection 
documentation  and 
utilization. 

Ethnographic  data 
documentation  and 
utilization;  has  been  used 
for  biological  collections. 

General  data 
documentation  and 
utilization. 

LANGUAGE 

USED 

COBOL 

PL/1  and  IBM  360/370 
Assembler  Language 

IBM  System/360 
Assembler  Language 

IBM  Assembler 
Language 

COMPUTER 

HARDWARE 

USED 

64  K memory;  4 tape 
drives;  3 disk  drives; 
has  been  used  with 
UNIVAC  1106,  UNIVAC 
1110,  GE  625,  IBM  360, 
IBM  370,  CDC  6400, 
CDC  3100  and  Honey- 
well 2015. 

256  K memory;  2314 
or  3330  disk  drives, 
or  IBM  360  or 
IBM  370 

65  K memory;  2 IBM 
231 1 disk  drives:  IBM 
360/40. 

256  K memory:  4 IBM 
2311  disk  drives;  IBM 
360/40  or  IBM  360/50 
with  512  K memory  or 
IBM  370. 

MAJOR 

FUNCTIONS 

Input;  updating;  mainte- 
nance; editing;  report 
writing;  query;  retrieval; 
indexing; 
utility  functions. 

Input;  updating; 
maintenance;  report 
writing;  retrieval; 
interface. 

Input;  updating; 
maintenance;  retrieval; 
query;  utility  functions. 

Input;  updating: 
maintenance;  query; 
retrieval. 

COST 

Free  acquisition;  $500 
•S5000  for  implemen- 
tation; utilization  is 
about  3 K/ record. 

$1000  for  annual 
subscription;  additional 
operation  costs. 

$1400  for  installation; 
monthly  rental  is 
$400-$550;  monthly 
maintenance  is  $150. 

Monthly  rental  is 
$450;  additional  cost 
for  other  features. 

REMARKS 

Widely  used  among  col- 
lections; active 
modification  and 
improvements; 
broadly  applicable; 
highly  flexible, 
can  interact  with 
other  programs: 

Widely  used  among 
collections;  active 
modification  and 
improvements; 
broadly  applicable; 
highly  flexible; 
can  interact  with  other 
programs;  slow  learning 

Widely  used  among 
collections;  broadly 
applicable;  can 
interact  with  other 
programs;  no  future 
changes  planned;  remote 
terminal  capability. 

Limited  ability  to 
interact  with  other 
programs;  entirely 
supported  and 
controlled  by  IBM; 
remote  terminal 
capabilities. 

associated  assistance  curve;  no  terminal 

program  (MESH);  capabilities, 

remote  terminal 
capability. 


105 


ISIS 

International  Species 
Inventory  System 


1973 

Minnesota  Zoological 
Garden;  St.  Paul, 
Minnesota. 


Data  documentation 
and  utilization  for 
zoo  animals. 

Unknown 

IBM  370/158 


Input;  query; 
retrieval;  report 
writing. 


$ 1.00/specimen  each 
year;  $15-$20  for 
annual  reports. 

Limited  utilization 
by  other  collections; 
limited  adaptability 
and  flexibility; 
mostly  or  possibly 
entirely  used  by 


STIRS 

Set  Theoretic 
Information 
Retrieval  System 

1965 

Computing  Center; 
University  of 
Colorado;  Boulder, 
Colorado 

Taxonomic  classification 
for  systematic 
biology. 

FORTRAN  and  CDC 
Assembly  Language 
CDC  6400;  KRONOS 
CDC  disk 


Input;  updating; 
query;  retrieval; 
miscellaneous 
functions. 

Free  acquisition; 
implementation 
and  utilization 
costs  are  unknown. 
Limited  ability  to 
interact  with 
other  programs; 
technical  help 
limited. 


CORSAIR  11 

Computer  Oriented 
Reference  System  for 
Automatic  Information 
Retrieval 

1960’s 

Research  Institute 
of  Swedish  National 
Defense 


Wide  range  of 
documental  services. 


Unknown 

IBM  7090/1401; 
Flexowriter  2301 


Input;  index  production 
for  name,  place, 
and  subject; 
object  description. 


Unknown 


Limited  utilization 
by  other  collections; 
does  not  interact 
with  other  programs. 


IRGMA 

Information 
Retrieval  Group  of 
the  Museum 
Association 

1967 

Great  Britain 


General  data 
documentation  and 
utilization. 

Unknown 

IBM  360 


Input;  file  merging; 
inventory;  catalog 
output. 


Unknown 


Designed  for 
efficient  interaction 
with  other  programs. 


MARK  IV 

None 


196$ 

Informatics  Incorporated; 
Canoga  Park, 

California 


Information  retrieval; 
inventory  control  for 
business  oriented  data. 

Non-procedural 

language 

IBM  360;  OS,  DOS. 
or  TDOS  operating 
systems. 


Input;  updating; 
maintenance;  editing; 
report  writing;  query; 
retrieval;  indexing; 
utility  functions. 
$70,000  or  $40,000 
(for  non-profit 
organizations)  for 
acquisition  of  program. 
Marketed  through  the 
Service  Bureau 
Corporation:  broadly 
applicable;  highly 
flexible;  can  interact 
with  other  programs. 


zoos. 


«*1 


• ^ -'ll?-. 

- « , ' 

#■  -.  /■ 


':z''-;-* 


■?■;  ■ ^ 


■■A 


) 


•1- 


A\ 


■ ".  •^.'i  •• 


I. 

i 


/ 


I 


/ 


I 


i 


c 


c 


iV 


• 


>j 


i/i  \ ± cn  — </>  ± L ^ 

S SMITHSONIAN  I NSTITUTION  ^ ^O'-LmiiSNI^ NVlNOSHillNS^S 3 1 y V H a 11  L I B R A R I E S SMITHSONIAN  ~ I NSTITUT 

g g i I 5 t|*4f  - 


^0^ 


t/j  " ^ uj  ^ to  * 2 

NVINOSHilWS^Sa  I yvyan_LIBRAR  1 ES^SMITHSONIAN_  INSTITUTION  NOliniliSNI  NVINOSHil  WS  S 3 I y V J 


—)  H"  f 
c 

O Vil£S. 

S^  SMITHSON  IAN”"  I NSTITUTION^  NOliniliSNI  ""NVlNOSHilWS^S  3 lyVyail'^LIBRARI  ES^  SMITHSONIAN~'lNSTITUT 

^ ' 21  '<»  21  r~  —>-  j — 


3 /'i 


CO 


^ ^ -w  z m NWA^iiX  - ni  _ 

NVlNOSHilWS  S3  I y vy  a n <-l  B RAR  l ES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION^^NOliniliSNrNVINOSHilWs'^SB  I y vy': 

— -V,ir#ttyviOX  — _ yjmvi'-.  — 5 

-I 

w 

o 


n: 

CO 

I I" ' - I I I i ^ ^ 

>^SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION  ^^N0liniliSNI_NVIN0SHilWS^S3  I y Vy  a n\l  B RAR  I E s‘^SMlTHSONIAN  ^INSTITUtl 

= ^ I " 

or  kt  z:  \ -1  /p.  ^ 


c ^ 1?!^.  2 

o z O z 5 ' 5 

I NVlNOSHilWS  S3IBVyan  libraries  SMITHSONIAN  lNSTITUTION^NOIiniliSNl"'NVlNOSHillNS^  S3  1 y VH  i 

' ...  2^  r*  21  ( -y  _ ^ 


CO 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION^  NOliniliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  S3iyvyail  L I B R A R I E S ‘^SMITHSONIAN  ” INSTITUI 

2l  .xv  Co  2”  Co  /n  


iOi% 

^ CO  ■ 2l  CO  2l  C/j  ■*  ^ ^ — — - j 

l_NVINOSHill/JS  S3  I y vy  a n__  LI  B RAR  I ES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOliniliSNI  NVINOSHiilNS  S3iyVd 

X ..v>C  2 2 ^ - ...  CO 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOliniliSNI  NVlNOSHillNS  S3iyvyail  L I B R A R I ES^  SMITHSONIAN"' INSTITUT 
;=:  S H > 21  I-  2 <“  I 


CO 


zo 

- m Xt^rvo^  m V ^ -viVAsHiz  m 

NVINOSHlItMS  S3  lyyy  an  LIBRAR  I ES  SMITHS0NlAN~INSTITUTI0N‘^N0linillSNI~NVIN0SHllWs‘^S3  I Bvai 

<T  xXf->  --<■  ^ V ^ 21  V CO  CO 


O 

CO 


CO 

. - I'  g I i I-’  ^ , 

SMITHS0NIAN_INSTITUT10N  N0linillSNI_  NVINOSHims  S3iyvyail  LI  B R A R I ES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUII 

C^  ^ CO  — ^ "v  (O  “*“  ^ _ , 

W&y  % ^ I - 


F — ^ — C/5  ^ CO  ~ (/; 

piifUliSNI  NVlNOSHillNS  S3ldVyail  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOlinillSNI  NVlNOSHillNS 
f ? ^ 5 OV--  ^ _ 2 2 . . 

s I i ^ 


— ^ ^ "^  > 

to  2 CO  *2  CO*‘-2  cO 

BRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIlfUliSNI  NVINOSHillAIS  SHIBVaail  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN 

C/)  CO  “*  (/) 


O ^ Q XQ^.  pC 

blinillSNI^NVINOSHlIlNS^Sa  iyvyai1~‘LIBRARI  ES^  SMITHSON  IAN"*  INSTITUTION  ^NOlinillSNI  ""nVINOSHIIWS 

~ 2 r—  7'  r~  c—  . 

ooTJnX  O H \v  C 


^ m 

^ — CO  “ to  rr  to  : 

BRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOlinillSNI  NVINOSHilWS  SHIBVaaiT  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN 

> 'j>  2 * CO  z CO  2 s CO 

, ^ . 5-  5 


» i 3?'  8 


° 

^ ^ v ^ Xvosvc^  > 5 ' > 

liniliSNI_NVINOSHilIAIS  SHIBVyan  LI  BRAR  l Es'^SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOlinillSNI  NVINOSHillNS^^ 

2 \ ^ 2 CO  — CO  ^ 'x  CC 

^ V - ^ ^ .o  V a 

I ^ I g ^ 

^ -J  2 _j  2 _l  2 

BRARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOliniliSNI  NVINOSHillAIS  SBiaVaail  LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN 

^ 2 r-  1“  2: 

<v»SOv>v 


— — CO  z:  CO  ~ 

iiniiiSNi  NVINOSHillAIS  S3  lava  an  libraries  Smithsonian  institution  NoiiniiisNi  nvinoshiiiais 

Z CO  '!?'  f/> 


BRARIES  smithsonian_institution  NOlinillSNI  NviNosHilws  S3 1 a va  a 

CO  CO  — /n 


1 LIB  RAR  I ES  SMITHSONIAN 

if) 

UJ 


■*!«'*■  I j L/*-  ^ 1 / 1 1 c.v' , XX  X -</i  1 1 tcr*'v^ 

liniliSNI  NVINOSHillAIS  S3  I ava  3 n LI  B RAR  l ES^SMITHS0NIAN~'lNSTITUTI0N^N01iniliSNl’^NVIN0SHillAls' 
— ^ ^ ^ 1-2  1-2  r-  V 

DO  2 jm...  ° 


1- 

2) 


3RAR  I ES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOlinillSNI  ~ NVINOSHillAIS^S 3 I a V a a 11  I B R A R I E S SMITHSONIAn' 

' ' — ^ Z t <J>  2 CO  2 , CO 


uni^^^_tjviN0SHiiws^S3 iavaan_LiBRAR i es”’smithsonian^institution  '^Nounxij.sm_NviNOSHiiws‘